Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Product Manual
September 6, 2005
Revision 3
PN: 000001911
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
You can request Maxtor publications from your Maxtor Sales Representative or order them directly from Maxtor.
Publication Number: PN: 000001911
Corporate Headquarters
500 McCarthy Blvd
Milpitas, California 95035
Tel: 408-894-5000
Fax: 408-362-4740
Research and Development Center
333 South Street
Shrewsbury, MA 01545
Tel: 1-800-2-MAXTOR or 1-800-262-9867
Before You Begin
Thank you for your interest in Maxtor hard disk drives. This manual provides technical information for OEM engi-
neers and systems integrators regarding the installation and use of Maxtor hard drives. Drive repair should be per-
formed only at an authorized repair center. For repair information, contact the Maxtor Customer Service Center at
800-2MAXTOR or 303-678-2045.
CAUTION: Maxtor hard drives are precision products. Failure to follow these precautions and guidelines outlined
here may lead to product failure, damage and invalidation of all warranties.
1
BEFORE unpacking or handling a drive, take all proper electro-static discharge (ESD) precautions,
including personnel and equipment grounding. Stand-alone drives are sensitive to ESD damage.
2
3
4
BEFORE removing drives from their packing material, allow them to reach room temperature.
During handling, NEVER drop, jar, or bump a drive.
Once a drive is removed from the Maxtor shipping container, IMMEDIATELY secure the drive through
its mounting holes within a chassis. Otherwise, store the drive on a padded, grounded, antistatic surface.
5
NEVER switch DC power onto the drive by plugging an electrically live DC source cable into the
drive's connector. NEVER connect a live bus to the drive's interface connector. (P68 only)
Please do not remove or cover up Maxtor factory-installed drive labels. They contain information required should the
drive ever need repair.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Regulatory Statements
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of
the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential
installation. Any modifications of this device - unless expressly approved by the manufacturer - can void the user’s
authority to operate this equipment under Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two condi-
tions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference and (2) This device must accept any interference that may
cause undesirable operation.
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Howerver, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to
correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
- Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
NOTE: Additional information on the need to interconnect the device with shielded (data) cables or the need for special devices, such
as ferrite beads on cables, is required if such means of interference suppression was used in the qualification test for the device. This
information will vary from device to device and needs to be obtained from the EMC group or product manager.
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Chapter 1
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
1.1 AUDIENCE....................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.2 MANUAL ORGANIZATION.......................................................................................... 1-1
1.3 TERMINOLOGY AND CONVENTIONS ..................................................................... 1-2
1.4 REFERENCES .................................................................................................................. 1-3
Chapter 2
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2.1 PRODUCT OVERVIEW ................................................................................................. 2-1
2.2 KEY FEATURES............................................................................................................... 2-1
2.3 REGULATORY COMPLIANCE STANDARDS............................................................ 2-3
2.4 HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS................................................................................... 2-4
Chapter 3
INSTALLATION
3.1 SAFETY, HANDLING, & ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE PROTECTION............. 3-1
3.1.1 Safety Precautions .......................................................................................................3-1
3.1.2 Handling ....................................................................................................................3-1
3.1.3 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protection ....................................................................3-2
3.2 SPACE REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................ ...3-4
3.2.1 Shock Feet .................................................................................................................3-5
3.3 UNPACKING INSTRUCTIONS ................................................................................. ...3-6
3.4 HARDWARE OPTIONS ............................................................................................. .... 3-8
3.4.1 Configuration Jumpers and Connections .....................................................................3-8
3.4.2 Jumper Options on the 68-Pin Wide PCB ................................................................3-8
3.4.2.1 Write Protection ....................................................................................................3-10
3.4.2.2 Delay Spin (DS) Stagger SPin (SS) ..............................................................................3-11
3.4.2.3 Single-Ended Operation _ Force SE )Disable LVD)................................................... .3-11
3.4.2.4 Remote Busy and Fault Displays..................................................................................3-11
3.4.3 SCA-2 80-Pin Connector Versions ...........................................................................3-12
3.4.3.1 Termination for the 80-Pin SCA-2 Connector Versions..............................................3-12
3.4.3.2 SCSI ID for SCA-2 Versions........................................................................................3-13
3.4.3.3 Spin Up for the 80 Pin SCA-2 Connector Versions.....................................................3-14
3.4.3.4 Activity LED for SCA Connector Versions.................................................................3-15
3.5 INTERFACE CONNECTOR (J1)....................................................................................3-15
3.5.1 68-Pin Wide SCSI Connector - LVD .......................................................................3-18
3.5.1.1 68-Pin Wide Connector............................................................................................. .3-18
3.5.2 80-Pin SCA-2 SCSI Connector - LVD ....................................................................3-19
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
i
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.5.2.1 80 Pin SCA-2 Mating Connectors...............................................................................3-20
3.5.3 68-Pin Wide Single-Ended SCSI Connector ............................................................3-21
3.5.4 80-Pin SCA-2 Single-Ended SCSI Connector ..........................................................3-22
3.6 DRIVE MOUNTING and installation ................................................................................. 3-26
3.6.1 Orientation ...............................................................................................................3-26
3.6.2 Mounting Screw Clearance .......................................................................................3-27
3.6.3 Mounting .................................................................................................................3-28
3.6.4 Ventilation ................................................................................................................3-28
Chapter 4
SPECIFICATIONS
4.1 SPECIFICATION SUMMAR ...................................................................................... 4-1,4-2
4.2 FORMATTED CAPACITY.............................................................................................. 4-3
4.3 DATA TRANSFER RATES ............................................................................................. 4-4
4.4 TIMING SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................ 4-4
4.5 POWER............................................................................................................................. 4-5
4.5.1 Power Sequencing ......................................................................................................4-5
4.5.2 Power Reset Limits ....................................................................................................4-5
4.5.3 Drive Power Dissipation .............................................................................................4-6
4.6 ACOUSTICS............................................................................................................ 4-7
4.7 MECHANICAL................................................................................................................. 4-8
4.8 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS.............................................................................. 4-8
4.9 ELECTROMAGNETIC CONDITIONS ......................................................................... 4-9
4.9.1 EMI/RFI Susceptibility ..............................................................................................4-9
4.9.2 ESD ...........................................................................................................................4-9
4.9.3 Sensitivity to Magnetic Fields ......................................................................................4-9
4.10 SHOCK AND VIBRATION............................................................................................. 4-9
4.11 RELIABILITY .................................................................................................................. 4-10
4.12 DISK ERRORS................................................................................................................ 4-10
Chapter 5
SCSI Description
5.1 Overview of the SCSI Command Descriptions.................................................................... 5-1
5.2 Command Descriptor Block................................................................................................ 5-4
5.3 Status/Error Reporting........................................................................................................ 5-7
5.4 Auto Contingent Allegiance Condition and Contingent Allegiance Condition .................... 5-8
5.5 Extended Contingent Allegiance Condition ........................................................................ 5-9
5.6 Linked Commands............................................................................................................. 5-10
5.7 DATA Transfer Command Components............................................................................ 5-11
5.8 SCSI COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS .............................................................................. 5-13
5.9 NEW OPERATING DEFINITION (40h) ....................................................................... 5-14
5.10 FORMAT UNIT Command (04h).................................................................................... 5-15
5.10.1 Five Forms of FORMAT UNIT Commands .......................................................... 5-17
5.10.2 FORMAT UNIT Parameter List ............................................................................5-17
5.11 INQUIRY Command (12h).............................................................................................. 5-21
5.11.1 Standard Inquiry Data Page ......................................................................................5-22
Maxtor Atlas 10K V ii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.11.2 Vital Product Data Pages .........................................................................................5-24
5.12 LOG SELECT Command (4Ch)........................................................................................ 5-32
5.13 LOG SENSE Command (4Dh).......................................................................................... 5-33
5.13.1 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block ..............................................................5-34
5.13.2 LOG SENSE Log Pages ..........................................................................................5-35
5.14 MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h)................................................................................ 5-37
5.14.1 Initiator-Changeable Mode Pages ............................................................................5-37
5.14.2 Mode Page Types ....................................................................................................5-39
5.14.3 Mode Parameter List ...............................................................................................5-39
5.14.4 Categories of Changeable Pages ...............................................................................5-41
5.14.5 Unit Attention Condition Page (00h) ......................................................................5-41
5.14.6 Read-Write Error Recovery Page (01h) ..................................................................5-42
5.14.7 Disconnect–Reconnect Page (02h) ..........................................................................5-44
5.14.8 Verify Error Recovery Page (07h) ...........................................................................5-45
5.14.9 Caching Page (08h) .................................................................................................5-46
5.14.10 Control Mode Page (0Ah) .....................................................................................5-48
5.14.11 Notch and Partition Page (0Ch) .............................................................................5-50
5.14.12 Port Control Mode Page (19h) ..............................................................................5-52
5.14.14 Information Exceptions Control Page (1Ch) ..........................................................5-59
5.15 MODE SELECT (10) Command (55h).............................................................................. 5-62
5.16 MODE SENSE (6) Command (1Ah) ................................................................................. 5-64
5.16.1 Read-Only Mode Pages ..........................................................................................5-65
5.16.2 Format Device Page (03h) .......................................................................................5-65
5.16.3 Rigid Disk Geometry Page (04h) .............................................................................5-67
5.17 MODE SENSE (10) Command (5Ah) ............................................................................... 5-69
5.18 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command (5Eh)...................................................... 5-71
5.19 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command (5Fh) ................................................. 5-79
5.20 READ (6) Command (08h)................................................................................................ 5-89
5.21 READ (10) Command (28h).............................................................................................. 5-90
5.22 READ BUFFER Command (3Ch).................................................................................... 5-91
5.23 READ CAPACITY Command (25h) ................................................................................ 5-93
5.24 READ DEFECT DATA Command (10) (37h).................................................................. 5-94
5.25 READ DEFECT DATA Command (12) (B7h) ................................................................. 5-97
5.26 READ LONG Command (3Eh)........................................................................................ 5-99
5.27 REASSIGN BLOCKS Command (07h)........................................................................... 5-100
5.28 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command (1Ch)................................................. 5-101
5.28.1 Supported Diagnostics Pages Page (00h) ................................................................5-102
5.28.2 Translate Address Page (40h) .................................................................................5-102
5.29 RELEASE (6) Command (17h)........................................................................................ 5-104
5.30 RELEASE (10) Command (57h)...................................................................................... 5-105
5.31 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command (A3h)...................................................... 5-106
5.32 REPORT LUNS Command (A0h) ................................................................................. 5-107
5.33 REQUEST SENSE Command (03h)............................................................................... 5-108
5.33.1 Sense Data Availability ...........................................................................................5-108
5.33.2 Status Reporting ....................................................................................................5-109
5.33.3 Sense Data Format for Error Code 70h and Error Code 71h ..................................5-109
Maxtor Atlas 10K V iii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.34 RESERVE (6) Command (16h)....................................................................................... 5-124
5.35 RESERVE (10) Command (56h)..................................................................................... 5-125
5.36 REZERO UNIT Command (01h).................................................................................. 5-127
5.37 SEEK (6) Command (0Bh)............................................................................................... 5-128
5.38 SEEK (10) Command (2Bh)............................................................................................. 5-129
5.39 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command (1Dh)......................................................................... 5-130
5.39.1 Supported Diagnostic Page List ..............................................................................5-131
5.39.2 Translate Address Page ...........................................................................................5-131
5.40 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command (A4h)................................................................ 5-132
5.41 START STOP UNIT Command (1Bh) .......................................................................... 5-133
5.42 SYNCHRONIZE CACHE Command (35h).................................................................. 5-134
5.43 TEST UNIT READY Command (00h)........................................................................... 5-135
5.44 VERIFY Command (2Fh)................................................................................................ 5-136
5.45 WRITE (6) Command (0Ah)........................................................................................... 5-137
5.46 WRITE (10) Command (2Ah)......................................................................................... 5-138
5.47 WRITE AND VERIFY Command (2Eh) ....................................................................... 5-139
5.48 WRITE BUFFER Command (3Bh)................................................................................ 5-140
5.49 WRITE LONG Command (3Fh) .................................................................................... 5-142
Chapter 6
FEATURE DESCRIPTIONS
6.1 KEY FEATURES......................................................................................................... 6-1,6-2
6.2 WRITE-BACK CACHING......................................................................................... 6-2,6-3
6.3 ZERO LATENCY READ/WRITE.................................................................................. 6-3
6.4 DISCONNECT-RECONNECT....................................................................................... 6-3
6.5 TRACK AND CYLINDER SKEWING ........................................................................... 6-3
6.6 AVERAGE ACCESS TIME............................................................................................... 6-3
6.7 EMBEDDED SERVO SYSTEM.................................................................................. 6-3,6-4
6.8 DATA INTEGRITY AND SECURITY ........................................................................... 6-4
6.8.1 Media Error Protection ...............................................................................................6-4
6.8.2 Transfer Error Protection ............................................................................................6-4
6.8.3 Addressing Error Protection ........................................................................................6-4
6.8.4 Data Sector Reallocation Error Protection ..................................................................6-4
6.8.5 Data Verification ........................................................................................................6-5
6.9 TAGGED COMMAND QUEUING................................................................................. 6-5
6.10 COMMAND REORDERING ......................................................................................... 6-5
6.11 BANDED RECORDING ................................................................................................. 6-5
6.12 SPECIAL FUNCTIONS.................................................................................................... 6-5
6.13 DIAGNOSTICS................................................................................................................. 6-6
6.13.1 Power On Self Test (POST) ......................................................................................6-6
6.13.2 Periodic Self-Adjustments ..........................................................................................6-6
6.13.3 Host Diagnostics ........................................................................................................6-7
6.13.4 Log Sense ..................................................................................................................6-7
6.14 ERROR RECOVERY ..................................................................................................... 6-7
6.14.1 Seek Error Recovery .................................................................................................6-7
Maxtor Atlas 10K V iv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6.14.2 Data Read Errors .......................................................................................................6-7
6.14.3 Reallocation of Bad Blocks ........................................................................................6-8
6.15 THE ULTRA160 and ULTRA320 LOW VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (LVD)
SCSI INTERFACE ....................................................................................................... 6-8,6-9
6.15.1 DIFFSENS ..............................................................................................................6-10
6.15.2 DIFFSENS SWITCHING ......................................................................................6-10
6.15.3 DT AND ST CLOCKING .....................................................................................6-11
6.15.4 CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECKING .............................................................6-12
6.15.5 DOMAIN VALIDATION .....................................................................................6-12
6.15.6 Adaptive Active Filter (AAF) ...................................................................................6-12
6.15.7 Transmitter Pre-Compensation with Cutback ..........................................................6-13
6.15.8 Free Running Clock (FRC) ....................................................................................6-13
6.15.9 Skew Compensation ................................................................................................6-13
6.15.10 Information Unit Transfers ....................................................................................6-13
6.16 HOT PLUGGING/REMOVAL AND INSERTION OF SCSI DEVICES...................... 6-13
6.16.1 System Considerations .............................................................................................6-14
6.16.2 APPLICABLE SCSI PHYSICAL DOCUMENTS ..................................................6-15
Appendix A
QUICK REFERENCE
A.1 SCSI-2/SCSI-3 Equivalent Terminology ............................................................................ A-1
A.2 SCSI Commands and Messages............................................................................................ A-2
A.3 SCSI Pages.......................................................................................................................... A-3
A.4 Sense Keys .......................................................................................................................... A-5
A.5 Status Codes........................................................................................................................ A-5
Appendix B
NEGOTIATED RATE INFORMATION PAGE REFERENCE
B.1 TRANSFER PERIOD FACTOR FIELD.......................................................................... B-1
B.2 Settings for the QAS, DT, and IU fields .............................................................................. B-2
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
List of Figures
Figure 3-1 Dimensions for the Maxtor Atlas 10K V Hard Disk Drives ................................ 3-3
Figure 3-2 Drive Packing Assembly .................................................................................... 3-5
Figure 3-3 Jumper Locations on the 68-Pin Wide SCSI Drive PCB ................................... 3-7
Figure 3-4 Pin Locations on SCA-2 Connector ................................................................ 3-11
Figure 3-5 J1 Interface Connector Configurations............................................................. 3-15
Figure 3-6 Mounting Dimensions Maxtor Atlas 10K V Drives.......................................... 3-23
Figure 3-7 Mounting Screw Clearance for Maxtor Atlas 10K V Drive .............................. 3-24
Figure 3-8 Lengthwise Airflow Cooling............................................................................ 3-25
Figure 3-9 Crosswise Airflow Cooling.............................................................................. 3-26
Figure 6-1 ST and DT CLocking ..................................................................................... 6-11
Maxtor Atlas 10K V xiii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
List of Tables
Table 3-1
Table 3-2
Table 3-3
Table 3-4
Table 3-5
Table 3-6
Table 3-7
Table 4-1
Table 4-2
Table 4-3
Table 4-4
Table 4-5
Table 4-6
Table 4-7
Table 4-8
Table 4-9
Table 5-1
Table 5-2
Table 5-3
Table 5-4
Table 5-5
Table 5-6
Table 5-7
Table 5-8
Table 5-9
Table 5-10
Table 5-11
Table 5-12
Table 5-13
Table 5-14
Table 5-15
Table 5-16
Table 5-17
Table 5-18
SCSI ID Selection on Option Connector (68-Pin SCSI Connector Drives). 3-8
SCSI ID Pin Assignments (SCA-2 Connector Versions of the Disk Drive). 3-12
Spin Up on Power On Options................................................................. 3-13
68-Pin Wide LVD Pin Assignments........................................................... 3-16
80-Pin SCA-2 LVD Pin Assignments ........................................................ 3-17
68-Pin Wide Single-Ended Pin Assignments.............................................. 3-19
80-Pin SCA-2 Single-Ended Pin Assignments ........................................... 3-20
Specifications............................................................................................... 4-1
Formatted Capacity ..................................................................................... 4-3
Timing Specifications for Maxtor Atlas 10K V............................................. 4-4
Power Reset Limits1 ................................................................................... 4-5
Power Dissipation in Various Modes (Low-Profile Drives) .......................... 4-6
Acoustical Characteristics—Sound Power per ISO 7779.............................. 4-7
Environmental Specifications....................................................................... 4-8
Shock and Vibration Specifications ............................................................ 4-10
Error Rates................................................................................................ 4-11
Supported SCSI Commands ........................................................................ 5-1
Typical (6-Byte) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format......................... 5-4
Command Descriptor Block-Field Descriptions........................................... 5-4
Typical (6-Byte) Command Descriptor Block - Data Format....................... 5-5
Command Descriptor Block Control Field-Field Descriptions..................... 5-6
Status Codes................................................................................................ 5-7
Length Fields............................................................................................. 5-11
DATA-Phase Command Contents ............................................................ 5-11
CHANGE DEFINITION Command Descriptor Block-Data Format ....... 5-14
CHANGE DEFINITION-Field Descriptions ........................................... 5-14
FORMAT UNIT Command Descriptor Block-Data Format.................... 5-16
FORMAT UNIT Command-Field Descriptions....................................... 5-16
FORMAT UNIT Command Supported Options...................................... 5-17
FORMAT UNIT Parameter List-Data Format.......................................... 5-17
.FORMAT UNIT Defect List Header-Data Format.................................. 5-18
FORMAT UNIT Defect List Header-Field Descriptions .......................... 5-18
FORMAT UNIT Defect Descriptor-Block Format .................................. 5-19
FORMAT UNIT Defect Descriptor- Physical Sector and Bytes
From Index Format................................................................................... 5-19
FORMAT UNIT Initialization Pattern Descriptor-Data Format ............... 5-19
FORMAT UNIT Initialization Pattern Descriptor-Field Descriptions ...... 5-20
FORMAT UNIT Initialization Pattern Type............................................ 5-20
Table 5-19
Table 5-20
Table 5-21
Maxtor Atlas 10K V xiv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-22
Table 5-23
Table 5-24
Table 5-25
Table 5-26
Table 5-27
Table 5-28
Table 5-29
Table 5-30
Table 5-31
Table 5-32
Table 5-33
Table 5-34
Table 5-37
Table 5-38
Table 5-39
Table 5-40
Table 5-41
Table 5-42
Table 5-43
Table 5-44
Table 5-45
Table 5-46
Table 5-47
Table 5-48
Table 5-49
Table 5-50
Table 5-51
Table 5-52
Table 5-53
Table 5-54
Table 5-55
Table 5-56
Table 5-57
Table 5-58
Table 5-59
Table 5-60
Table 5-61
Table 5-62
Table 5-63
Table 5-64
Table 5-65
Table 5-66
Table 5-67
Table 5-68
Table 5-69
INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block-Data Format .............................. 5-21
INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block-Field Descriptions...................... 5-21
Standard Inquiry Data Page-Data Format................................................... 5-22
Standard Inquiry Data Page-Field Descriptions .......................................... 5-23
Supported Vital Product Data Pages -Data Format..................................... 5-24
Vital Product Data-Page Codes ................................................................. 5-24
Unit Serial Number Page-Data Format...................................................... 5-24
Unit Serial Number Page-Field Descriptions ............................................. 5-24
Implemented Operating Definition Page-Data Format............................... 5-25
Implemented Operating Definition Page-Field Descriptions ...................... 5-25
ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Page - Data Format.................. 5-26
Device Identification Page-Data Format .................................................... 5-26
Device Identification Page-Field Description............................................. 5-27
Command Support Data Page-Data Format............................................... 5-28
Command Support Data Page-Field Descriptions ...................................... 5-29
Command Support Data Page Command or Operation Codes .................. 5-30
LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block-Data Format......................... 5-32
LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block-Field Descriptions................. 5-32
Disk Drive Log Pages ................................................................................ 5-33
LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block-Data Format............................ 5-34
LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block-Field Descriptions ................... 5-34
LOG SENSE Log Page Format-Data Format............................................. 5-35
LOG SENSE Log Page Format-Field Descriptions .................................... 5-35
Generic Log Parameter-Data Format ......................................................... 5-35
Generic Log Parameter-Field Descriptions................................................. 5-36
MODE SELECT (6) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format................ 5-37
MODE SELECT (6) Command Field Descriptions................................... 5-37
Initiator-Changeable Mode Pages.............................................................. 5-38
Mode Page Types...................................................................................... 5-39
Mode Parameter List-Data Format............................................................. 5-39
Mode Parameter List-Field Descriptions .................................................... 5-40
Mode Parameter Header (6-Byte)-Data Format......................................... 5-40
Mode Parameter Header- Field Descriptions.............................................. 5-40
Mode Parameter Block Descriptor-Data Format........................................ 5-40
Mode Parameter Block Descriptor-Field Descriptions................................ 5-41
Categories of Changeable Pages................................................................. 5-41
Unit Attention Condition Page (Page 0).................................................... 5-41
Unit Attention Condition Page (Page 0).................................................... 5-42
Read-Write Error Recovery Page-(Page 1) ............................................... 5-42
Read-Write Error Recovery Page - Field Descriptions.............................. 5-43
Disconnect–Reconnect Page (Page 2)........................................................ 5-44
Disconnect-Reconnect-Field Description (Page 2) .................................... 5-44
Verify Error Recovery Page-(Page 7) ........................................................ 5-45
Verify Error Recovery Page-Field Descriptions (Page 7)............................ 5-46
Caching Page-(Page 8) .............................................................................. 5-46
Caching Page-Field Descriptions ............................................................... 5-47
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
xv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-70
Table 5-71
Table 5-72
Table 5-73
Table 5-74
Table 5-75
Table 5-76
Table 5-77
Table 5-78
Table 5-79
Table 5-80
Table 5-81
Table 5-84
Table 5-85
Table 5-86
Table 5-87
Table 5-88
Table 5-89
Table 5-90
Table 5-91
Table 5-92
Table 5-93
Table 5-94
Table 5-95
Table 5-96
Table 5-97
Table 5-98
Table 5-99
Table 5-100
Table 5-101
Table 5-102
Table 5-103
Table 5-104
Control Mode Page-Data Format (Page 0Ah)............................................ 5-48
Control Mode Page-Field Descriptions...................................................... 5-49
Notch and Partition Page-(Page 0Ch)........................................................ 5-50
Notch and Partition Page-Field Descriptions ............................................. 5-51
Port Control Page Short Format................................................................ 5-52
Port Control Page Long Format ................................................................ 5-53
Margin Control Subpage (01h).................................................................. 5-54
Saved Training Configuration Subpage (02h)............................................. 5-55
Negotiated Settings Subpage (03h)............................................................. 5-56
Transceiver Mode ..................................................................................... 5-56
Report Transfer Capabilities Subpage (4)................................................... 5-57
Field Descriptions...................................................................................... 5-57
Information Exceptions Control Page-(Page 1Ch)..................................... 5-59
Information Exceptions Control Page-Field Descriptions (Page 1Ch) ........ 5-60
Codes Used by the MRIE Field ................................................................ 5-61
MODE SELECT (10) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format.............. 5-62
Mode Parameter Header (10-Byte)-Data Format ....................................... 5-62
Mode Parameter Block Descriptor-Data Format........................................ 5-62
Mode Parameter Block Descriptor-Field Descriptions................................ 5-63
MODE SENSE (6) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format .................. 5-64
MODE SENSE Command-Field Descriptions .......................................... 5-64
Mode Parameter Header (6 Byte)-Data Format.......................................... 5-64
Mode Parameter Header and Block Descriptor-Field Descriptions............. 5-65
Read-Only Mode Pages ............................................................................ 5-65
Format Device Page-(Page 3) .................................................................... 5-65
Format Device Page-Field Descriptions (Page 3)........................................ 5-66
Rigid Disk Geometry Page-(Page 4).......................................................... 5-67
Rigid Disk Geometry Page-Field Descriptions (Page 4)............................. 5-68
MODE SENSE (10) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format................. 5-69
Mode Parameter Header (10 Byte)-Data Format........................................ 5-69
Mode Parameter Block Descriptor-Data Format........................................ 5-69
Mode Parameter Header & Block Descriptor-Field Descriptions................ 5-70
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command Descriptor
Block-Data Format.................................................................................... 5-71
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command-Field Descriptions......... 5-72
Read Keys Parameters-Data Format........................................................... 5-72
Read Keys Parameters-Field Descriptions .................................................. 5-73
Read Reservations Parameters-Data Format .............................................. 5-73
Read Reservations Parameters-Field Descriptions...................................... 5-74
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations
Table 5-105
Table 5-106
Table 5-107
Table 5-108
Table 5-109
Table 5-110
Descriptor-Data Format............................................................................. 5-74
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations
Table 5-111
Descriptor-Field Descriptions .................................................................... 5-75
Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings............................ 5-76
When Do Conflicts Between Existing Reservations and New
Table 5-112
Table 5-113
Reservations Exist?.................................................................................... 5-78
Maxtor Atlas 10K V xvi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-114
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command Descriptor
Block-Data Format.................................................................................... 5-79
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command-Field Descriptions..... 5-80
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command’s Service
Table 5-115
Table 5-116
Action Descriptions................................................................................... 5-81
Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings............................ 5-85
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Parameter List-Data Format........ 5-86
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Parameter List-Field Descriptions 5-87
Device Server Interpretation of Service and Scope Value .......................... 5-88
READ (6) Command-Data Format........................................................... 5-89
READ (6) Command-Field Descriptions................................................... 5-89
READ (10) Command-Data Format ......................................................... 5-90
READ (10) Command-Field Descriptions................................................. 5-90
READ BUFFER Command-Data Format ................................................ 5-91
READ BUFFER Command-Field Descriptions........................................ 5-92
READ CAPACITY Command-Data Format............................................ 5-93
READ CAPACITY Command-Field Descriptions ................................... 5-93
READ CAPACITY Returned Data-Data Format..................................... 5-93
READ DEFECT DATA (10) Command-Data Format ............................. 5-94
READ DEFECT DATA (10) Command-Field Description ...................... 5-95
Defect Descriptor-Block Format................................................................ 5-95
Defect Descriptor-Bytes From Index Format, or Physical Sector Format.... 5-96
Defect List Header -Data Format............................................................... 5-96
Defect List Header-Field Descriptions........................................................ 5-96
READ DEFECT DATA (12) Command-Data Format ............................. 5-97
READ DEFECT DATA (12) Command-Field Description ...................... 5-97
Defect Descriptor-Block Format................................................................ 5-98
Defect Descriptor-Bytes From Index Format, or Physical Sector Format.... 5-98
Defect List Header-Data Format................................................................ 5-98
Defect List Header-Field Descriptions........................................................ 5-98
READ LONG Command Descriptor Block-Data Format......................... 5-99
READ LONG Command Descriptor Block-Field Descriptions................. 5-99
READ LONG Command-Returned Data ................................................ 5-99
REASSIGN BLOCKS Command Descriptor Block-Data Format........... 5-100
REASSIGN BLOCKS Defect List Header-Data Format.......................... 5-100
REASSIGN BLOCKS Defect List Header-Field Description .................. 5-100
REASSIGN BLOCKS Defect Descriptor-Data Format ........................... 5-100
Diagnostic Pages Supported by The Drives.............................................. 5-101
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Descriptor
Table 5-117
Table 5-118
Table 5-119
Table 5-120
Table 5-121
Table 5-122
Table 5-123
Table 5-124
Table 5-125
Table 5-126
Table 5-127
Table 5-128
Table 5-129
Table 5-130
Table 5-131
Table 5-132
Table 5-133
Table 5-134
Table 5-135
Table 5-136
Table 5-137
Table 5-138
Table 5-139
Table 5-140
Table 5-141
Table 5-142
Table 5-143
Table 5-144
Table 5-145
Table 5-146
Table 5-147
Table 5-148
Table 5-149
Table 5-150
Block-Data Format.................................................................................. 5-101
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Descriptor
Table 5-151
Block-Field Descriptions ......................................................................... 5-101
Supported Diagnostics Pages Page-Data Format....................................... 5-102
Translate Address Page-Data Format........................................................ 5-103
Translate Address Page-Field Descriptions ............................................... 5-103
RELEASE (6) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format ........................ 5-104
Table 5-152
Table 5-153
Table 5-154
Table 5-155
Maxtor Atlas 10K V xvii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-156
Table 5-157
Table 5-158
Table 5-159
RELEASE (6) Command-Field Descriptions........................................... 5-104
RELEASE (10) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format ...................... 5-105
RELEASE (10) Command-Field Descriptions ......................................... 5-105
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor
Block-Data Format.................................................................................. 5-106
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor
Table 5-160
Block-Field Descriptions ......................................................................... 5-106
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List-Data Format............. 5-106
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List-Field Descriptions..... 5-106
REPORT LUNS Command Descriptor Block-Data Format................... 5-107
REPORT LUNS Command Descriptor Block-Field Description ........... 5-107
LUN Reporting Parameter List -Data Format ......................................... 5-107
REQUEST SENSE Command Descriptor Block-Data Format ............... 5-108
REQUEST SENSE Command Descriptor Block-Field Description........ 5-108
Sense Data Format for Error Code 70h or 71h-Data Format.................... 5-109
Sense Data Fields (Error Code 70h)-Field Descriptions............................ 5-110
Supported Sense Keys.............................................................................. 5-111
Sense Key Information Field Contents..................................................... 5-112
Supported Additional Sense Codes and Sense Code Qualifiers (in Hex)... 5-113
Sense-Key Specific Field Contents........................................................... 5-121
ILLEGAL REQUEST Sense Key Field Pointer Bytes\Data Format......... 5-122
ILLEGAL REQUEST Sense Key Field Pointer Bytes\Field Descriptions 5-122
NOT READY Sense Key - Progress Indication Bytes\Data Format........ 5-122
NOT READY Sense Key - Progress Indication Bytes\Field Descriptions 5-122
MEDIUM ERROR or RECOVERED ERROR Sense Key - Retry
Table 5-161
Table 5-162
Table 5-163
Table 5-164
Table 5-165
Table 5-166
Table 5-167
Table 5-168
Table 5-169
Table 5-170
Table 5-171
Table 5-172
Table 5-173
Table 5-174
Table 5-175
Table 5-176
Table 5-177
Table 5-178
Count-Data Format................................................................................. 5-123
MEDIUM ERROR or RECOVERED ERROR Sense Key - Retry Count 5-
Table 5-179
123
Table 5-180
Table 5-181
Table 5-182
Table 5-183
Table 5-184
Table 5-185
Table 5-186
Table 5-187
Table 5-188
Table 5-189
Table 5-190
Table 5-191
Table 5-192
Table 5-193
Table 5-194
Table 5-195
Table 5-196
RESERVE (6) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format ....................... 5-124
RESERVE (6) Command-Field Descriptions.......................................... 5-124
RESERVE (10) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format ..................... 5-125
RESERVE (10) Command-Field Descriptions ....................................... 5-125
Extent Descriptors-Data Format .............................................................. 5-126
Reservation Types................................................................................... 5-126
Parameter List When LongID and Extent Bits = 1-Data Format.............. 5-126
RESERVE (10) ID Only Parameter List-Data Format............................. 5-126
REZERO UNIT Command Descriptor Block-Data Format................... 5-127
SEEK (6) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format................................ 5-128
SEEK (10) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format.............................. 5-129
SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command Descriptor Block-Data Format .......... 5-130
SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command-Field Descriptions............................. 5-130
Supported Diagnostic Page List-Data Format........................................... 5-131
Translate Address Page-Data Format........................................................ 5-131
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block-Data Format. 5-132
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor
Block-Field Descriptions ......................................................................... 5-132
Maxtor Atlas 10K V xviii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-197
Table 5-198
Table 5-199
Table 5-200
Table 5-201
Table 5-202
Table 5-203
Table 5-204
Table 5-205
Table 5-206
Table 5-207
Table 5-208
Table 5-209
Table 5-210
Table 5-211
Table 5-212
Table 5-213
Table 5-214
Table 5-215
Table A-1
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List-Data Format....................... 5-132
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List-Field Descriptions .............. 5-132
START STOP UNIT Command Descriptor Block-Data Format ........... 5-133
START STOP UNIT Command-Field Descriptions.............................. 5-133
SYNCHRONIZE CACHE Command Descriptor Block-Data Format .. 5-134
SYNCHRONIZE CACHE Command-Field Descriptions ..................... 5-134
TEST UNIT READY Command Descriptor Block-Data Format........... 5-135
VERIFY Command Descriptor Block-Data Format................................ 5-136
VERIFY Command-Field Descriptions................................................... 5-136
WRITE (6) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format............................ 5-137
WRITE (6) Command-Field Descriptions............................................... 5-137
WRITE (10) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format.......................... 5-138
WRITE (10) Command-Field Descriptions............................................. 5-138
WRITE AND VERIFY Command Descriptor Block-Data Format ........ 5-139
WRITE AND VERIFY Command -Field Descriptions.......................... 5-139
WRITE BUFFER Command Descriptor Block-Data Format................. 5-140
WRITE BUFFER Command -Field Descriptions................................... 5-141
WRITE LONG Command Descriptor Block-Data Format..................... 5-142
WRITE LONG Command-Field Descriptions ....................................... 5-142
SCSI-2/SCSI-3 Equivalent Terminology.................................................... A-1
SCSI-3 Quick Reference – Commands...................................................... A-2
SCSI-3 Quick Reference – Messages.......................................................... A-3
SCSI-3 Quick Reference - Pages ............................................................... A-3
SCSI-3 Quick Reference – Sense Keys....................................................... A-5
SCSI-3 Quick Reference – Status Codes.................................................... A-5
Transfer Period Factor Field Values When PARL = 1................................ B-1
Transfer Period Factor Field Values When PARL = 0................................ B-2
Settings for the QAS, DT, and IU Fields of the Negotiated Rate
Table A-2
Table A-3
Table A-4
Table A-5
Table A-6
Table B-1
Table B-2
Table B-3
Information Page (INQUIRY Command) ................................................. B-2
Maxtor Atlas 10K V xix
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
This chapter gives an overview of the contents of this manual, including the intended
audience, how the manual is organized, terminology and conventions, and references.
1.1
AUDIENCE
The Maxtor Atlas 10K V Product Manual is intended for reference by original
equipment manufacturers (OEMs) that are integrating the disk drive into a system or
subsystem, developers, and disk drive installers. Its primary audience is the OEM
technical staff that makes disk drive purchase and configuration decisions, and system
integrators that are responsible for the SCSI interface. This manual is not intended for
end-users and is not a users manual or an installation guide. The manual provides
information about installation, interface command implementation, maintenance, and
gives the general specifications of the drive.
1.2
MANUAL ORGANIZATION
This manual is organized into the following chapters:
• Chapter 1 – About This Manual
• Chapter 2 – General Description
• Chapter 3 – Installation
• Chapter 4 – Specifications
• Chapter 5 – SCSI Description
• Chapter 6 – Feature Descriptions
• Appendix A – Quick Reference
• Appendix B – Negotiated Page Information Page Reference
• Glossary
• Index
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 1-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1.3
TERMINOLOGY AND CONVENTIONS
In the Glossary at the back of this manual, you can find definitions for many of the
terms used in this manual. In addition, the following abbreviations are used in this
manual:
• ASIC
• Kbpi
• dB
application-specific integrated circuit
thousands of bits per inch
decibels
• dBA
• ECC
• Kfci
• Gbit
• GB
decibels, A weighted
error correcting code
thousands of flux changes per inch
gigabit
gigabyte
• Hz
hertz
• KB
kilobytes
• LSB
• LVDS
• mA
• MB
least significant bit
low voltage differential SCSI
milliamperes
megabytes (1 MB = 1,000,000 bytes when referring to disk
transfer rates or storage capacities and 1,048,576 bytes in all
other cases)
• Mbit/s
• MB/s
• MHz
• ms
megabits per second
megabytes per second
megahertz
milliseconds
• MSB
• mV
• ns
most significant bit
millivolts
nanoseconds
• SCSI
• tpi
Small Computer System Interface
tracks per inch
microseconds
• ms
• V
volts
1-2 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The typographical and naming conventions used in this manual are listed below.
Conventions that are unique to a specific table appear in the notes that follow that
table.
Typographical Conventions:
• Names of Bits: Bit names are presented in initial capitals. An example is
the Host Software Reset Bit.
• Commands: Firmware commands are listed as all capitals. An example is
MODE SELECT.
• Parameters: Parameters are given as initial capitals when spelled out, and
are given as all capitals when abbreviated. Examples are Prefetch Enable
(PE) and Cache Enable (CE).
• Hexadecimal Notation: The hexadecimal notation is given in 9-point
subscript form. An example is 30H.
• Signal Negation: A signal that is non-active or is in its non-asserted state.
• Messages: A message that is sent from the drive to the host is listed in all
capitals. An example is BUS DEVICE RESET.
Naming Conventions:
• Host: In general, the system in which the drive resides is referred to as
the host.
• Computer Voice: This refers to items you type at the computer
keyboard. These items are listed in 10-point, all capitals, Courier font.
An example is FORMAT.
1.4
REFERENCES
For additional information about the SCSI interface, refer to:
• ANSI Small Computer System Interface-2 (SCSI-2) Specification, ANSI
X3T9.2/86-109, Revision 10k.
• ANSI Small Computer System Interface-3 (SCSI-3) Specification, ANSI
X3T10, August 1994.
• SPI-3 Specification Revision SPI-4 Spec Revision 10
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 1-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This chapter summarizes the general functions and key features of the Maxtor
Atlas 10K V family of hard disk drives, as well as the applicable standards and
regulations.
2.1
PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drives are part of a family of high performance,
1-inch-high hard disk drives manufactured to meet the highest product quality
standards. There are currently three models in the Maxtor Atlas 10K V series, with
capacities of 73.5, 147.1, and 300 gigabytes (GB). These hard disk drives use
nonremovable, 84 mm diameter hard disks and are available with the following SCSI
configurations:
• Ultra320 SCSI, Ultra2, Ultra SCSI 68-pin Wide (16-bit)
• Ultra320 SCSI, Ultra2, Ultra SCSI 80-pin SCA-2 (16-bit)
The Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drives feature an embedded SCSI drive controller
and use SCSI commands to optimize system performance. Because the drive manages
media defects and error recovery internally, these operations are fully transparent to
the user.
The innovative design of the Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drives enables Maxtor to
produce a family of low-cost, high-reliability drives.
2.2
KEY FEATURES
The Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drive includes the following key features:
General
• Formatted storage capacity of 73.5 GB (1 disk, 2 heads), 147.1 GB (2 disks,
4 heads), and 300 GB (4 disks, 8 heads)
• Low profile, 1-inch height
• Industry standard 3 1/2-inch form factor
• Embedded SCSI controller
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 2-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Performance
• Average seek time of 4.0 ms (1D) , 4.2 (2D) and 4.4 (4D) for reads
• Average seek time of 4.5 ms (1D), 4.7 (2D), and 4.9 ms (4D) for writes
• 10,000 RPM rotational speed
• Average rotational latency of 3 ms
• 8 MB CACHE (ECC Protected) buffer. Look-ahead DisCache feature
with continuous prefetch and WriteCache write-buffering capabilities
• Read-on-arrival firmware
• Tagged Command Queuing with Reordering
• ECC on-the-fly
• Highly automated SCSI protocol (including Auto Read/Write)
• 1:1 interleave on read/write operations
• High performance Ultra320 SCSI interface
• SCSI-2, and SCSI-3 supported
• Ultra 320 SCSI
• Ultra 160 SCSI
• Ultra-2 SCSI-3 LVDS transfer rates supported
• Fast Ultra and Ultra-2 SCSI transfer rates supported (SCSI-3 compliant)
• S.M.A.R.T. 2 (Self-Monitoring, Analysis and Reporting Technology)
• SCSI bus active negation drivers
• Burst data transfer rate of up to 6.0 MB/s asynchronous, 40 MB/s Ultra
SCSI, 80 MB/s Ultra2 SCSI, 160 MB/s Ultra160 SCSI, and 320 MB/s
Ultra320 SCSI.
• SCSI bus fairness
2-2 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
• MaXAdaptTM
~ Adaptive Active Filter (AAF)
~ Rotational Vibration Compensation (RVC)
~ Adaptive Bias Estimation (ABE)
~ Virtual Cache Line (VCL)
• Ultra 320 Performance Enhancements
~ Double Transition (DT) Data Transfer
~ Free Running Clock (FRC)
~ Skew Compensation
~ Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC)
~ Domain Validation
~ Information Unit (IU) Transfers
~ Transmitter Pre-Compensation with Cutback
~ Quick Arbitration and Selection (QAS)
~ Asynchronous Information Protection (AIP)
~ SCSI Bus Fairness
~ Flow Control
Reliability
• Automatic retry on read errors
• 360-bit, interleaved Reed-Solomon Error Correcting Code (ECC), with
cross checking correction up to three separate bursts of 32 bits each
totalling up to 96 bits in length
• Self-diagnostic firmware
• Transparent media defect mapping
• High performance, in-line defective sector skipping
• Reassignment of defective sectors discovered in the field, without
reformatting
• Thermal Sensing monitors the drive temperature to ensure on-going drive
reliability
• Shock Protection System III (SPS III) protects the drive against specific
types of handling events that could cause damage to the drive.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 2-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Versatility
• Downloadable firmware
• Plug-and-Play SCSI
• SCSI-2, Ultra160 SCSI, and Ultra320 SCSI compatibility
2.3
REGULATORY COMPLIANCE STANDARDS
Maxtor Corporation’s disk drive products meet all domestic and international product
safety regulatory compliance requirements. Maxtor’s disk drive products conform to
the following specifically marked Product Safety Standards:
• Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standard 1950 3rd Edition. This
certificate is category UL recognized pertaining to all 3.5 inch series drives.
• Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standard C.22.2 No. 950. This
certificate is category c-UL recognized pertaining to all 3.5 inch series
drives.
• TUV Rheinland Standard EN60950. This certificate is a category
certification pertaining to all 3.5 inch series drives.
2-4 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product EMI/EMC Qualifications:
Maxtor Corporation’s disk drive products meet all domestic and international electro-
magnetic emissions and immunity requirements. Maxtor’s disk drive products
conform to the following EMI/EMC Standards
• CE Mark (Europe) is a Self Declaration as per Directive 89/336,
EN55022: 1998 (Emissions) and EN55024: 1998 (Immunity).
• C-Tick Mark (Australia/New Zealand) is a Self Declaration as per
AS/NZS3548: 1998.
• BSMI Mark (Taiwan) is a Self Declaration as per CNS 13438:1998.
• MIC Mark (Korea) is a Certificate of registration for SCSI disk drives.
• Maxtor’s disk drives are designed as a separate subassembly that conforms to
the FCC Rules for Radiated and Conducted emissions, Part 15 Subpart J;
Class B when installed in a given computer system.
• Maxtor drives conform to Canadian EMC Standard ICES-003.
2.4
HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS
The Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drive is compatible with host computers and
controllers that provide a 68-pin Wide, or 80-pin SCA-2 interface. A 50-pin to 68-
pin adapter is required to use the 68-pin Wide drive in a 50-pin cabling configuration.
Termination is required on the Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drives as they do not
support on-board SCSI termination.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 2-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
INSTALLATION
This chapter explains how to unpack, configure, mount, and connect the
Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drive prior to operation. It also explains how to start
up and operate the drive.
3.1
SAFETY, HANDLING, & ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
PROTECTION
3.1.1
Safety Precautions
For your safety, follow all safety procedures described here and in other sections of
the manual.
• Remove power from the computer system (or expansion unit) before
installing or removing the drive to prevent the possibility of electrical
shock or damage to the drive. Unplug the unit containing the drive to
provide an added measure of safety.
• Read, understand, and observe all label warnings.
3.1.2
Handling
Damage to the drive can occur as the result of careless handling, vibration, shock,
or electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always handle the drive with care to avoid damage
to the precision internal components.
CAUTION: A 1/4-inch drop onto a hard surface can damage the drive.
Follow these guidelines to avoid damage to the drive:
• Always observe prescribed ESD precautions.
• Keep the drive in its anti-static bag until ready to install.
• Always use a properly fitted wrist strap or other suitable ESD protection
when handling the drive.
• Hold drive only by its sides. Do not touch any components on the
PCBA.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 3-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
• Always handle the drive carefully and gently. A drop of 1/4 inch onto a
bench or desktop can damage a drive.
• Do not bump, jar, or drop the drive. Use care when transporting the
drive.
• Always gently place the drive flat, PCB side down, on an appropriate
ESD-protected work surface to avoid the drive being accidentally
knocked over.
• Do not pack other materials with the drive in its shielded bag.
• Place the drive in the anti-static bag before placing in shipping container.
• Do not stack objects on the drive.
• Never force the drive or the mounting brackets into the drive bay.
• Do not expose the drive to moisture.
• Do not damage any seals on the drive; doing so may void the warranty.
3.1.3
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protection
Various electrical components within the disk drive are sensitive to static electricity
and Electrostatic Discharge (ESD). Even a static buildup or discharge that is too
slight to feel can be sufficient to destroy or degrade a component's operation.
To minimize the possibility of ESD-related damage to the drive, we strongly
recommend using both, a properly installed workstation anti-static mat and a
properly installed ESD wrist strap. When correctly installed, these devices reduce
the buildup of static electricity which might harm the drive.
• Observe the following precautions to avoid ESD-related problems:
• Use a properly installed anti-static pad on your work surface.
• Always use a properly fitted and grounded wrist strap or other suitable
ESD protection when handling the drive and observe proper ESD
grounding techniques.
• Hold the drive only by its sides. Do not touch any components on the
PCBA.
• Leave the drive in its anti-static bag until you are ready to install it in the
system.
• Place the drive on a properly grounded anti-static work surface pad
when it is out of its protective anti-static bag.
• Do not use the bag as a substitute for the work surface anti-static pad.
The outside of the bag may not have the same anti-static properties as
the inside. It could actually increase the possibility of ESD problems.
• Do not use any test equipment to check components on the electronics
module. There are no user-serviceable components on the drive.
3-2
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.2
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
The Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drive is shipped without a faceplate and comes
in the following SCSI interface configurations:
• 68-pin Wide SCSI
• 80-pin SCA-2 SCSI
Figure 3-1 Shows The Mechanical Dimensions of the drives.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 3-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.2.1
Shock Feet
Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drives are outfitted with plastic shock feet on the
bottom edge of the base casting, near the corners, beneath the side mounting holes
(translucent), and near the corners of the top cover next to the screws (black). The
shock feet give an additional level of isolation to prevent the head and disk damage
that occasionally occurs during unpacking, staging, and installation. The shock feet
attenuate the short-pulse shocks that occur when placing the drive on a hard surface.
If the drive is tested on a hard surface, it should be supported such that the shock
feet are not in contact with a hard surface (the drive should be supported in the
middle, between the shock feet).
Note: To provide optimal protection the shock feet are designed to ex-
ceed the form factor when uncompressed.
3.3
UNPACKING INSTRUCTIONS
CAUTION: The maximum limits for physical shock can be exceeded if
the drive is not handled properly. Special care should be
taken not to bump or drop the drive.
1. Open the shipping container and remove the packing assembly that contains
the drive.
2. Remove the drive from the packing assembly.
CAUTION: During shipment and handling, the antistatic electrostatic dis-
charge (ESD) bag prevents electronic component damage due
to electrostatic discharge. To avoid accidental damage to the
drive, do not use a sharp instrument to open the ESD bag.
Save the packing materials for possible future use.
3. When you are ready to install the drive, remove it from the ESD bag.
3-4
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Figure 3-2 shows the packing assembly for a single Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk
drive. Shipping containers for 25-pack are available for multiple drive shipments.
Figure 3-2 Drive Packing Assembly
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 3-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.4
HARDWARE OPTIONS
3.4.1
Configuration Jumpers and Connections
This section includes setup and configuration information for Maxtor Atlas 10K V
drives. These disk drives include
• The 16-bit multimode Ultra320 SCSI, wide version with 68-pin SCSI
connector,
• The 16-bit multimode Ultra320 SCSI, version with SCA-2 80-pin
connector.
Specific individual settings for each drive type are described in Sections 3.5.1
through 3.5.4.
CAUTION: Before you begin, review the Safety, ESD, and Handling precau-
tions described at the beginning of this manual to avoid personal in-
jury or damage to equipment.
3.4.2
Jumper Options on the 68-Pin Wide PCB
This section describes how to configure the jumpers on Maxtor Atlas 10K V disks
with 68-pin SCSI interface connectors. The following features are jumper-
selectable:
• SCSI ID (0), (1), (2), (3) – SCSI Bus Device Identification
• Delay Spin
• Single-Ended, Disable LVD
• Busy Out (Remote LED)
• Write Protect
• Stagger Spin
Note: The disk drive does not support on-board SCSI termina-
tion.
Note: The configuration of a Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk
drive depends on the host system in which it is to be in-
assemblies for 68-pin SCSI configurations, indicating the
jumpers that control some of these options.
3-6
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 3-1 SCSI ID Selection on Option Connector (68-Pin SCSI Connector Drives)
Jumper Location – J3 Option Header
SCSI ID
Pin Pair 7/8
Pin Pair 5/6
Pin Pair 3/4
Pin Pair 1/2
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Note: 0 = No Jumper, 1 = Jumper Installed
Configure the drive for remote (external) SCSI ID selection by removing the SCSI
ID jumpers (if present) from the referenced SCSI ID pins. Then connect the leads
from the external selection switch to the referenced pins. Observe the following
guidelines while doing so:
• ID bit 0, at Pin 8, is the Least Significant Bit.
• SCSI ID bits 0, 1, 2, and 3 (pins 8, 6, 4, and 2, respectively) are active
LOW signals. That is, the bit is a 1 if the corresponding remote switch
is closed to ground or jumper installed.
• Use pins 1, 3, 5 and 7 as the associated ground returns for ID bits 3, 2,
1, and 0, respectively.
3.4.2.1
Write Protection
To configure Write Protection for the drive, install a jumper across pin pair 11/12
on the J3 Option Header. To disable Write Protection on the drive, remove the
jumper.
3-8
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.4.2.2
Delay Spin (DS), Stagger Spin (SS)
Maxtor Atlas 10K V drives have three Spin Up modes:
Option 1 (No jumpers installed):
Spin up immediately when power is applied. Verify that no jumper is installed
across the Delay Spin pin pair of the J3 Option Header.
Option 2 (Delay Spin jumper installed):
Spin up on START STOP UNIT command: Install the jumper across pin pair
15/16 (GND/Delay Spin) on the J3 Option Header.
3.4.2.3
3.4.2.4
Single-Ended Operation – Force SE (Disable LVD)
Install a jumper across pin pair 17/18 (SE) on the J3 Option Header to operate the
disk drive as a single-ended device. Remove the SE jumper for LVD operation and
monitoring of the DIFFSENS signal.
Remote Busy and Fault Displays
Busy and Fault status of the drive can be monitored remotely by connecting a
remote (external) Busy and/or remote Fault display LEDs.
Remote Fault LED
On the J1 Option Connector, connect the cathode side of the remote Fault LED
to pin 2, Fault LED. Connect the anode side of the LED to pin 11, +5V.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 3-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.4.3
SCA-2 80-Pin Connector Versions
This section describes the SCA-2 (Single Connector Attachment) 80-pin connector
for Maxtor Atlas 10K V drives with the following features:
• SCSI ID
• Spin Up
• Activity LED displays
Use Figure 3-4 to locate the appropriate pins for configuring the drive. Note that
Figure 3-4 does not call out each of the 80 pins on the connector, but rather
illustrates the layout of the pins.
Note: The SCA-2 Connector version of the disk drives does not provide
the following jumper configuration: TERMPWR, Active Termina-
tion, or Write Protection.
3.4.3.1
Termination for the 80-Pin SCA-2 Connector Versions
CAUTION: These versions of Maxtor Atlas 10K V disk drives cannot be
configured to provide bus termination. Therefore, be sure to
properly terminate the SCSI bus on which this drive is in-
stalled.
Note: Refer to your system or SCSI controller documentation regard-
ing any additional recommendations regarding drive placement
on the SCSI bus and SCSI bus termination.
3-10 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.4.3.2
SCSI ID for SCA-2 Versions
Each SCSI device on the bus must have a unique SCSI ID number assigned to it.
The drive can be configured for SCSI ID numbers that range from 0 through 15.
Configure the SCSI ID by providing the proper open or ground signal inputs to the
referenced pins of the drive’s 80-pin new version SCA-2 connector (Figure 3-4).
Note: Refer to your system or SCSI controller documentation for spe-
cific recommendations about assigning SCSI ID numbers for
your specific system.
Figure 3-4 Pin Locations on SCA-2 Connector
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 3-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 3-2 SCSI ID Pin Assignments (SCA-2 Connector Versions of the Disk Drive)
Location on SCA Connector
SCSI ID
ID3 - Pin
ID2 - Pin 40 ID1 - Pin 79 ID0 - Pin 39
80
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Note: 0 indicates an open circuit and 1 indicates ground.
3.4.3.3
Spin Up for the 80-Pin SCA-2 Connector Versions
Maxtor Atlas 10K V drives have three Spin Up modes:
Option 1 Spin up occurs immediately when power is applied.
Option 2 Drive spin up occurs after a predetermined delay following power on.
Set the delay parameters with the MODE SELECT Command,
Maxtor (Vendor) Special Function Control Page (39h).The delay is
equal to a user-specified multiplier multiplied by the numerical SCSI
ID of the drive. This will give a staggered spin-up in multiple-drive
installations.
Option 3 Drive spin up is controlled by the START STOP UNIT command.
DELAY_SPIN (Pin 38) and STAGGER_SPIN (Pin 78) inputs on the 80-pin SCA-
wired connections at the backplane or backplane logic.
3-12 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 3-3 Spin Up on Power On Options
STAGGER_SPIN
(Pin 78)
DELAY_SPIN
(Pin 38)
Option
Option 1 – Spin Up When Power is Applied
Option 2 – Spin Up After Delay
Option 3 – Spin Up on START Command
Reserved
Open
Ground
Open
Open
Open
Ground
Ground
Ground
3.4.3.4
Activity LED for SCA-2 Connector Versions
The drive provides the output BUSY_OUT signal to power a user-supplied activity
LED.
The output indicates the drive is performing a SCSI operation. To use this output,
connect a user-supplied LED cathode to the BUSY_OUT connection, pin 77 on
+5 VDC supply through an appropriate current-limiting resistor.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 3-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.5
INTERFACE CONNECTOR (J1)
The configuration of J1 is different for the 68-pin and 80-pin SCSI variations.
Figure 3-5 shows the various connector styles.
Figure 3-5 J1 Interface Connector Configurations
3-14 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 3-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.5.1
68-Pin Wide SCSI Connector - LVD
Table 3-4 68-Pin Wide LVD Pin Assignments
CONNECTOR
CONTACT
NUMBER
CONNECTOR
CONTACT
NUMBER
SIGNAL
NAME
CABLE CONDUCTOR
NUMBER
SIGNAL
NAME
+DB (12)
+DB (13)
+DB (14)
+DB (15)
+DB (P1)
+DB (0)
+DB (1)
+DB (2)
+DB (3)
+DB (4)
+DB (5)
+DB (6)
+DB (7)
+DB (P)
GROUND
DIFFSENS
TERMPWR
TERMPWR
RESERVED
GROUND
+ATN
GROUND
+BSY
+ACK
+RST
+MSG
+SEL
+C/D
+REQ
+I/O
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
3
5
7
2
4
6
8
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
–DB (12)
–DB (13)
–DB (14)
–DB (15)
–DB (P1)
–DB (0)
–DB (1)
–DB (2)
–DB (3)
–DB (4)
–DB (5)
–DB (6)
–DB (7)
–DB (P)
GROUND
GROUND
TERMPWR
TERMPWR
RESERVED
GROUND
–ATN
GROUND
–BSY
–ACK
–RST
–MSG
–SEL
–C/D
–REQ
–I/O
–DB (8)
–DB (9)
–DB (10)
–DB (11)
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
+DB (8)
+DB (9)
+DB (10)
+DB (11)
Note: The conductor number refers to the conductor position when
using 0.635 mm (0.025 inch) centerline flat ribbon cable. Other
cable types may be used to implement equivalent contact assign-
ments.
3.5.1.1
68-Pin Wide Mating Connector
The cable plug connector that mates with the 68-pin hard disk drive connector is
the AMP AMPLIMITE .050 Series III, part number 749925-5.
3-16 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.5.2
80-Pin SCA-2 SCSI Connector - LVD
Table 3-5 80-Pin SCA-2 LVD Pin Assignments
CABLE
CONDUCTOR
NUMBER
80-PIN CONNECTOR CONTACT
AND SIGNAL NAME
80-PIN CONNECTOR CONTACT
AND SIGNAL NAME
12V CHARGE
12V
1
NOT
APPLICABLE
12V GROUND
12V GROUND
12V GROUND
MATED 1
OPT 3.3V CHARGE
DIFFSNS
+DB (11)
+DB (10)
+DB (9)
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
2
12V
3
12 V
4
OPT 3.3 VOLTS
OPT 3.3 VOLTS
- DB (11)
- DB (10)
- DB (9)
- DB (8)
- I/O
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
+DB (8)
+I/O
- REQ
+REQ
- C/D
+C/D
- SEL
+SEL
- MSG
+MSG
- RST
+RST
- ACK
+ACK
- BSY
+BSY
- ATN
+ATN
- DB (P0)
- DB (7)
- DB (6)
- DB (5)
- DB (4)
-DB (3)
+DB (P0)
+DB (7)
+DB (6)
+DB (5)
+DB (4)
+DB (3)
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 3-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
–DB (2)
–DB (1)
–DB (0)
–DB (P1)
–DB (15)
–DB (14)
–DB (13)
–DB (12)
5V
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
NOT
APPLICABLE
+DB (2)
+DB (1)
+DB (0)
+DB (P1)
+DB (15)
+DB (14)
+DB (13)
+DB (12)
MATED 2
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
5V
5V GROUND
5V GROUND
ACTIVE LED OUT
DLYD_START
SCSI ID (1)
SCSI ID (3)
5V CHARGE
SPINDLE SYNC
RMT START
SCSI ID (0)
SCSI ID (2)
3.5.2.1
80-Pin SCA-2 Mating Connectors
The compatible 80-pin mating connectors are:
• Right-angle receptacle, AMP CHAMP, .050 Series I, part number 787535-1.
• Vertical receptacle, AMP CHAMP .050 Series I, part number 787311-2.
• Vertical receptacle, BERG part number 71780-001.
3-18 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.5.3
68-Pin Wide Single-Ended SCSI Connector
Table 3-6 68-Pin Wide Single-Ended Pin Assignments
CONNECTOR
CONTACT
NUMBER
CONNECTOR
CONTACT
NUMBER
SIGNAL
NAME
CABLE CONDUCTOR
NUMBER
SIGNAL
NAME
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
RESERVED
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
3
5
7
2
4
6
8
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
–DB (12)
–DB (13)
–DB (14)
–DB (15)
–DB (P1)
–DB (0)
–DB (1)
–DB (2)
–DB (3)
–DB (4)
–DB (5)
–DB (6)
–DB (7)
–DB (P)
GROUND
GROUND
RESERVED
GROUND
–ATN
GROUND
–BSY
–ACK
–RST
–MSG
–SEL
–C/D
–REQ
–I/O
–DB (8)
–DB (9)
–DB (10)
–DB (11)
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Note:
1. The minus sign next to a signal indicates active low.
2. The conductor number refers to the conductor position when using 0.635
mm (0.025 inch) centerline flat ribbon cable. Other cable types may be used
to implement equivalent contact assignments.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 3-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.5.4
80-Pin SCA-2 Single-Ended SCSI Connector
Table 3-7 80-Pin SCA-2 Single-Ended Pin Assignments
CABLE
80-PIN CONNECTOR CONTACT
AND SIGNAL NAME
80-PIN CONNECTOR CONTACT
CONDUCTOR
NUMBER
AND SIGNAL NAME
12V CHARGE
12V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
NOT APPLICABLE
12V GROUND
12V GROUND
12V GROUND
MATED 1
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
1
12V
12 V
OPT 3.3 VOLTS
OPT 3.3 VOLTS
–DB (11)
–DB (10)
–DB (9)
–DB (8)
–I/O
OPT 3.3V CHARGE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
MATED 2
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
–REQ
–C/D
–SEL
–MSG
–RST
–ACK
–BSY
–ATN
–DB (P0)
–DB (7)
–DB (6)
–DB (5)
–DB (4)
–DB (3)
–DB (2)
–DB (1)
–DB (0)
–DB (P1)
–DB (15)
–DB (14)
–DB (13)
–DB (12)
5V
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
5V
5V GROUND
5V GROUND
ACTIVE LED OUT
DLYD_START
SCSI ID (1)
SCSI ID (3)
5V CHARGE
SPINDLE SYNC
RMT START
SCSI ID (0)
SCSI ID (2)
3-20 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.6
DRIVE MOUNTING AND INSTALLATION
Drive mounting orientation, clearance, and ventilation requirements are described
in the following subsections.
3.6.1
Orientation
The mounting holes on the Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drive allow the drive to
mounting holes on each side of the drive. The drives also can be mounted using the
four mounting hole locations on the PCB side.
All dimensions are in millimeters. For mounting, #6-32 UNC screws are
recommended.
Figure 3-6 Mounting Dimensions Maxtor Atlas 10K V Drives
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 3-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.6.2
Mounting Screw Clearance
The printed-circuit board assembly (PCBA) is very close to the mounting holes.
Figure 3-7 specifies the clearance between the screws in the mounting holes and the
PCBA. Do not use mounting screws longer than the maximum lengths specified in
Figure 3-7. The specified screw length allows full use of the mounting-hole threads,
while avoiding damaging or placing unwanted stress on the PCBA. Clearance from
the drive to any other surface (except mounting surfaces) must be a minimum of
1.25 mm (0.05 inches).
Figure 3-7 Mounting Screw Clearance for Maxtor Atlas 10K V Drive
CAUTION: The PCB is very close to the mounting holes. Do not exceed the speci-
fied length for the mounting screws. The specified screw length allows full
use of the mounting-hole threads, while avoiding damaging or placing
unwanted stress on the PCB.
Figure 3-7 specifies the minimum clearance between the PCB and the
screws in the mounting holes. The maximum torque applied to the
screws must not exceed 8.6 inch-pounds.
3-22 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.6.3
3.6.4
Mounting
For the best results during performance benchmark testing, it is highly
recommended that the drive be mounted firmly in a system or fixture, rather than
sitting unconstrained on a tabletop. If it is necessary to do early testing of the drive
while it is unconstrained, the drive should rest on a flat, smooth, semi-cushioned
surface (similar to a mousepad). The drive should not be operated on a hard
surface—this avoids performance degradations due to the higher incidence of
recovered errors.
Ventilation
The Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drive may operate with or without a cooling fan
provided that the maximum HDA temperature as measured on the drives’s top
cover does not exceed 131×F (60×C). Drive reliability and warranty will be limited
if the drive is exposed to temperatures greater than 60×C. Figures 3-8 and 3-9 show
airflow recommended for adequate cooling. Clearance from the drive to any other
surface above and below the drive must be a minimum of 1.25mm (1/16 inch).
Maxtor leaves the design and application of cooling and clearance for the disk drive
to the User, but the drive must maintain a case temperature at or below 60×C.
Above Unit
Below Unit
Figure 3-8 Lengthwise Airflow Cooling
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 3-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Above Unit
Below Unit
Figure 3-9 Crosswise Airflow Cooling
3-24 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
SPECIFICATIONS
This chapter gives a detailed description of the physical, electrical, and environmental
characteristics of the Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drives.
4.1
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
Table 4-1 Specifications
MAXTOR
ATLAS 10K V
73.5 GB
MAXTOR
ATLAS 10K V
147.1 GB
MAXTOR
ATLAS 10K V
300 GB
DESCRIPTION
Non-RoHS Model Numbers:
8D073J0
8D073L0
8D147J0
8D147L0
8D300J0
8D300L0
RoHS Model Numbers:
8J073J0
8J073L0
8J147J0
8J147L0
8J300J0
8J300L0
Formatted Capacity
Nominal rotational speed (rpm)
Number of Disks
Number of R/W heads
Data Organization:
Maximum BPI
73.5 GB
147.1 GB
300 GB
10,000
10,000
10,000
1
2
2
4
4
8
732K
16
732K
16
732K
16
Zones per surface
Track density
102,000 TPI
81,782
102,000 TPI
81,782
102,000 TPI
81,782
User Data Cylinders
Sectors per track:
Inside zone
624
1114
624
1114
624
1114
Outside zone
Total User Sectors
Bytes per sector
143,666,191
512 - 524
PRML
287,332,383
512 - 524
PRML
585,937,500
512 - 524
PRML
Recording technology
Maximum linear density
678 fci
678 fci
678 fci
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 4-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MAXTOR
ATLAS 10K V
73.5 GB
MAXTOR
ATLAS 10K V
147.1 GB
MAXTOR
ATLAS 10K V
300 GB
DESCRIPTION
Maximum effective areal
density
2
2
2
75 Gbits/in
75 Gbits/in
75 Gbits/in
Servo Mechanical Timing Specifications:
2
Sequential Head Switch Time
0.3 ms read
0.3 ms read
0.3 ms read
0.5 ms write
0.5 ms write
0.5 ms write
3
Sequential Cylinder Switch Time
0.3 ms read
0.3 ms read
0.3 ms read
0.5 ms write
0.5 ms write
0.5 ms write
4
Random Average Seek (Read)
4.0 ms typical
4.5 ms typical
4.2 ms typical
4.7 ms typical
4.4 ms typical
4.9 ms typical
4
Random Average Seek (Write)
5
Full Stroke Seek (Read)
11.0 ms
typical
11.0 ms
typical
11.0 ms
typical
6
SCSI ‘Hard’ Reset Time
22 ms typical
25 sec
22 ms typical
25 sec
22 ms typical
25 sec
maximum
maximum
maximum
7
Power on to Drive Ready
25 sec typical
25 sec typical
25 sec typical
Data transfer Rates:
Sequential Throughput
Read/Write
89 MB/s
maximum
89 MB/s
maximum
89 MB/s
maximum
Buffer Size
Reliability:
8 MB
8 MB
8 MB
8
8
8
8
Seek error rate
<10 in 10
<10 in 10
<10 in 10
8
15
15
15
Unrecoverable error rate
<1 in 10
<1 in 10
<1 in 10
Error correction method
(with cross check)
48 Bytes
Reed-Solomon
with XCHK
48 Bytes
Reed-Solomon
with XCHK
48 Bytes
Reed-Solomon
with XCHK
Contact Start/Stop Cycles
Auto head-park method
50,000 min.
50,000 min.
50,000 min.
Magnetic Latch
Magnetic Latch
Magnetic Latch
Note: Seek time is defined as the time required for the actuator to seek
to a new position and settle on a track. It is measured by averag-
ing the execution time of a minimum of 1000 operations of the
head settling time, but do not include command overhead time,
time spent reading or writing data, or rotational latency delays.
Unless otherwise specified, read/seek command settling criteria
is assumed.
4-2 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1. Typical specifications assume 25°C ambient temperature, nominal supply
voltages and no applied shock or vibration.
Maximum specifications assume worst case extremes of operating temperature,
humidity, and supply voltages.
2. Sequential Head Switch time is the time from the conclusion of the last
sector of a track to the beginning of the first logical sector on the next track
of the same cylinder. It includes sequencer overhead for write setup on head
and cylinder switch.
3. Sequential Cylinder Switch time is the time from the conclusion of the last
sector of a cylinder to the first logical sector on the next cylinder. It includes
sequencer overhead for write setup on head and cylinder switch.
4. Random LBA.
5. Full Stroke seek is defined as a seek from cylinder 0 to maximum cylinder
or vice versa. It may include one head switch.
6. SCSI ‘Hard’ Reset time is the time from Reset to Selection.
7. At power on start-up error algorithms are used. These recovery routines
may extend the time to Drive Ready by as much as 30 seconds.
8. Refer to Section 4.11, “DISK ERRORS” for details on error rate
definitions.
4.2
FORMATTED CAPACITY
At the factory, the Maxtor Atlas 10K V receives a low-level format that creates
from this process. Formatting done at the user level for operation with DOS,
UNIX, or other operating systems, will result in less capacity than the physical
capacity shown.
Table 4-2 Formatted Capacity
MAXTOR
ATLAS 10K V
73.5 GB
MAXTOR
ATLAS 10K V
147.1 GB
MAXTOR
ATLAS 10K V
300 GB
Formatted Capacity
73.5 GB
147.1 GB
300 GB
Number of 514-524
byte
139,463,602
143,666,191
279,041,740
287,332,383
566,793,894
585,937,500
sectors available
512 byte Sectors
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 4-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.3
4.4
DATA TRANSFER RATES
Data is transferred from the disk to the read buffer at a rate of up to 89 MB/s in
bursts. Data is transferred from the read buffer to the SCSI bus at a rate of up to
6 MB/s in the asynchronous mode, or at up to 320 MB/s in the synchronous
mode. For more detailed information on interface timing, refer to Chapter 6.
TIMING SPECIFICATIONS
Table 4-3 illustrates the timing specifications of the Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk
drive.
Table 4-3 Timing Specifications for Maxtor Atlas 10K V
MAXTOR ATLAS 10K V 73.5/147.1/300 GB
PARAMETER
1
1
TYPICAL NOMINAL
MAXIMUM
2
Sequential Head Switch Time
0.3 ms typical (read)
0.5 ms typical (write)
N/A
3
Sequential Cylinder Switch Time
0.3 ms typical (read)
0.5 ms typical (write)
N/A
4
Random Average Seek (Read)
<4.0/ 4.2 / 4.4 ms
4.5 / 4.7/ 4.9 ms
3 ms
4.8 ms
5.3 ms
4
Random Average Seek (Write)
Average Rotational Latency
3 ms
5
1/3 Stroke Seek (Read)
<3 ms
4.5 ms
6
Full-Stroke Seek
11.0 ms
12.0 ms
20 ms
7
SCSI “Hard Reset Time”
20 ms
8
Power On to Drive Ready
25 seconds
2.5 seconds
30 seconds
3 seconds
Power On to Selection
1. Typical specifications assume 25°C ambient temperature, nominal supply
voltages, and no applied shock or vibration. Maximum specifications
assume worst case extremes of operating temperature, humidity, and
supply voltages.
2. Sequential Head Switch Time is the time from the conclusion of the last
sector of a track to the beginning of the first logical sector on the next
track of the same cylinder.
3. Sequential Cylinder Switch Time is the time from the conclusion of the
last sector of a cylinder to the first logical sector on the next cylinder.
4. Random LBA.
5. 1/3 Stroke Seek is defined as any seek of maximum length cylinder/3. 1/
3 stroke seek may include one head switch.
6. Full Stroke Seek is defined as a seek from cylinder 0 to maximum cylinder
or vice versa. Full stroke may include one head switch.
7. SCSI “Hard Reset Time” is the time from Reset to Selection.
4-4 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
8. At power on start up error algorithms are used and may extend the time to
Drive Ready to as long as 30 seconds.
4.5
POWER
The Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drive operates from two supply voltages:
MAXTOR ATLAS 10K IV 73.5/147.1/300 GB
+12 V
+5 V
+/-10% @ Spin up, +/- 5% While running
+/- 5%
Allowable ripple and noise for each voltage:
+12 V
+5 V
800 mV p-p (100 Hz to 8 KHz)
450 mV p-p (8 KHz to 20 KHz)
250 mVp-p (20KHz - 20MHz)
250 mV p-p (100 Hz to 20MHz)
4.5.1
4.5.2
Power Sequencing
You may apply the power in any order or manner, or open either the power or
power return line with no loss of data or damage to the disk drive. However,
data may be lost in the sector being written at the time of power loss. The drive
can withstand transient voltages of +10% to –10% from nominal while powering
up or down.
Power Reset Limits
When powering up, the drive remains reset (inactive) until both rising Voltage
thresholds reset limits are exceeded for 100 ms. When powering down, the drive
resets immediately when either supply voltage drops below the falling voltage
threshold.
Table 4-4 Power Reset Limits1
DC VOLTAGE
THRESHOLD
4.31/4.43v
+5 V
+12 V
9.59/9.77v
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 4-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.5.3
Drive Power Dissipation
Table 4-5 lists the drive power dissipation and the corresponding currents for the
various modes of operation of the Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drive.
Table 4-5 Power Dissipation in Various Modes (Low-Profile Drives)
1, 4
TYPICAL AVERAGE CURRENT
TYPICAL AVG.
POWER (WATTS)
5
(AMP RMS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
MODE OF
OPERATION
+12V
+5V
147.1
GB
147.1
GB
147.1
GB
73.5 GB
300 GB
73.5 GB
300 GB
73.5 GB
300 GB
Startup
peak1
1.34
0.33
0.75
1.33
0.38
0.78
1.57
0.56
0.96
0.84
0.81
0.84
0.68
0.77
0.80
0.69
0.80
0.83
19.7
8.01
19.4
8.52
22.41
10.77
15.70
Idle2
Max Work
13.16
13.32
Note:
1. Current is RMS except for Startup. Startup current is the peak (> 10 ms)
current required during spindle startup. Current measurements do not
include power required for SCSI termination.
2. Idle mode is in effect when the drive is not reading, writing, seeking, or
executing any commands. A portion of the R/W circuitry is powered
down, the motor is up to speed and the Drive Ready condition exists.
3. Max Workload: Maximum workload is defined as a random read/write
profile with a 50% read and 50% write distribution. The transfer length is 8
blocks (4KB), and a queue depth of 4 is used.
4. Power requirements reflect nominal values for +12V and +5V power
supplies.
4-6 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.6
ACOUSTICS
Table 4-6 specifies the acoustical characteristics of the Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard
disk drive. The acoustics is measured in an anechoic chamber with background
noise <25 dBA.
Table 4-6 Acoustical Characteristics—Sound Power per ISO 7779
SOUND POWER
(MEAN)
SOUND POWER
(MEAN + 3 SIGMA)
OPERATING MODE
MAXTOR ATLAS 10K IV 73.5/147.1/300 GB
Idle On Track
73.5 GB
147.1 GB
300 GB
3.16
3.52
3.67
3.38
3.68
3.91
Seeking Random
73.5 GB
3.60
3.87
3.96
3.72
4.04
4.19
147.1 GB
300 GB
1. The specifications for idle and operating acoustic noise as per ISO Standard
7779, “Engineering Methods for Free Field Conditions Over a Reflecting
PLane.” All specifications are sound power level maximum limits, A-
weighted, referred to 1 picowatt as indicated in the standard. The drive will
be mounted for the test in the manufacturer’s defined nominal position.
The unit under test should be supported so that its bottom surface in the test
orientation is less than or equal to 6 centimeters from the chamber floor, but
not in contact with it. The unit should be supported with small, compliant,
well-damped blocks that rest on the floor.
2. The relationship between bels and dBA for sound power is 1 bel = 10dBA.
4.6.1
Acoustic Toned Quality
A typical drive will have no discrete tones that exceeds a tone ratio of 8dB as
measured per ECMA 74,8th Edition, December 2003.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 4-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.7
MECHANICAL
The Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drives have the following mechanical
characteristics:
Height1:
Width:
Depth:
1.028 in. (26.1 mm)
4.0 in. (101.6 mm)
5.787 in. (147.0mm)
(820 grams)
Weight (4-disk): 1.8 Ib
All dimensions are exclusive of any optional faceplate.
Drive mode small form factor specifications.
1. Except when shock feet are uncompressed (see of Chapter 3).
4.8
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Table 4-7 summarizes the environmental specifications of the Maxtor Atlas 10K
V hard disk drive.
Table 4-7 Environmental Specifications
PARAMETER
OPERATING
NON-OPERATING
Temperature
5° to 55°C
-40° to 70°C
(Non-condensing)
(41° to 131°F)
(-40° to 158°F)
Maximum HDA Temperature
60°C
N/A
Temperature Gradient
(Non-condensing)
20°C/hr maximum
30°C/hr maximum
1
Humidity
5% to 95% RH
32°C (89.6°F)
5% to 95% RH
46°C (114°F)
Maximum Wet Bulb
Temperature
Humidity Gradient
30% per hour
30%per hour
2
Altitude
-300 m to 3,048 m
(-1,000 to 10,000 ft.)
-300 m to 12,000 m
(-1,000 to 40,000 ft.)
1. No condensation.
2. Altitude is relative to sea level. 1,000 feet = 305 meters.
1.
4-8 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.9
ELECTROMAGNETIC CONDITIONS
4.9.1
EMI/RFI Susceptibility
3 Volts/meter 80% modulated from 80 to 1000 MHz.
4.9.2
ESD
Drive must function with no data loss or component damage with air discharges
of 1 to 15 KV, and contact discharges of 2 to 8 KV in both positive and negative
voltages.
4.9.3
4.10
Sensitivity to Magnetic Fields
The Maxtor Atlas family of drives meet 3A @ 230V / 50 Hz specification.
SHOCK AND VIBRATION
The Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drive can withstand levels of shock and
vibration applied to any of its three mutually perpendicular axes, or principal base
operating levels of shock and vibration. When a drive has been subjected to
specified non-operating levels of shock and vibration, with power to the drive
off, there will be no change in performance at power on.
When packed in its 1-pack shipping container, the Maxtor Atlas 10K V drive can
withstand a drop from 42 inches onto a concrete surface on any of its surfaces,
six edges, or three corners. The 20-pack shipping container can withstand a drop
from 36 inches onto a concrete surface on any of its surfaces, six edges, or three
corners.
Table 4-8 Shock and Vibration Specifications
PARAMETER
OPERATING
NON-OPERATING
1
1
1
Shock linear Half Sine
2 msec
Read/Write
63G/30G
250 G
100 G
1
1
Shock linear Half Sine
15 G
7000
1
11 msec
Shock rotational
25,000
2 1
(rad/s ) , 2 msec
1
Vibration Swept
1.5G 0-p 5-500 Hz
2.0G 0-p 5–500 Hz
Vibration Random
(G /Hz)
0.008 10—300 Hz
0.0012 300—500 Hz
0.014 10—300 Hz
0.01 300—500 Hz
2
Note: 1. At ambient temperature and no unrecoverable errors.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 4-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.11
RELIABILITY
Component Life:
Preventive Maintenance (PM): Not required
Contact Start/Stop: 50,000 cycles at ambient,
5 years
35,000 at Environments
Annualized Failure Rate (AFR) No greater than 0.58 percent
Drive reliability is closely related to the temperatures the drive is exposed to. The
AFR is based on an operational design temperature ambient of 86° F (30° C)
4.12
DISK ERRORS
Table 4-9 provides the error rates for the Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drive.
Table 4-9 Error Rates
ERROR TYPE
Recovered read errors
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF ERRORS
1
12
<10 events per 10 bits read
2
15
Uncorrectable read errors
1 event per 10 bits read
1. Recovered read errors are errors which require retries for data correction.
Errors corrected by ECC on-the-fly are not considered recovered read
errors. Read on arrival is disabled to meet this specification.
2. Uncorrectable read errors are those that are not correctable using an Error
Correcting Code (ECC), or retries within the retry limits specified in the
mode pages. The drive terminates the command either when a repeating
error pattern occurs, or after both the specified number of retries and
application of triple burst error correction fail to correct the error.
3. A seek error occurs when the actuator fails to reach or remain on the
requested cylinder, and/or the drive requires the execution of the full
calibration routine to locate the requested cylinder.
4-10 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 5
SCSI Description
This chapter contains an overview of SCSI command and status processing and a
detailed description of the commands supported by the disk drives. The SCSI
command system enables the initiator to instruct the drive to perform specific
functions.
In this manual, unless otherwise stated, numerical values are given in decimal.
Hexadecimal numbers, such as opcodes, are always given with an “h” following, as in
5Ah except when entire data tables are in hexadecimal.
5.1
Overview of the SCSI Command Descriptions
categories are sequential, normal, and immediate.
Immediate commands are processed when received by the drive. In most cases, these
commands do not require drive resources, do not change the state of the drive, and
bypass the command queue (unless the command is tagged).
Sequential commands execute in the order that they arrive (unless accompanied by
a HEAD OF QUEUE tag) and execute to completion before a subsequent command
is activated.
Normal commands are allowed to execute concurrently (with the restriction that the
drive executes overlapping writes in the order received). Normal commands are
usually I/O commands
Table 5-1 Supported SCSI Commands
Command
CHANGE DEFINITION
FORMAT UNIT
Operation Code
Category
Sequential
Sequential
Immediate
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
40h
04h
12h
4Ch
4Dh
15h
55h
1Ah
5Ah
5Eh
INQUIRY
LOG SELECT
LOG SENSE
MODE SELECT (6)
MODE SELECT (10)
MODE SENSE (6)
MODE SENSE (10)
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Command
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT
READ (6)
Operation Code
5Fh
Category
Sequential
Normal
08h
READ (10)
28h
Normal
READ BUFFER
3Ch
25h
Sequential
Immediate
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Immediate
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
Immediate
Normal
READ CAPACITY
READ DEFECT DATA (10)
READ DEFECT DATA (12)
READ LONG
37h
B7h
3Eh
REASSIGN BLOCKS
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
RELEASE
07h
1Ch
17h
RELEASE (10)
57h
REPORT LUNS
A0h
A3h
03h
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER
REQUEST SENSE
RESERVE
16h
RESERVE (10)
56h
REZERO UNIT
01h
SEEK (6)
0Bh
2Bh
1Dh
A4h
1Bh
35h
SEEK (10)
SEND DIAGNOSTIC
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER
START STOP UNIT
SYNCHRONIZE CACHE
TEST UNIT READY
VERIFY
00h
2Fh
WRITE (6)
0Ah
2Ah
2Eh
Normal
WRITE (10)
Normal
WRITE AND VERIFY
WRITE BUFFER
WRITE LONG
Normal
3Bh
3Fh
Sequential
Sequential
Sequential
WRITE SAME
41h
5-2
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1. Relative Addressing is not supported by the drive. Therefore, in all I/O commands,
the RelAdr bit must be 0.
2. RESERVE and RELEASE are supported, as are third-party reservations. Extent
reservations are not supported.
3. The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS and SEND DIAGNOSTIC DATA
commands implement vendor-unique pages to test the drive during the
manufacturing process. It is recommended that initiators specify only the non-page
format variants of these commands (PF=0), except for page 0x40.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.2
Command Descriptor Block
An initiator communicates with the drive by sending a 6-, 10-, or 12-byte Command
Descriptor Block (CDB) that contains the parameters for the specific command. The
SCSI command's operation code is always the first byte in the CDB and a control field
is the last byte. For some commands, the CDB is accompanied by a list of parameters
byte CDB.
Table 5-2 Typical (6-Byte) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Operation Code
(MSB)
1
Reserved
Logical Block Address
(LBA)
Logical Block Address
(LBA)
2 - 3
4
5
Transfer Length, Parameter List Length, or Allocation Length
Control
Note: Reserved fields in CDBs and Parameters have a value of 0; Re-
served fields in states and other parameters sent to an initiator are
set to 0.
Table 5-3 contains a description of the CDB fields.
Table 5-4 describes the data format for a typical CDB.
Table 5-3 Command Descriptor Block-Field Descriptions
Field
Operation Code
Description
The first byte of a SCSI CDB contains an operation code. The operation code of the CDB has
a Group Code field (bits 7-5) and a Command Code field (bits 4-0). The 3-bit Group Code field
provides for eight groups of command codes. The 5-bit Command Code field provides for 32
command codes in each group. A total, therefore, of 256 possible operation codes exist. Oper-
ation codes are defined in the SCSI command standards. The group code for CDBs specified
therein correspond to the length of the command descriptor as below:
Group Code
Meaning
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6-byte commands
10-byte commands
10-byte commands
Reserved
16-byte commands
12-byte commands
Vendor specific
Vendor specific
The operation code specifies the command being requested. The list of supported SCSI com-
mands and their operation codes are contained in Table 5-1.
5-4
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Field
Description
Logical Block Address
The 6-byte READ, SEEK, and WRITE Command Descriptor Blocks contain a 21-bit Logical
Block Address. The 10-, 12-, and 16- Command Descriptor Blocks contain a 32-bit Logical
Block Address.
Commands that require additional parameter data specify the length of the Logical Block Ad-
dress that is needed. See the specific command descriptions for more detailed information.
Relative Addressing indicates a technique used to determine the next Logical Block Address to
be operated on. The drive does not support Relative Addressing, it defaults to a value of 0,
which specifies that the Logical Block Address specifies the first logical block of a range of logical
blocks to be operated on by the command.
Transfer Length
The transfer length field normally specifies the number of sectors to be transferred between the
initiator and the drive. For several commands, the transfer length indicates the number of bytes
(not sectors) to be sent. For these commands, this field may be identified by a different name
Commands that use one byte for the transfer length value allow up to 256 sectors of data to be
transferred by one command. A transfer length value of 0 indicates that 256 sectors are to be
sent. Transfer length values of 1 through 255 indicate the number of sectors to be transferred.
Commands that use multiple bytes for the transfer length value function differently. A transfer
length value of 0 indicates that no data transfer is to occur. Transfer length values of 1 or greater
indicate the number of sectors to be transferred.
Parameter List Length
Allocation Length
The Parameter List Length is used to specify the number of bytes sent during the data-out buffer
transfer. This field is typically used for parameters that are sent to a drive (for example, mode,
diagnostic, and log parameters). A parameter list length of 0 indicates that no data is to be trans-
ferred.
The Allocation Length field specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator has allo-
cated for returned data. The Allocation Length is used to limit the amount of data returned to
the initiator.
An Allocation Length of 0 indicates that no data is to be transferred from the drive to the initi-
ator. The drive terminates the data-in buffer transfer when the specified number of bytes have
been transferred to the initiator or when all available data has been transferred, whichever is less.
Control Field
The Control Field is the last byte of every Command Descriptor Block; its format is shown in
Figure 5-2 and described in Table 5-3.
Table 5-4 Typical (6-Byte) Command Descriptor Block - Data Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
5
Vendor Specific
Reserved
NACA
Flag
Link
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-5 contains a description of the CDB control field.
Table 5-5 Command Descriptor Block Control Field-Field Descriptions
Field
Vendor Specific Bits
NACA
Description
These bits must be 0.
Normal Auto-Contingent Allegiance - This bit must be zero to indicate that
SCSI-2 Contingent Allegiance rules apply.
Link Bit
A Link bit set to one signals that the initiator requests continuation of a task
(I/O Process) across two or more SCSI commands. If the Link bit is one and the
flag bit is zero, and the command completes successfully, the drive will continue
the task and return a status of INTERMEDIATE and a service response of
Linked Command Complete.
If the Link bit and the Flag bit of the Control word are both set to one, and the
drive completes a command with a status of INTERMEDIATE, the drive will
return a service response of Linked Command Complete (with Flag). Refer to
Flag Bit
The Flag bit is used in conjunction with the Link Bit to notify the initiator in
an expedient manner that a command has been completed. Aflag bit set to 1 is
valid only when the Link Bit is set to 1.
5-6
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.3
Status/Error Reporting
SCSI message-level errors are communicated by messages that are defined specifically
for that purpose. SCSI command-level errors are communicated by a status that is
returned by the drive during the STATUS phase. This phase occurs at the end of each
command, unless the command is terminated by one of the following events:
• ABORT TASK SET message
• ABORT TASK message
• TARGET RESET message
• CLEAR QUEUE message
• Unexpected disconnect
The status code is contained in bits 1 through 5 of the status byte. Bits 0, 6, and 7 are
reserved. Table 5-6 describes the status codes returned by the drive.
Table 5-6 Status Codes
Status
Definition
GOOD
Meaning
00h
02h
The drive successfully completed the command.
An Auto Contingent Allegiance (ACA) condition occurred.
CHECK CONDITION
The drive cannot service the command at the moment, and its Com-
mand Descriptor Block has been discarded. The initiator can retry the
command at a later time. This status is returned when:
•
•
•
A non-tagged command is received and the logical unit's com-
mand queue is full (all internal command buffers are in use).
A disconnect privilege was not granted in the IDENTIFY mes-
sage of a queue-tagged I/O process (Parallel SCSI).
A disconnect privilege was not granted in the IDENTIFY mes-
sage of a non-tagged I/O process and a command from another
initiator is currently active (Parallel SCSI)
08h
BUSY
•
A command is received while an auto-contingent allegiance
condition exists for another initiator.
This status is returned for every command (except the last) in a series
of linked commands that was successfully completed. However, if the
command is terminated with other that GOOD status (such as
CHECK CONDITION, RESERVATION CONFLICT, OR
BUSY), the INTERMEDIATE status is not returned and the series of
linked commands and the task is ended.
10h
INTERMEDIATE
Another initiator has reserved the drive. (This status is never returned
for INQUIRY or REQUEST SENSE commands.)
18h
28h
RESERVATION CONFLICT
TASK SET FULL
The drive cannot service the command at the moment, and its Com-
mand Descriptor Block has been discarded. (Returned for a tagged
command when all of the drive's internal command buffers are in use,
or when a host sends a tagged command while an Auto Contingent
Allegiance condition is pending for that initiator)
5.4
Linked Commands
An I/O Process (task) may contain multiple commands that are linked together. The
initiator communicates this condition of linked (or unlinked) commands by setting (or
clearing) the Link bit of the Command Descriptor Block’s control word. A linked
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
command is one in which the Link bit in the Command Descriptor Block is set.
After successful completion of a linked command the drive sends an
INTERMEDIATE status, followed by a LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE
message. If the Flag bit was set in the Command Descriptor Block, the drive sends an
INTERMEDIATE status, followed by a LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE
(WITH FLAG) message. The drive then switches the bus to the command phase in
order to receive the next command in the linked chain.
All commands in a linked chain are addressed to the same nexus and are part of a single
task (I/O process). The drive defers any commands that are not part of the linked chain
until the chain is complete. The last command in the chain has the Link bit cleared.
Note: Relative addressing is not supported by the Atlas 10K disk drive.
5-8
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.5
DATA Transfer Command Components
Many of the SCSI commands cause data to be transferred between the initiator and
the drive. The content and characteristics of this data are command-dependent. Table
5-8 lists the information transmitted for all of the commands.
The “Length in CDB” column of Table 5-8 identifies the Command Descriptor
Block field used by the drive to determine how much command-related data are to
be transferred. The units (bytes or logical blocks) for the different Length fields are
implied by the Length Field Name as shown in Table 5-7:
Table 5-7 Length Fields
Field Name
Allocation Length
Units Implied
Bytes of data the drive is allowed to send to the initiator
Bytes of data the initiator has available for the drive
Logical data sectors the initiator wants transferred or verified
Bytes of data the initiator wants transferred
Parameter List Length
Transfer Length
Byte Transfer Length
initiator as part of the command. The DATA IN column lists the information sent to
the initiator by the drive.
Numbers in parentheses after an item indicate the item’s length in bytes. In some cases,
additional length information is communicated during the DATA phase. For example,
a FORMAT UNIT Defect List Header contains a Defect List Length field that
contains the total length of the Defect Descriptors that follow the Defect List Header.
Table 5-8 does not include these cases.
Table 5-8 DATA-Phase Command Contents
Command
Length in CDB
Data Out (To Drive)
Data In (To Initiator)
CHANGE
DEFINITION
0
--
--
Defect List Header
FORMAT UNIT
INQUIRY
0
Initialization Pattern (6-8)
Defect Descriptors
Standard Inquiry or a Vital Product
Data page
Allocation
---
Parameter List
(must be 0)
LOG SELECT
LOG SENSE
--
--
Allocation
---
Log Page
Mode Parameter Header (4
Block Descriptor (8
Page(s))
Parameter List
MODE SELECT
--
Allocation
Transfer
---
MODE SENSE
Block Descriptor (8)
PERSIST. RES. IN
PERSIST. RES.
OUT
READ (6) (10)
---
Data
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Command
READ BUFFER
READ CAPACITY
Length in CDB
Data Out (To Drive)
Data In (To Initiator)
READ BUFFER Header (4)
Mode-zero Buffer (512) or
Section of Drive’s DRAM or
READ BUFFER Desc. (4)
Allocation
---
Allocation
Allocation
---
---
READ CAPACITY data (8)
READ DEFECT
DATA
• Defect List (Hdr) (4)
• Defect Descriptors
• Data (512)
• LBA Tag (2)
• EDC (2)
• ECC (60)
• Fill (2)
Byte Transfer
(Must be 578)
READ LONG
---
REASSIGN
BLOCKS
0
Defect List Header(4)
Defect Descriptors
Diagnostic Page
RECEIVE
DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
Allocation
0
---
---
RELEASE
---
REPORT DEVICE
IDENTIFIER
REQUEST SENSE
Allocation
---
---
Sense Data (18)
---
0
(Extent List
Option not
supported)
RESERVE
REZERO UNIT
Command
0
---
Data Out (To Drive)
---
---
Length in CDB
0
Data In (To Initiator)
SEEK (6)(10)
---
---
SEND DIAGNOS-
TIC
Parameter List
Diagnostic Page
SET DEVICE
IDENTIFIER
START STOP UNIT
0
0
---
---
---
---
SYNCHRONIZE
CACHE
TEST UNIT READY
VERIFY
0
---
---
---
---
Transfer
Transfer
Data
Data
WRITE (6)(10)
WRITE AND VERI-
FY
Transfer
Data
---
---
Zeros (4)
Mode-zero buffer (512)
or Data to put into DRAM
or Microcode image
or Microcode image
(successive 16 KB pieces)
Parameter List
WRITE BUFFER
5-10
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Command
Length in CDB
Data Out (To Drive)
Data In (To Initiator)
• Data (512)
• LBA Tag (2)
• EDC (2)
• ECC (60)
• Fill (2)
Byte Transfer
(must be 578)
WRITE LONG
--
0
Data (1 logical sector)
WRITE SAME
5.6
SCSI COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
The SCSI command descriptions that follow this page contain detailed information
about the SCSI commands that are supported by the drive. Each description provides
a Data Format and Field Descriptions for the Command Descriptor Block for the
described command.
The commands are presented in alphabetic order, and each command starts on a new,
odd-numbered page.
Common Fields
Several fields that are common to many commands are described here, rather than
being repeated throughout the descriptions. These fields include:
Reserved – Reserved bits, fields, bytes, and code values are set aside for future
standardization and must be set to 0. If the drive receives a command that contains
non-0 bits in a reserved field or a reserved code value, the command is terminated with
a CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST.
However, there are some fields that are not checked for compatibility with older SCSI
initiators.
Control – The Link Bit and Flag Bit are supported.
RelAdr – Not supported; must be 0.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.7
CHANGE OPERATING DEFINITION (40h)
SCSI compliance for disk drives with parallel SCSI interfaces to one of four different
levels: SCSI-1, SCSI-1/CCS, SCSI-2 or SCSI-3.
Table 5-9 CHANGE DEFINITION Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
Operation Code (40h)
Reserved
Reserved
Save
Rsv’d
New Operating Definition
(0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 are legal values for Parallel SCSI Disk Drives)
4 - 7
Reserved
Parameter Data Length
Control
8
9
Table 5-10 CHANGE DEFINITION-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Save Parameters. When this field is set to 1, the new op-
erating definition is saved in the drive's non-volatile
memory.
Save
The values that can be supplied in the field are listed be-
low:
0 Current Definition
1 SCSI-1
New Operating Definition
Parameter Data Length
2 SCSI-1/CCS (Common Command Set)
3 SCSI-2
4 SCSI-3
5 SCSI-3 U160
6 SCSI-3 U320
Length, in bytes, of the parameter data.
Must be 0.
5-12
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.8
FORMAT UNIT Command (04h)
The FORMAT UNIT command formats the disk's storage media into initiator-
addressable logical blocks according to initiator-defined options. This command
ensures that the disk storage media is formatted so that all data sectors are accessible.
Any data residing on the disk before this command is invoked is lost.
This command repairs damage left by previous WRITE LONG commands. The
WRITE LONG command allows the initiator to deliberately corrupt a sector's ECC
or EDC.
The FORMAT UNIT command updates the defective sector list, referred to as the
Grown Defect List, that is maintained by the drive. As described below, the drive gives
the initiator considerable control over this list. If certification is enabled, all initiator-
addressable logical blocks are verified, and bad sectors are reassigned and added to the
Grown Defect List.
Note: During FORMAT UNIT command processing, the drive ig-
nores the Read/Write AWRE and ARRE bits (from Error Re-
covery Mode page) and does auto-revectoring as needed.
The drive is physically formatted when it leaves the manufacturing facility. Therefore,
it is not necessary to reformat the drive before using it. If the logical sector size of the
drive is changed using the Block Descriptor of the MODE SELECT Command, it is
recommended (but not necessary) to reformat the drive.
The Immed bit that can be included in the FORMAT UNIT command parameter
list allows the initiator to control whether the drive returns completion status either
after fetching and validating the Command Descriptor Block and parameter list or
after the FORMAT UNIT command completes. The FORMAT UNIT command
The time required for the FORMAT UNIT command to format the disk primarily
depends on the capacity of the drive. The number of defects detected and the number
of defects already in the Primary and Grown Defect Lists also influence the time
required to format the drive. If the Disable Certification bit is set to 1, formatting time
is reduced.
Defective sectors on the drive are managed through two lists: the Primary Defect List
and the Grown Defect List. The Primary Defect List is created when the drive is
manufactured and is the drive's initial defect list. The Primary Defect List is not
affected by the FORMAT UNIT command. Sectors listed in it are revectored by the
drive. The Grown Defect List contains a list of the sectors that have gone bad since
the drive's primary list was generated.
Defects are communicated in a data structure referred to as a Defect Descriptor. The
SCSI specification defines several Defect Descriptor formats. The FORMAT UNIT
command recognizes defect descriptors in Block format, Bytes From Index format,
and Physical Sector format. (There is one exception: a value of FFFFFFFFh in either
the defect Bytes From Index field or the Defective Sector Number fields is ignored).
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-11 FORMAT UNIT Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (04h)
Reserved
Fmt Data
Cmp
List
Defect List Format
2
3 - 4
5
Vendor-Specific
Interleave
Control
Table 5-12 FORMAT UNIT Command-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Format Data. When the Format Data value is 1, it indicates that a data-out buffer transfer
occurs as part of the command execution. The FORMAT UNIT Parameter list (consist-
ing of a Defect List Header and, optionally, a number of Block Format Defect Descrip-
tors) is passed to the device during this phase.
FmtData
When the Format Data value is 0, the data-out buffer transfer does not occur.
Complete List. When the Complete List value is 1, the drive deletes its current Grown
Defect List and starts a new one, containing the Logical Block Numbers listed in the de-
fect list supplied by the initiator during this format operation are added to the list, cre-
ating a new Grown Defect List.
CmpLst
When the Complete List value is 0, the drive adds initiator-supplied and newly found
defective Logical Block Numbers to the existing Grown Defective List.
The Defect List Format value specifies the defect descriptor passed by the initiator to
the drive when the Format Data value is 1. Acceptable values are:
000b (Block [or Sector] Format)
Defect List Format
100b (Index Format)
101b (Physical Sector Format)
Vendor-Specific
Interleave
Not supported. Must be 0.
Not supported. Ignored by the drive.
5-14
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.8.1
Five Forms of FORMAT UNIT Commands
Five different forms of the FORMAT UNIT command are supported through
different combinations of the Format Data bit, Complete List bit, and the information
in the Defect List Length field. (Refer to FORMAT UNIT Defect Header List for a
description of the Defect List Length field.) The different command forms give the
contents of the Grown Defect List after FORMAT UNIT command execution.
Table 5-13 FORMAT UNIT Command Supported Options
Defect
Contents of Grown Defect List after FORMAT UNIT
FmtDat
CmpLst
List
Command Execution
Length
All sectors found to be bad, but not listed in the Primary Defect List or
Grown Defect List, are added to the Grown Defect List.
0
1
0
0
N/A
0
Same as above.
The existing Grown Defect List is discarded. A new Grown Defect List is
generated, containing All sectors found to be bad, but not listed in the Pri-
mary Defect List.
1
1
0
The Grown Defect List contains:
Original Grown Defect List
All sectors found to be bad, but not listed in the Primary Defect List.
A list of sectors supplied by the initiator. These sectors are passed in defect
descriptors in the data-out buffer transfer that occurs as part of the FOR-
MAT UNIT command.
1
1
0
1
>0
>0
Same as the case above, except that the current Grown Defect List is dis-
carded before formatting begins.
5.8.2
FORMAT UNIT Parameter List
(Table 5-15) followed by one or more Defect Descriptors. Descriptors are either four
bytes or eight bytes in length.
Table 5-14 FORMAT UNIT Parameter List-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 - 3
Defect List Header
Initialization Pattern Descriptor (if any)
Defect Descriptors (if any)
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.8.2.1
FORMAT UNIT Defect List Header
format control bits to give the initiator more control over the defect lists. Table 5-16
provides descriptions of the data fields in the Defect List Header
Table 5-15 .FORMAT UNIT Defect List Header-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Reserved
STPF
FOV
DPRY
DCRT
IP
DSP
Immed
VS
2-3
Defect List Length
Table 5-16 FORMAT UNIT Defect List Header-Field Descriptions
Name
Description
The Format Options Valid bit indicates that the remaining option bits in this byte are valid.
If this bit is not set, the remaining bits, except Immed, are ignored.
FOV
The Disable Primary bit specifies whether the drive should ignore the Primary Defect List
during the format to identify defective areas on the media. The drive's default is 0, indicating
that the drive should replace sectors found in the Primary Defect List during the format.
DPRY
DCRT
The Disable Certification bit specifies whether the drive should certify the media during the
format. The drive’s default is 0, indicating that the drive should certify the media.
The Stop Format bit specifies the error conditions under which the drive is to terminate the
format. The state of the bit is ignored and the drive acts as if this bit is set. If either the Grown
Defect List or the Primary Defect List is not found, the format operation terminates with a
CHECK CONDITION status and a sense key of MEDIUM ERROR
STPF
The Initialization Pattern bit signals the drive that the FORMAT UNIT Parameter List con-
tains initialization pattern information.
An Initialization Pattern bit of 1 indicates that an initialization pattern descriptor (Table 5-
17) is included in the FORMAT UNIT parameter list immediately following the Defect List
Header.
IP
An Initialization Pattern bit of 0 indicates that an initialization pattern descriptor (Table 5-
17) is not included in the FORMAT UNIT parameter list, and the drive will use its default
initialization pattern of all zeros.
The Disable Saving Parameter prohibits the drive from preserving MODE SELECT param-
eters received while the Format is in progress. This bit is ignored, and the drive acts as if it
were set.
DSP
When the Immediate bit is 0, the drive returns a status after the format operation completes.
If the disconnect privilege is granted in the accompanying IDENTIFY message, the drive dis-
connects from the bus after fetching and validating the Command Descriptor Block and the
FORMAT UNIT Parameter List. If the disconnect privilege is not granted, the drive stays
connected to the bus during the entire FORMAT UNIT command. When the Immediate bit
is set to 1, the drive returns a status after the Command Descriptor Block and FORMAT
UNIT Parameter List have been fetched and validated. In this case, the drive ignores the
IDENTIFY message's disconnect privilege bit and remains connected to the bus while it val-
idates the Command Descriptor Block and Parameter List. It returns the completion status
before it disconnects. The drive then proceeds with the format.
Immed
VS
Vendor-specific. Must be 0.
Gives the length in bytes of the Defect Descriptors that follow. A value of 0 is valid and
means that no Defect Descriptors follow. A CHECK CONDITION status is returned if this
value is not a multiple of the defect descriptor size. The Defect List Length is equal to four
times the number of defect descriptors if Block format is used, or eight times if Bytes From
Index format or Physical Sector format is used.
Defect List Length
5-16
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.8.2.2
FORMAT UNIT Defect Descriptor-Block Format
Each descriptor specifies a 4-byte defective sector address of the sector that contains
Table 5-17 FORMAT UNIT Defect Descriptor-Block Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 - 3
Defective Block Address
5.8.2.3
FORMAT UNIT Defect Descriptor — Physical Sector and Bytes From Index Format
The Physical Sector defect descriptor specifies the location of a defect that is the length
of a sector. The Bytes From Index defect descriptor specifies the location of a defect
that is no more than eight bytes long.
of Defect is the most significant part of the address, and the Defective Sector Number
or Defect Bytes From Index is the least significant part of the address. A value of
FFFFFFFFh in bytes 4 to 7 is ignored
Table 5-18 FORMAT UNIT Defect Descriptor- Physical Sector and Bytes
From Index Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0 - 2
3
Cylinder Number of Defect
Head Number of Defect
Defective Sector Number
or
Defect Bytes from Index
4 - 7
5.8.2.4
FORMAT UNIT Initialization Pattern Descriptor
The Initialization Pattern option specifies that the logical blocks on the drive medium
will contain a specified initialization pattern. The Initialization Pattern descriptor is
the Initialization Pattern descriptors. The contents of the descriptor fields are described
Table 5-19 FORMAT UNIT Initialization Pattern Descriptor-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
IP Modifier = 0
Reserved
1
IP Type
IP Length
IP
2 - 3
4 - n
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-20 FORMAT UNIT Initialization Pattern Descriptor-Field Descriptions
Name Description
The Initialization Pattern Modifier must be 0.
IP Modifier
IP Type
uses to initialize each logical sector within the initiator-accessible portion of the medium.
All bytes within a logical sector are written with the initialization pattern.
The Initialization Pattern Length field indicates the number of bytes contained in the Ini-
tialization Pattern. The valid lengths (when IP Type = 1) are two or four bytes.
IP Length
IP
Initialization Pattern.
Table 5-21 FORMAT UNIT Initialization Pattern Type
Initialization Pattern Type
Description
1
00h
01h
Use default pattern.
2
Repeat the initialization pattern as required to fill the logical sector.
Reserved.
3
02h – FFh
NOTES:
1. If the Initialization Pattern Length is not 0, the drive terminates the command with
CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and
the additional sense code is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.
2. If the Initialization Pattern Length is 0, the drive terminates the command with
CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and
the additional sense code is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.
3. If the Initialization Pattern Type is not 0 or 1, the drive terminates the command
with a CHECK CONDITION status. The Sense Key is set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST, and the Additional Sense Code is set to INVALID FIELD IN
PARAMETER LIST.
5-18
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.9
INQUIRY Command (12h)
The INQUIRY command allows the initiator to determine the kind of SCSI devices
attached to its SCSI bus. It causes a device that is attached to a SCSI bus to return
information about itself. The drive identifies itself as a Direct Access Storage Device
that implements the applicable interfacing protocol. The drive does not need to access
its storage medium to respond to the inquiry. The INQUIRY commands are
The drive can provide two categories of data in response to an INQUIRY command:
Standard Inquiry Data and Vital Product Data. Standard Inquiry Data contains basic
data about the drive, and Vital Product Data comprises several pages of additional data.
Each Vital Product Data page requires a separate INQUIRY command from the
initiator.
An INQUIRY command is not affected by, nor does it clear, a Unit Attention
condition.
Table 5-22 INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
Operation Code (12h)
Reserved
CmdDt
EVPD
Page Code or Operation Code
Reserved
Allocation Length
Control
Table 5-23 INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Command Support Data. If CmdDt = 0 and EVPD (see below) = 0, the drive returns the
Standard Inquiry Data. If CmdDt = 1 with EVPD = 0, the drive returns the Command Data
specified by Page Code/Operation.
CmdDt
Enable Vital Product Data. If EVPD = 0 and CmdDt (see above) = 0, the drive returns the
Standard Inquiry Data. If EVPD = 1and CmdDt = 0, the drive returns the Vital Product
Data Page specified by Page Code/Operation Code.
EVPD
Specifies the Vital Product Data Page or Command Support Data which is to be returned
by the drive when EVPD is set. Specifies the SCSI Operation Code for command support
data to be returned by the drive when CmdDt is set. A CHECK CONDITION status is re-
turned if this field specifies an unsupported Page or Operation Code or if both EVPD and
CmdDt are set. Table 5-27 lists the Page Codes for the Vital Product Pages supported by
drive.
Page Code or
Operation Code
Specifies the number of bytes of inquiry information the drive is allowed to return to the
initiator during the command's data-in buffer transfer. Error status is not returned if the
value in this field truncates the requested information.
Allocation Length
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.9.1
Standard Inquiry Data Page
The Standard Inquiry Data Page is returned by the drive in response to the INQUIRY
Table 5-24 Standard Inquiry Data Page-Data Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
Peripheral Device Type = 0
(Direct Access Device)
0
1
2
3
Peripheral Qualifier = 0
RMB =
Device Type Modifier = 0
0
ANSI Version = 3
(SCSI-3)
ISO Version = 0
ECMA Version = 0
Norm
ACA
AERC
TrmTsk
Rsv’d
Response Data Format = 2
4
5
Additional Length = 5Bh
Reserved
Obsolete
Obsolete
Obsolete
6
7
Rsv’d
Rsv’d
Port
MultiP
Sync
Mchngr
Linked
Addr16
SftRe
Cmd
Que
Obsolete
RelAdr
Wbus16
8 - 15
16 - 31
32 - 35
36 - 47
48 - 51
52 - 53
54
Vendor Identification “MAXTOR”
Product Identification
Product Revision Level
Drive Serial Number
Reserved
SCSI Hardware Revision Number
Disk Controller Hardware Revision Number
Electronics Pass Number
55
56
Reserved
Clocking
QAS
IUS
57 - 95
Reserved
5-20
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-25 Standard Inquiry Data Page-Field Descriptions
Description
Field Name
Peripheral Qualifier
Peripheral Device
ANSI Version
AERC
Value
0
0
Non-zero if initiator selects an invalid logical unit.
0 indicates that this is a Direct Access Device.
ANSI SCSI Level 3 (SCSI-3) is supported.
Asynchronous Event Reporting is not supported.
Does not support setting NACA in CDB Control word.
Only used when MultiP = 1.
3
0
NormACA
Port
0
0
MultiP
0
This field set to 1 if it is a multiport device.
Not embedded in or attached to a medium changer
16-bit wide SCSI address
Mchngr
0
Addr16
0/1
0
TrmTSK
TERMINATE TASK Function is not supported
Response Data
Format
2
0
This Standard Inquiry Data is in the format specified in the International Standard.
Relative Addressing is not supported.
RelAdr
The WBus bit is 1 if the drive supports 16-bit data transfer. The bit is 0 if the drive only
supports 8-bit transfer.
WBus 16
0 or 1
Sync
Linked
CmdQue
1
1
1
The drive supports Synchronous Data Transfers.
Linked Commands are supported.
The drive supports Tagged Command Queuing
The drive implements the hard reset option in response to assertion of the SCSI Bus reset
line.
SftRe
VS
0
0
Vendor Specific
The
ATLAS10K5_73WLS, ATLAS10K5_147WLS, ATLAS10K5_300WLS
Product
Identification
value in
this field
is:
ATLAS10K5_73SCA, ATLAS10K5_147SCA, ATLAS10K5_300SCA
The contents of this field define the setting of the double-edge clocking option (See Chap-
ter 6). Note that the clocking field does not apply to asynchronous transfers of data. Op-
tions available are:
Clocking
11
Code
Description
00b
Indicates the device server supports only Single Transition
(ST)
01b
Indicates the device server supports only Double Transition
(DT)
Reserved
10b
11b
Indicates the device server supports ST and DT
Quick Arbritrate Support. If the value of this field is 1, it indicates that the device server
supports the quick arbitrate feature. A value of 0 indicates that the device server does not
support this feature. 1 is default setting.
QAS
IUS
1 (U160)
1 (U320)
Information Unit Supported. If the value of this field is 1, it indicates that the device server
supports information units. A value of 0 indicates that the device server does not support
information units. Default is 1.
Note: Vendor Information, Product Identification, and Product
Revision Level are returned as shown in Table 5-22.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.9.2
Vital Product Data Pages
The Vital Product Data pages that can be returned by the drive are described in the
following paragraphs in the sequence shown in Table 5-27.
5.9.2.1
Supported Vital Product Data Pages Page (00h)
pages.
Table 5-26 Supported Vital Product Data Pages -Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Peripheral Qualifier
= 0
Peripheral Device Type = 0
(Direct Access Device)
1
2
Page Code (00h)
Reserved
3
Page Length = 08h
Supported Page List
4 - 10
Table 5-27 Vital Product Data-Page Codes
Page Code
Description
Size In Bytes
00h
80h
81h
82h
83h
Supported Vital Product Pages Page
Unit Serial Number Page
11
12
11
32
40
Implemented Operating Definition Page
ASCII Implemented Operating Page
Device Identification Page
5.9.2.2
Unit Serial Number Page (80h)
The Unit Serial Number page contains the drive's PCB Serial Number (Table 5-28)
Table 5-28 Unit Serial Number Page-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Peripheral Qualifier
= 000b
Peripheral Device Type = 000h
(Direct Access Device)
0
1
2
Page Code (80h)
Reserved
3
Page Length = 08
HDA Serial Number
4 - 11
Table 5-29 Unit Serial Number Page-Field Descriptions
Field Definition
HDA Serial Number An 8-character ASCII representation of the drive’s HDA serial number
5-22
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.9.2.3
Implemented Operating Definition Page (81h)
The Implemented Operating Definition page reflects the current and available
operation definitions as described in Table 5-30 and Table 5-31.
Table 5-30 Implemented Operating Definition Page-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Peripheral Qualifier
= 0
Peripheral Device Type = 0
(Direct Access Device)
1
2
3
4
5
Page Code (81h)
Reserved
Page Length = 07h
Rsvd
Current Definition
SavImp
= 1
Default Definition is SCSI-2 U160 (04h)
Supported-1 Definition is SCSI-3 U320 (06h)
Supported-2 Definition is SCSI-3 U160 (05h)
Supported-3 Definition is SCSI-2 U160 (04h)
Supported-4 Definition is SCSI-2 U80 (03h)
Supported-5 Definition is SCSI-1-CCS (02h)
6
7 *
8
SavImp
= 1
SavImp
= 1
SavImp
= 1
9
SavImp
=1
10
SavImp
=1
Table 5-31 Implemented Operating Definition Page-Field Descriptions
Field
Definition
Save Implemented. If = 0, this bit indicates that the
corresponding operation definition cannot be saved.
When = 1, this bet indicates that the corresponding
operating definition can be saved.
SavImp
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.9.2.4
ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Page (82h)
The ASCII Implemented Operating Definition page returns the character string's
length (1Bh) in byte 4, followed by the appropriate character string (“SCSI-3, SCSI-
2, SCSI-1/CCS” in bytes 5 through 31 for Parallel SCSI. This is described in Table
Table 5-32 ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Page - Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Peripheral Qualifier = 0
Peripheral Device Type = 0
(Direct Access Device)
1
Page Code (82h)
Reserved
2
3
Page Length = 1Ch
ASCII String Length = 1Bh
4
5 - 31
“SCSI-3, SCSI-2, SCSI-1/CCS” + byte of 0
5.9.2.5
Device Identification Page (83h) (SCSI-3 ONLY)
The Device Identification Page provides the means to retrieve zero or more
identification descriptors that apply to the logical unit (Table 5-33 and Table 5-34).
Table 5-33 Device Identification Page - Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Peripheral Qualifier
(0)
Peripheral Device Type (0)
(Direct Access Device)
0
1
Page Code (83h)
Reserved
2
3
Page Length (24h for SCSI)
4
5
Reserved
Reserved
Code Set (1)
Association (0)
Reserved
Identifier Length (8h)
EUI-64 (Value Stored in Configuration Page 30h)
Reserved Code Set (2)
Association (0) Identifier Type (1)
Reserved
Identifier Type (2)
6
7
8 – 15
16
17
Reserved
18
19
Identifier Length (14h)
Vendor Identifier (“Maxtor “)
Drive Serial Number
20 – 27
28 – 39
5-24
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-34 Device Identification Page - Field Description
Field
Definition
This field specifies the code set used for the Identifier field. Applicable values are:
Value Description
0h Reserved
Code Set
1h The Identifier field contains binary values
2h The Identifier field contains ASCII graphic codes (code values 20h through 7Eh)
3h – Fh Reserved
This field specifies the entity with which the Identifier field is associated. Applicable
values are:
Value Description
Association
0h The Identifier field is associated with the addressed physical or logical device.
1h The identifier field is associated with the port that received the request.
2h – 3h Reserved
This field specifies the format and assignment authority for the identifier. Values in
this field are:
Value Description
0h No assignment authority was used; there is no guarantee that the identifier is glo-
bally unique (vendor-specific).
1h The first 8 bytes of the Identifier field represent the Vendor ID.
2h The Identifier field contains an IEEE Extended Unique Identifier, 64-bit (EUI-64).
The Identifier Length field (Byte 7) is set to 8.
Identifier Type
3h Not applicable; for Fibre Channel devices.
4h Not applicable; if the Association value = 1h, the value of the Identifier contains a
4-byte, binary number that identifies the port relative to the other ports in the device.
5h - Fh Reserved
5.9.2.6
Command Support Data Pages
An application client can request command support data by setting the CmdDt bit of
the INQUIRY command to 1, and specifying the SCSI operation code of the
Command Descriptor Block (CDB) for which it wants information.
Format of the command support data and definitions of the fields follow in Table 5-
Table 5-35 Command Support Data Page-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Peripheral Qualifier
= 0
Peripheral Device Type = 0
(Direct Access Device)
1
2
Reserved
Support
ANSI-Approved Version
ISO Version
ECMA Version
3 – 4
5
Reserved
CDB Size (m – 5)
(MSB)
6 – m
CDB Usage Data
(LSB)
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-36 Command Support Data Page-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
The value of the Support field describes the type of support that the disk drive provides for Com-
mand Support Data.
Support
Value
Description
Data about the requested SCSI operation code is not currently avail-
able. In this case, all data after Byte 1 is undefined.
000b
The device does not support the SCSI operation code requested. In
this case, all data after Byte 1 is undefined
001b
010b
011b
100b
101b
Reserved
The device supports the SCSI operation code in conformance with
the SCSI standard.
Vendor-Specific
The device supports the SCSI operation code, but in a vendor-spe-
cific manner
110b
111b
Vendor-Specific
Reserved
ISO-Version
Must be 0.
ECMA-Version
Must be 0.
ANSI-Approved
Version
Minimum operating definition for supported command.
CDB Size
This field contains the number of bytes in the CDB for the Operation Code being requested and
the size of the CDB Usage Data in the data that is returned in response to the INQUIRY.
This field contains information about the CDB for the Operation Code being queried. Note that
the first byte of the CDB Usage Data contains the OpCode for the operation specified. All of the
other bytes of the CDB Usage Data contain a map for bits in the CDB of the OpCode specified.
CDB Usage Data
Note: The bits in the map have a 1-to-1 correspondence to the CDB for the OpCode being queried. That is, if the
device senses a bit as the entire field or as part of the field of the operation, the map in CDB Usage Data contains
a 1 in the corresponding bit position. If the device ignores a bit or declares a bit as “reserved” in the CDB for
the OpCode being queried, the map has a 0 in that corresponding bit position. Refer to Table 5-36 for a list
of the data returned for each of the OpCode values that can be sent in the INQUIRY command.
5-26
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-37 Command Support Data Page Command or Operation Codes
Hex Data Returned When INQUIRY is Received and CmdDt Bit
= 1
ANSI
Version
CDB
Length
CDB Size Usage
Data
OpCode
Command
Support
00h
01h
03h
04h
TEST UNIT READY
REZERO UNIT
03
03
03
03
01
01
01
01
06
06
06
06
00E000000003
01E000000003
03E00000FF03
04FFFFFFFF03
REQUEST SENSE
FORMAT UNIT
REASSIGN
BLOCKS
07h
03
01
06
070E00000003
08h
0Ah
0Bh
12h
READ (6)
WRITE (6)
SEEK (6)
INQUIRY
03
03
03
03
01
01
01
01
06
06
06
06
08FFFFFFFF03
0AFFFFFFFF03
0BFFFFFF0003
12E3FF00FF03
MODE
SELECT (6)
15h
03
01
06
15F10000FF03
16h
17h
1Ah
1Bh
RESERVE (6)
RELEASE (6)
03
03
03
03
01
01
01
01
06
06
06
06
16FEFFFFFF03
17FEFF000003
1AE8FF00FF03
1BE100000103
MODE SENSE (6)
START STOP UNIT
REC. DIAG.
RESULTS
1Ch
1Dh
25h
28h
2Ah
2Bh
2Eh
2Fh
35h
37h
3Bh
3Ch
3Eh
3Fh
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
06
06
1CE1FFFFFF03
1DF700FFFF03
END
DIAGNOSTIC
READ
CAPACITY
25E0FFFFFFFF0000
0103
0A
0A
0A
0A
0A
0A
0A
0A
0A
0A
0A
0A
28F8FFFFFFFF00FF
FF03
READ (10)
WRITE (10)
SEEK (10)
2AF8FFFFFFFF00F
FFF03
2BE0FFFFFFFF000
00003
WRITE AND
VERIFY
2EF2FFFFFFFF00F
FFF03
2FF2FFFFFFFF00FF
FF03
VERIFY
35E0FFFFFFFF00FF
FF03
SYNCH. CACHE
READ DEFECT
DATA
37E01F00000000FF
FF03
WRITE
BUFFER
3BEFFFFFFE00FFF
FFF03
3CEFFFFFFFFFFFF
FFF03
READ BUFFER
READ LONG
WRITE LONG
3EE2FFFFFFFF00F
FFF03
3FE0FFFFFFFF00F
FFF03
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hex Data Returned When INQUIRY is Received and CmdDt Bit
= 1
40E0017F000000000
40h
41h
CHANGE DEF.
WRITE SAME
03
03
01
01
0A
0A
003
41E2FFFFFFFF00FF
FF03
4CE3C000000000FF
FF03
4Ch
4Dh
LOG SELECT
LOG SENSE
03
03
01
01
0A
0A
4DE1FF00000000FF
FF03
55h
56h
57h
5Ah
5Eh
5Fh
A0h
MODE SELECT (10)
RESERVE (10)
03
03
03
03
03
03
03
01
03
03
01
03
03
03
0A
0A
0A
0A
0A
0A
0C
55100000000000FFF
F03
5610FFFF000000FF
FF03
RELEASE (10)
5710FFFF000000FF
FF03
MODE SENSE (10)
5AE8FF00000000FF
FF03
PERSIST.
RES. IN
5E1F0000000000FF
FF03
PERSIST.
RES. OUT
5F1FFF00000000FF
FF03
REPORT LUNS
A00000000000FFFF
FFFF0003
5-28
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.10
LOG SELECT Command (4Ch)
The drive collects and stores performance data and error summaries in counters. The
LOG SELECT command is used to zero these counters. The LOG SELECT
command is a complementary command to the LOG SENSE command. The format
of the LOG SELECT CDB and a description of the fields follows in Table 5-38 and
Table 5-38 LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (4Ch)
Reserved
PCR
SP
2
PC
Reserved
3 – 6
7 – 8
9
Reserved
Parameter List Length
Control
Table 5-39 LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Parameter Code Reset. Must be 1. Causes all the imple-
mented counters to be set to 0.
PCR
Save Parameters. A value of 1 indicates that certain
counters are to be cleared from non-volatile memory.
SP
PC
Page Control. Must be 01b OR 11b.
Parameter
List Length
Must be 0.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.11
LOG SENSE Command (4Dh)
Note: Log Sense data pages require special interpretation and also are
subject to change. For assistance with the Log Sense data pages,
contact your Maxtor Applications Engineer.
The drive collects operational information and stores these statistics as log data. Log
data are grouped by category into log pages. The LOG SENSE command allows an
initiator to retrieve the stored log data. The LOG SENSE command is a
complementary command to the LOG SELECT command.
Applications Engineer for more information.
Table 5-40 Disk Drive Log Pages
Page Code
00h
Description
Supported Log Pages
Buffer Overruns and Underruns
Write Error Counter
01h
02h
03h
Read Error Counter
05h
Verify Error Counter
Non-Medium Error Counter Page
Last n-Error Events Page
Format Status Page
06h
07h
08h
0Dh
0Eh
Temperature Page
Start-Stop Cycle Counter
Application Client Page
Self Test Results Page
EWS Status
0Fh
10h
2Fh
5-30
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.11.1
LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block
The Command Descriptor Block for the LOG SENSE command is shown in Table
5-41. Table 5-42 contains field descriptions.
Table 5-41 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Operation Code (4Dh)
Reserved
1
PPC
SP
2
PC
Page Code
3 – 4
5 – 6
7 – 8
9
Reserved
Parameter Pointer
Allocation Length
Control
Table 5-42 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
The Parameter Pointer Control bit controls the type of parameters that can be requested
from the drive. This bit must be 0, indicating that all log parameters for the specified page
(subject to the allocation length specified) are returned to the initiator.
PPC
The Save Pages bit specifies whether the parameters are to be saved. This bit must be 0,
indicating that no parameters are to be saved and are reset at power-on or by a TARGET
RESET.
SP
The Page Control field defines the type of parameter values to be selected. The field must
be 01b indicating that the current values are to be returned. Mode 11b (return default val-
ues) is not supported because all counters have a default value of 0.
PC
The value specified as the Page Code determines the page to be returned. Table 5-40 con-
tains a list of supported log pages and their page codes.
Page Code
Parameter Pointer
Allocation Length
This field is related to the PPC field. This bit must be 0.
This specifies the number of bytes of data that the drive is allowed to pass during the
DATA IN phase. The requested page is truncated if its length exceeds the number of bytes
specified in this field.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.11.2
LOG SENSE Log Pages
The log pages that are returned from the drive have a common format that is shown
in Table 5-43. Each page contains a 4-byte header followed by one or more log
Table 5-43 LOG SENSE Log Page Format-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Reserved
Page Code
1
Reserved
2 – 3
Page Length (n-3)
4 to
x+3
Log Parameter (first)
1
(length x)
n-y+1
to n
Log Parameter (last)
1
(length y)
Note: 1Length x or y is the sum of parameter header and parameter data
value bytes.
Table 5-44 LOG SENSE Log Page Format-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Page Code
The page code as given in Table 5-39.
The allocation length for the page minus the
4-byte header.
Page Length
One or more log data entities that are returned as par of
a Log Page. Each Log Parameter starts with a 4-byte
header followed by one or more bytes of value data. In
most cases, the parameter value is a 4-byte longword
that contains the present value of an error or perfor-
mance counter. See Table 5-45 for the format of a
generic log parameter.
Log Parameter
Table 5-45 Generic Log Parameter-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 – 1
2
Parameter Code
ETC
DU
DS
TSD
TMC
LBIN
LP
3
Page Length (n-3)
Parameter Value
4 – n
5-32
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-46 Generic Log Parameter-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
A code which uniquely identifies each parameter on a given Log Page. For example, the
code 8002h on the Seek Performance Summary page reports the average seek time
while the same code on the Block Replacement Summary page reports the number of
blocks replaced.
Parameter Code
The following pages in this manual contain the lists of applicable parameters for each
Log page.
DU
DS
Disable Update. This parameter is 1 when updates are not enabled.
Disable Save. This parameter is 1 when parameters are not saved by the drive.
Target Save Disable. This parameter is 0 indicating that the drive provides a target-spe-
cific way of saving parameters.
TSD
ETC
TMC
Enable Threshold Comparison. This parameter is always 0. The drive does not use
thresholds for any of its parameters.
Threshold Met Comparison. This parameter is always 0. The drive does not use thresh-
olds for any of its parameters.
List in Binary. This bit only valid if LP = 1. If LP = 1 and LBIN = 0, then the List Pa-
rameter is a string of ASCII graphic codes (code values 20h through 7Eh). If LP = 1 and
LBIN = 1, then the parameter is a list of binary information.
LBIN
LP
List Parameter. When 0, indicates that the parameter value for this parameter is a nu-
meric value. When LP is a 1, it indicates that the parameter value is an alphanumeric
ASCII-string list.
This parameter is always 0.
Parameter Length
Parameter Value
Specifies the length, in bytes, of the parameter’s value.
Contains the parameter’s current value when the PC field of the LOG SENSE command
is 01b.
Note: The DU, DS, TSD, ETC, TMC, LBIN and LP fields are collec-
tively referred to as the Parameter Control Byte. This byte gen-
erally has a value of 0; however, if the page is non-volatile but
the drive is not spun up or the GLTSD bit is set in Mode Page
0Ah, then the value would be 20h. If the page is volatile, then
the value is 60h.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.12
MODE SELECT (6) Command (15h)
SCSI refers to the drive’s operational parameters as its mode parameters. SCSI groups the
mode parameters by function into a set of data structures referred to as mode pages. The
MODE SELECT (6) command allows the initiator to modify some of these mode
pages and thereby control some of the drive’s operational characteristics. The Save
Page (SP) option in the Command Descriptor Block makes the changes permanent.
The new mode parameters are then stored in the drive’s non-volatile memory. The
Table 5-47 MODE SELECT (6) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Operation Code (15h)
1
2 – 3
4
Reserved
PF
Reserved
SP
Reserved
Parameter Length List
Control
5
Table 5-48 MODE SELECT (6) Command Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
Page Format. The drive ignores the content of this field and produces a mode
parameter list that contains a mode header optionally followed by a sector de-
scriptor and one or more pages that conform to the format shown here.
PF
Save Pages. When SP = 0, the drive performs the specified MODE SELECT
operation and does not save any pages. When SP = 1, the drive performs the
specified operation and stores all savable pages, (PS =1 on MODE SENSE re-
turn) including any sent during the data-out buffer transfer. The changes made
when SP = 1 become permanent changes to the drive’s SCSI setup.
SP
This field tells the drive how many bytes of Mode Parameters to fetch in the
data-out buffer transfer. A CHECK CONDITION status is returned if this val-
ue truncates a page.
Parameter List Length
5.12.1
Initiator-Changeable Mode Pages
Table 5-49 lists the mode pages that are supported by the drive. An initiator can
change these pages by supplying them, with the desired changes included, in the
MODE SELECT command’s data-out buffer transfer.
The initiator should first use a MODE SENSE command to read the appropriate pages
and leave non-changeable values as read when the initiator subsequently writes the
changeable pages with the MODE SELECT command. If a non-changeable field
contains an invalid value, the drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status.
5-34
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-49 Initiator-Changeable Mode Pages
Size In
Bytes
Page Code
Page Name
Function
Unit Attention reporting (enables
00h
Unit Attention Control Page
or
4
disables)
Medium Access Error recovery
and
Read-Write Error Recovery Page
01h
02h
12
16
reporting procedures for
READ and WRITE commands
Bus behavior during data trans-
fers
Disconnect-Reconnect Page
Verify Error Recovery Page
Medium Access Error recovery
and reporting procedures for the
VERIFY command
1
12
07h
1
Caching Page
Cache policy
20
12
08h
1
Control Mode Page
Command processing policy
0Ah
Drive geometry
reporting
0Ch
Notch and Partition Page
24
19h
Port Control Page
Margin Control
Defines port control parameters
Margin control values
8
19h(1h)
16
Saved Training
Configuration
Saved training
19h(2h)
19h(3h)
19h(4h)
1Ah
234
14
configuration values
Negotiated settings for current
I_T Nexus
Negotiated Settings
Report Transfer
Capabilities
Transfer capabilities
14
Enable and set time intervals for
Idle and Standby modes
Power Condition Page
12
Information Exceptions Control Page
and operations of specific information-
al exception
Defines methods to control re-
porting
1Ch1
12
conditions.
NOTE:
1. This page is not supported by the SCSI-1/CCS Operating Mode.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.12.2
Mode Page Types
The drive maintains three distinct sets of mode pages. They are the current page, the
default page, and the saved page. The drive also reports a fourth set of changeable pages.
The page types are defined in Table 5-50.
Table 5-50 Mode Page Types
Page Type
Definition
The current mode page set applies to all initiators and defines the drive’s mode. The SCSI-2 spec-
ification states that a drive can maintain Mode parameters on a per-initiator basis if it so chooses.
The Drives do not support this option.
The current mode page set contains the values supplied in the last MODE SELECT command re-
ceived from an initiator. If no initiator has sent a MODE SELECT command since the drive was
last reset or powered up, the current pages contain
Current
• Saved values if saved pages exist (from a previous MODE SELECT command SP parameter).
• Default values if pages have never been saved.
The drives generate a Unit Attention condition for all initiators (except for the one that was the
source of the MODE SELECT command) whenever one initiator modifies the Mode parameters.
The default mode page set contains the factory default values that are listed in each page’s descrip-
Default
Saved
tion.
The saved mode page set contains values preserved in the drive’s non-volatile memory by a pre-
vious SP-modified MODE SELECT command.
The changeable mode page set provides a means for an initiator to determine which pages it is
allowed to change and the specific bits within those pages that it is allowed to change. This page
set is read-only and is fetched with a MODE SENSE command.
Changeable
5.12.3
Mode Parameter List
Table 5-51 shows the format of the Mode Parameter List that is passed by the initiator
field descriptions for the Mode Parameter Block Descriptor.
Table 5-51 Mode Parameter List-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 – 3
Mode Parameter Header
Block Descriptor
(optional)
4 – 11
4 – n
or
12 – n
Page(s)
(optional)
5-36
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-52 Mode Parameter List-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Contains information about the remainder of the pa-
Mode Parameter Header
Allows the initiator to set the drive’s Logical Block
Size and number of Logical Block Addresses (see Ta-
Block Descriptor
Page(s)
The page code(s) of the pages that are a part of this
command.
Table 5-53 Mode Parameter Header (6-Byte)-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
Mode Data Length
Medium Type
Device-Specific Parameter
Block Descriptor Length
Table 5-54 Mode Parameter Header- Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Mode Data Length
Medium Type
Reserved. Must be 0.
Ignored by the drive.
Ignored by the drive.
Device-specific Parameter
Zero (0) if no Block Descriptor is supplied. The length
is eight (8) if a Block Descriptor is supplied.
Block Descriptor Length
Table 5-55 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor-Data Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0 – 3
4
Number of Blocks
Reserved
5 – 7
Block Length
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-56 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
If the number of blocks is set to zero, the device shall retain its current capacity if the
block size has not changed. If the number of blocks is set to zero and the block size has
changed, the device shall be set to its maximum capacity when the new block size takes
effect.
If the number of blocks is greater than zero and less than or equal to its maximum ca-
pacity, the device shall be set to that number of blocks. If the block size has not changed,
the device shall not become format corrupted. This capacity setting shall be retained
through power cycles, hard resets, logical unit resets and I_T nexus losses:
Number of Blocks
If the number of blocks field is set to a value greater than the maximum capacity of the
device and less than FFFF FFFFh, then the command is terminated with a CHECK
CONDITION status. The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST. The device shall re-
tain its previous block descriptor settings; or
If the number of blocks is set to FFFF FFFFh, the device shall be set to its maximum
capacity. If the block size has not changed, the device shall not become format corrupt-
ed. This capacity setting shall be retained through power cycles, hard resets, logical unit
resets, and I_T nexus losses.
Block Length
This field specifies the length, in bytes, of each logical sector.
5.12.4
Categories of Changeable Pages
The drive’s changeable pages are described on the following pages. The data fields for
each of these pages fall into one of the categories described in Table 5-57.
Table 5-57 Categories of Changeable Pages
Category
Description
A field in this category can be modified by the MODE SELECT command, can be saved and can
affect the drives processing. The drive uses the value in the field and, if the SP bit is set, preserves
the new value of the field in non-volatile memory on the drive. (The PS bit must have been set
when the mode page was returned with a MODE SENSE command.)
Fully Supported
Ignored
A value in this field is never used or validated; it is never looked at by the drive. Ignored fields are
not underlined in the Mode Parameter Pages’ figures or tables and are not described in the Field
Description tables.
5.12.5
Unit Attention Condition Page (00h)
The Unit Attention Page is used to enable or disable the generation of Unit Attention
Conditions. The Unit Attention Condition Page format and field descriptions are
Table 5-58 Unit Attention Condition Page (Page 0)
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
PS
Rsvd
Page Code (00h)
Page Length (02h)
DUA
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved (00h)
5-38
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-59 Unit Attention Condition Page (Page 0)
Field
Default Value
Description
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE com-
mand. A returned value of 1 indicates that the target is capable of sav-
ing the page in a non-volatile, vendor-specific location. The bit is
reserved with the MODE SELECT command.
PS
1
Disable Unit Attention. When set to the default value of 0, the drive re-
ports a CHECK CONDITION for any UNIT ATTENTION condition
(power-on, SCSI bus reset, etc.)
DUA
0
5.12.6
Read-Write Error Recovery Page (01h)
The Read-Write Error Recovery page controls the drive’s response to error
conditions that arise during the course of READ (6), READ (10), WRITE (6),
WRITE (10) command processing and during the write portion of WRITE AND
VERIFY command processing. The Read-Write Error Recovery page format and
Table 5-60 Read-Write Error Recovery Page-(Page 1)
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
PS
Rsvd
Page Code (01h)
Page Length (0Ah)
RC EER
1
2
AWRE
ARRE
TB
PER
DTE
DCR
3
Read Retry Count
Correction Span
Head Offset Count
Data Strobe Offset Count
Reserved
4
5
6
7
8
9
Write Retry Count
Reserved
10 – 11
Recovery Time Limit
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-61 Read-Write Error Recovery Page - Field Descriptions
Default
Value
Field
Description
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE command. A returned val-
ue of 1 indicates that the target is capable of saving the page in a non-volatile, vendor-specific
location. The bit is reserved with the MODE SELECT command.
PS
1
Automatic Write Reallocation Enable. When the value is 1, it causes the drive to automati-
cally reallocate bad sectors encountered during a write operation. If it succeeds in replacing
the bad sector, the drive adds the revectored sector’s Logical Block Number to the Grown
Defect List.
AWRE
1
When AWRE is 0, the drive does not automatically reallocate bad sectors encountered during
a write operation.
Automatic Read Reallocation Enable. When the value is 1, it causes the drive to automatical-
ly reallocate bad sectors encountered during a read operation. If it succeeds in replacing the
bad sector, the drive adds the revectored sector’s Logical Block Number to the Grown Defect
List. Reallocation is done only when the drive is able to recover the sector’s data unless the
Reallocate Uncorrected Errors bit of the Maxtor (Vendor) Special Function Control Page is
set.
ARRE
TB
1
0
When ARRE is 0, the drive does not automatically reallocate bad sectors encountered during
a read operation. See also Maxtor-Unique Page 39h (RUEE).
Transfer Block. When the value is 1, the drive sends best-guess information to the initiator
when it encounters a defective sector whose data cannot be fully recovered.
When the value is 0, data that cannot be fully recovered is not returned to the initiator.
Read Continuous. When the value is 0, the drive attempts error recovery when it encounters
an error. When the value is 1, the drive suppresses error recovery. The drive ignores any val-
ue placed in this field.
RC
0
0
EER
Enable Early Recovery. Not supported by the drive.
Post Error Recovery. When the value is 0, the drive returns a GOOD status in cases where
error recovery is invoked and successful.
PER
DTE
0
0
When the value is 1, the drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status for recovered errors,
sets the sense key to RECOVERED ERROR, and posts the appropriate additional sense key.
Disable Transfer on Error. Not supported by the drive.
Disable Correction. When the value is 0, ECC correction is applied as a means of recovering
erred data. On write operations, a valid ECC is written to each data sector regardless of the
value in the DCR bit.
DCR
0
When the value is 1, Firmware ECC correction only is disabled (but not retries or reads), and
ECC errors greater than hardware correctable cannot be corrected.
Read Retry
Count
4
Specifies the number of retries attempted for a failed read operation.
Specifies the maximum number of bits in a data sector that the drive is allowed to correct. A
value less than the default value can cause an otherwise correctable error to be reported as
uncorrectable. If the initiator specifies a value larger than the default value, the drive auto-
matically rounds down the number to the default value. A value of 0 causes the drive to use
the default value. The drive ignores any value placed in this field.
Correction
Span
240
Head Offset
Count
0
0
8
Not supported by the drive.
Data Strobe
Offset Count
Not supported by the drive.
Write Retry
Count
Specifies the number of retries attempted for a failed write operation.
5-40
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Default
Value
Field
Description
Specifies the maximum time, in milliseconds, that a retry is attempted on a failed sector dur-
ing a read or write operation. When the value is 0, it means that there is no time limit. The
minimum permissible value, however, is 100 milliseconds.
Recovery
Time Limit
0
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.12.7
Disconnect–Reconnect Page (02h)
The Disconnect–Reconnect Page provides the application client the means to attempt
to optimize the performance of the delivery subsystem. The data format and field
Table 5-62 Disconnect–Reconnect Page (Page 2)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
PS
Rsvd
Page Code (02h)
1
2
Page Length (0Eh)
Buffer Full Ratio
3
Buffer Empty Ratio
Bus Inactivity Limit
Disconnect Time Limit
Connect Time Limit
Maximum Burst Size
4 – 5
6 – 7
8 – 9
10 – 11
12
EMDP
Fairness Arbitration
DImm
Reserved
First Burst Size
DTDC
13
14 – 15
Table 5-63 Disconnect-Reconnect-Field Descriptions (Page 2)
Default
Field
Description
Value
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE command. A re-
turned value of 1 indicates that the target is capable of saving the page in a non-
volatile, vendor-specific location. The bit is reserved with the MODE SELECT
command.
PS
0
0
The Buffer Full Ratio indicates how full the buffer should be prior to requesting an
interconnect tenancy. Applies to READ operations only. The default of 0 indicates
to the drive that it should use its default ratio.
Buffer Full
Ratio
The Buffer Empty Ratio indicates how full the buffer should be prior to requesting
an interconnect tenancy. Applies to READ operations only. The default of 0 indi-
cates to the drive that it should use its default ratio. Not supported by the drive.
Buffer Empty
Ratio
0
0
Bus Inactivity
Limit
The Bus Inactivity Limit indicates the maximum duration of any interconnect ten-
ancy during which no data is transferred. Not supported by the drive.
The Disconnect Time Limit specifies the minimum time, in 100 microsecond in-
crements, that the drive waits after releasing the SCSI bus before reselecting. The
drive supports a maximum value of 0xFF. Values greater than 0xFF are treated as
0xFF. The default value of 0 indicates that the drive can reslect immediately after
releasing the bus.
Disconnect
Time Limit
0
0
Connect Time
Limit
The Connect Time Limit indicates the maximum duration of a single interconnect
tenancy. Not supported by the drive.
The Maximum Burst Size
specifies the maximum amount of data that the drive will transfer during a data
phase before disconnecting from the bus, assuming it was given the disconnect
privilege. This value is expressed in increments of data sectors (that is, a value of
1 indicates 512 bytes, a value of 2 indicates 1024 bytes). The default value of 0 in-
dicates that there is no limit on the amount of data transferred per connection. This
field is reserved for the SCSI-1/CCS operating mode.
MaximumBurst
Size
0
5-42
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Default
Value
Field
Description
Enable MODIFY DATA POINTER. Not supported by the drive.
EMDP
0
Fairness
Arbitration
111b
(Def)
Indicates whether or not the target should use fair or unfair (e.g., priority) arbitra-
tion when beginning the interconnect tenancy.
000b - Disables the fairness algorithm. A fixed priority scheme based on the SCSI
ID assigned is used.
Non-Zero - Any non-zero value enables the fairness algorithm (SCSI SPI-2 ANSI
standard, Appendix B).
Disconnect Immediate. When set to a 1, to reduce on-bus time, the drive is forced
to disconnect from the SCSI Bus after a SCSI Command is received. Disconnect
Immediate works only when a typical, error-free command is received. Disconnect
Immediate does not apply in exception conditions (for example, SDTR received,
error, etc.).
DImm
DTDC
0
Data Transfer Disconnect Control. This field of three bits defines further restrictions when a discon-
nect is permitted. These are as follows:
Value
Description
000b
(Def)
Data transfer disconnect control is not used. Disconnect is controlled by other
fields in this page.
001b - A target will not attempt to disconnect once the data transfer of a command
has started until all data of the command has been transferred. The connect time
limit and bus inactivity limit are ignored during the transfer.
010b - Reserved
011b - A target will not attempt to disconnect once the data transfer of a command
has started, until the command is complete. The connect time limit and bus inac-
tivity limit are ignored once the transfer has started.
This field indicates the maximum amount of data that a target may transfer for a
command during the same interconnect in which it receives the command. Not ap-
plicable for parallel SCSI.
First Burst Size
0
5.12.8
Verify Error Recovery Page (07h)
The Verify Error Recovery Page controls the drive’s response to error conditions that
arise during the VERIFY command and during the verify operation of the WRITE
AND VERIFY command. The Verify Error Recovery Page is not supported in the
SCSI-1/CCS Operating Mode. The data format and field descriptions are described
Table 5-64 Verify Error Recovery Page-(Page 7)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
PS
Rsvd
Page Code (07h)
1
2
Page Length (0Ah)
EER
Reserved
PER
DTE
DCR
3
Verify Retry Count
Verify Correction Span
Reserved
4
5 – 9
10 – 11
Verify Recovery Time Limit
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-65 Verify Error Recovery Page-Field Descriptions (Page 7)
Default
Value
Field
Description
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE command. A returned val-
ue of 1 indicates that the target is capable of saving the page in a non-volatile, vendor-specific
location. The bit is reserved with the MODE SELECT command.
PS
0
0
EER
Enable Early Recovery. Not supported by the drive.
Post Error Recovery. When the value is 1, the drive returns CHECK CONDITION status for
recovered errors, sets the sense key to RECOVERED ERROR, and posts the appropriate ad-
ditional sense code.
PER
0
When set to the default value of 0, it causes the drive to return GOOD status in cases where
error recovery is invoked and is successful. The only recoverable error that can occur during
a VERIFY operation is a failed read that succeeds after retries.
DTE
DCR
0
0
Disable Transfer on Error. Not supported by the drive.
Disable Correction. When the value is 1, it disables ECC Firmware only (but not retries) on
the READ portion of a VERIFY operation. When set to the default value of 0, the ECC cor-
rection is always applied as a means of recovering erred data.
Verify
Retry Count
The Verify Retry Count specifies the number of retries that are attempted per sector on a
failed READ portion of a VERIFY operation.
4
The Verify Correction Span specifies the maximum number of bits in a sector that the drive
is allowed to correct. A value less than the default value can cause an otherwise correctable
error to be reported as uncorrectable. If the initiator specifies a value larger than 80, the drive
rounds down to 80 without reporting the change. A value of 0 causes the drive to use its de-
fault value. The drive ignores any value in this field.
Verify
Correction
Span
240
Verify
Recovery
Time Limit
The Verify Recovery Time Limit specifies (in milliseconds) the maximum time that a retry
is attempted on a failed sector during the read portion of a verify operation. The default value
of 0 indicates that there is no time limit. The minimum permissible is 100 milliseconds.
0
5.12.9
Caching Page (08h)
The Caching Page controls the drive’s cache management policy. The data format and
Table 5-66 Caching Page-(Page 8)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
PS
Rsvd
Page Code (08h)
Page Length (12h)
DISC Size
2
IC
ABPF
CAP
WCE
MF
RCD
3
Demand Read Retention Priority
Demand Write Retention Priority
4 – 5
6 – 7
8 – 9
Disable Pre-Fetch Transfer Length
Minimum Pre-Fetch
Maximum Pre-Fetch
10 – 11
12
Maximum Pre-Fetch Ceiling
FSW
LBCSS
DRA
VS
VS
Reserved
13
Number of Cache Segments
Cache Segment Size
Reserved
14 – 15
16
17 – 19
Non-Cache Segment Size
5-44
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
NOTES:
Bytes 12 to 19 are returned only if the device operating definition is SCSI-3.
Table 5-67 Caching Page - Field Descriptions
Default
Field
Description
Value
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE command. A
returned value of 1 indicates that the target is capable of saving the page in a
PS
1
non-volatile, vendor-specific location. Bit reserved with MODE SELECT com-
mand.
An initiator control (ic) enable bit set to one specifies that the device server use
the NUMBER OF CACHE
IC
0
SEGMENTS field or the CACHE SEGEMENT SIZE field, dependent upon the
SIZE bit, to control the caching algorithm rather than the device server’s own
adaptive algorithm.
Enable Abort Prefetch. When set, this bit requests the device abort pre-fetch
ABPF
CAP
0
0
work on the receipt of a new command.Ignored by the drive
A caching analysis permitted (cap) bit set to one specifies that the device server
perform caching analysis during subsequent operations. A cap bit set to zero
specifies that the caching analysis be disabled to reduce overhead time or to pre-
vent non pertinent operations from impacting tuning values.
A discontinuity (DISC) bit set to one specifies that the device server continue
the pre-fetch across time discontinuities (e.g., across cylinders) up to the limits
of the buffer, or segment, space available for the pre-fetch. A DISC bit set to
zero specifies that pre-fetches be truncated or wrapped at time discontinuities.
ignored by drive.
DISC
Size
0
0
Specifies which of two fields are used to configure the cache. When Size=0, the
Number of Cache Segments field is used. When Size=1, the Cache Segment
Size field is used.
Write Cache Enable. The default value of 1 enables write-back caching when
processing a WRITE command. When set to 0 the drive returns a GOOD status
and COMMAND COMPLETE only after successfully writing all the data to the
media.
When WCE = 1, write-back caching is enabled while processing a WRITE com-
mand. The drive returns a GOOD status and COMMAND COMPLETE only af-
ter fetching the data from the initiator and placing it in the drive’s cache
memory.
WCE
1
Note: For maximum data integrity, it is strongly recommended that when WCE
is set to 1, the Read-Write Error Recovery Page (01h) fields be set as follows:
• AWRE to 1
• RC to 0
• DCR to 0
• Correction Span set to 170
• Head Offset to 0
• Servo Offset to 0
Multiplication Factor (value must be 0). The drive interprets the minimum and
maximum pre-fetch fields values in terms of the number of logical blocks for
each of the respective types of prefetch.
MF
0
0
Read Cache Disable. The default value of 0 enables the read cache capability
and allows the drive to use cache-resident data or medium data to satisfy a
READ command.
RCD
When the value is 1, read caching is disabled and the data returned in response
to a READ command is fetched from the medium and not from the drive’s cache
memory.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Default
Value
Field
Description
Demand Read Re-
tention
This field advises the drive on the retention priority to assign data read into the
cache that has also been transferred from the drive to the initiator.
0
Priority
Demand Write Re-
tention
This field advises the drive on the retention priority to assign data written into
the cache that has also been transferred from the cache memory to the medium.
0
Priority
This field specifies the selective disabling of anticipatory pre-fetch
on long transfer lengths. The value in this field is compared to the number of
sectors requested by the current READ command. If the number of sectors is
greater the than the value specified, anticipatory pre-fetch is not performed for
the command. When 0, anticipatory pre-fetch is disabled.
Disable
Pre-Fetch Transfer
Length
FFFFh
Minimum
Pre-fetch
This field specifies the desired number of sectors to be pre-fetched preceding
the requested Data.
0x100
0x200
Maximum
Pre-fetch
This field specifies the desired amount of total number of sectors to be pre-
fetched surrounding the requested data.
Specifies an upper limit on the number of logical blocks computed as the max-
imum pre-fetch. If this number of sectors is greater than the maximum pre-
fetch, then the number of logical blocks to pre-fetch is reduced to the value
stored in the maximum pre-fetch ceiling field.
Maximum
Pre-fetch
Ceiling
0x200
FSW
0
The Force Sequential Write bit. Not supported by the drive.
Selects the units of the cache segment Size field. When LBCSS=0, Units are
bytes per segment. When LBCSS=1, Units are blocks per segment.
LBCSS
TBD
When set, the device server will not read into cache any logical blocks beyond
the addressed logical block (s). When not set, the device server may continue to
read logical blocks beyond the addressed logical block (s).
DRA
VS
0
The Vendor-Specific bits. Not supported by the drive.
Number of Cache
Segments
Specifies the number of cache segments to divide the cache into. This field is
used when the Size bit is 0.
variable
variable
0
Specifies the cache segment size, in either bytes per segment or blocks per seg-
ment, depending on the state of the LBCSS bit. This field is used when the Size
bit is 1
Cache Segment Size
Non-CacheSegment
Size
Not supported by the drive.
5.12.10 Control Mode Page (0Ah)
The Control Mode page controls the drive’s command processing and error handling
Table 5-68 Control Mode Page - Data Format (Page 0Ah)
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
PS
Rsvd
Page Code (0Ah)
Page Length (0Ah)
Reserved
Queue Algorithm Modifier
GLTSD
RLEC
DQue
Re-
served
3
Qerr
5-46
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
UAAER
P
4
EECA
RAC
Reserved
SWP
Reserved
RAERP
EAERP
5
6 – 7
8 – 9
10
Ready AEN Holdoff Period
Busy Timeout Period
MSB
Extended Selftest Completion Time
11
Extended Selftest Completion Time
LSB
NOTES:
Bytes 8 to 11 are returned only if the device operating definition is SCSI-3.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-69 Control Mode Page-Field Descriptions
Field Value Default
Description
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE command. A returned
value of 1 indicates that the target is capable of saving the page in a non-volatile, ven-
dor-specific location. The bit is reserved with the MODE SELECT command.
PS
1
Global Logging Target Save Disable. If this bit = 1, the ability to save log ages to disk
is disabled. If a LOG SELECT with the SP bit is received by the drive, the current cu-
mulative values will be cleared. The on-disk values will not be changed. If a LOG
SENSE with the SP bit set is received by the drive and the GLTSD bit is set and the unit
is ready, the last LOG counter values written to disk will be returned (not the current
cumulative values).
GLTSD
RLEC
0
If a STOP UNIT command or a LOG SENSE command with the SP bit set is issued to
the drive, the cumulative values of the Log Counters page will be written to disk. A
LOG SENSE command will return the cumulative values since the counters were
cleared, not since the drive was powered on.
Report Log Exception Condition. The drive does not report log exception conditions.
Not supported by the drive.
0
This field specifies restrictions on the algorithm used for re-ordering commands that are
tagged with the SIMPLE message.
A value of 0 specifies that the drive orders the actual execution sequence with a SIM-
PLE statement.
Queue
Algorithm
Modifier
0001b
A value of 1 (Unrestricted Re-ordering Allowed) specifies that the drive can re-order
the actual execution sequence of the commands with a SIMPLE in any manner. Any
data integrity exposures related to command sequence order are explicitly handled by
the initiator through the selection of appropriate commands and queue tag messages.
Queue Error Management. This field controls the drive’s processing of queued com-
mands when a Contingent Allegiance (CA) condition or Extended Contingent Alle-
giance (ECA) is cleared. Processing of queued commands is resumed when a CA/ECA
condition is cleared.
QErr
00b
0
Disable Queue. When set to the default value of 0, the drive supports tagged command
queuing.
DQue
When the Disable Queue bit is set to 1, tagged command queuing is disabled. A subse-
quent tagged message from the initiator is rejected with a MESSAGE REJECT message
and the I/O process is executed as an untagged command.
EECA
RAC
0
0
AEN enabled.
Report A Check Condition bit. Ignored by the drive.
SWP - Soft-
ware Write
Protect
This file controls the drive’s write protection feature. If set, the drive returns check con-
dition for the command with sense code/ASC/ASCQ - 07/27/00
0
RAERP
UAAERP
EAERP
0
0
0
Ready AER Permission. Not supported by the drive.
Unit Attention AER Permission. Not supported by the drive.
Error AER Permission. Not supported by the drive.
Ready AER
Holdoff
Period
0
Not supported by the drive.
Busy Timeout
Period
FFFFh
200h
Not supported by the drive.
Extended Self
Test Comple-
tion Time
Contains advisory data that indicates the approximate time, in seconds, required to com-
plete an extended self-test when not interrupted by subsequent commands and no errors
occur during execution of the self-test.
5-48
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
NOTES:
If the Queue Algorithm Modifier specifies restricted re-ordering (0000b), commands are not allowed to execute
concurrently. If this field specifies unrestricted re-ordering (0001b), concurrent I/O execution is allowed.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.12.11 Notch and Partition Page (0Ch)
The Notch and Partition page contains parameters for drives that implement a variable
number of sectors per cylinder, and, support this page. Each section of the logical unit
with a different number of sectors is referred to as a notch (or band). Each notch must
span a set of consecutive logical blocks in the logical unit, the notches must not
overlay, and no logical blocks can be excluded from the notches. The data format and
Table 5-70 Notch and Partition Page-(Page 0Ch)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
PS
Rsvd
Page Code (0Ch)
Page Length (16h)
Reserved
2
ND
LPN
3
Reserved
Maximum Number of Notches
Active Notch
4 – 5
6 – 7
8 – 11
12 – 15
16 – 23
Starting Boundary
Ending Boundary
Pages Notched
5-50
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-71 Notch and Partition Page-Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE command. The
returned value of 0 indicates that the target is not capable of saving this page in a
non-volatile vendor specific location. This bit is reserved with the MODE SE-
LECT command.
PS
Notched (banded) Drive. A value of 0 indicates that the drive is not notched and
that all other parameters in this page are returned as 0.
ND
The default value of 1 indicates that the device is notched. For each supported ac-
tive notch value, this page defines the starting and ending boundaries of the notch.
Logical or Physical Notch. The default value of 0 indicates that the boundaries of
the notch are based on the physical parameters of the logical unit. The cylinder is
considered most significant and the head least significant.
LPN
A value of 1 indicates that the notch boundaries are based on logical blocks of the
logical unit.
This field indicates the maximum number of notches supported by the logical unit.
The value cannot be changed.
MaxNotch
Active Notch
The Active Notch field indicates the notch referenced by this, and subsequent
MODE SELECT and MODE SENSE commands. The value in this field can be
changed by a later MODE SELECT command. The value of the active notch must
be = 0 and = 24. An active notch of 0 indicates that this and subsequent MODE
SELECT and MODE SENSE commands refer to the parameters that apply across
all notches.
This field indicates the beginning of the active notch or, if the active notch is 0, the
beginning boundary of the logical unit. If the LPN value is 1, the starting boundary
is a Logical Block Address.
Starting Boundary
Ending Boundary
If the LPN value is 0, the three most significant bytes designate the starting cylin-
der number and the least significant byte is the starting head number. This field is
unchangeable. When used with the MODE SELECT command, this field is ig-
nored.
This field indicates the ending of the active notch, or if the active notch is zero, the
ending of the logical unit. If the LPN value is 0, the 3 most significant bytes des-
ignate the ending cylinder and the least significant byte is the ending head number.
This is a 64-bit bitmap that indicates which MODE command pages contain pa-
rameters that may be different for different notches. The most significant bit
(MSB) corresponds to Page 3Fh (Vendor-Unique Caching Page), and the least sig-
nificant bit (LSB) corresponds to Page 00h
(Unit Attention Control Page).
Pages Notched
If a bit is 1, the corresponding mode page contains parameters that may be differ-
ent for different notches.
If a bit is 0, the corresponding mode page contains parameters that are constant for
all notches.
The value of 1 in bits 3 and 12 indicates that Page 03h and 0Ch contain different
parameters for different notches.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.12.12 Port Control Mode Page (19h)
that affect SPI SCSI device port operation options. The page will be implemented by
LUN 0 of all SPI SCSI devices. The page will not be implemented by logical units
other than LUN 0. The implementation of any bit and its associated functions is
optional. The page follows the MODE SENSE/MODE SELECT rules specified by
SCSI Primary Commands-2 standard.
The target will maintain an independent set of port control mode page parameters for
each initiator. The parameters saveable bit in the mode page format header returned
with MODE SENSE command will be set to zero if the long mode page format is
being used (LONG bit set to one), indicating the parameters are not saved through
resets.
Table 5-72 Port Control Page Short Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
PS
LONG(0)
Page Code (19h)
Page Length (06h)
Reserved
Protocol Identifier (1h)
Reserved
MSB
Synchronous Transfer Timeout
Synchronous Transfer Timeout
Reserved
LSB
Reserved
The Protocol Identifier field of 1h indicates the protocol that this mode page applies
to a SPI SCSI device. See the SCSI Primary Commands-2 standard for other port
control page protocol identifiers.
The Synchronous Transfer Timeout field indicates the maximum amount of time in
1 millisecond increments that the target will wait before generating an error by doing
an unexpected bus free. The target will only go to a BUS FREE phase if one of the
following events causes the timer, once started, to not reset or reload before expiring:
• If there is a REQ transition when there are no outstanding REQs
waiting for an ACK then load and start the timer.
• If there is a REQ transition when there are any outstanding REQs
waiting for an ACK then there is no effect on the timer.
• If there is an ACK transition when there are outstanding REQs waiting
for an ACK then load and start the timer.
• If after an ACK transition there are no outstanding REQs waiting for
an ACK then stop the timer.
• A SYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER TIMEOUT field value of 0000h
indicates that the function is disabled. A value of FFFFh indicates an
unlimited period.
5-52
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-73 Port Control Page Long Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
n
PS
LONG (1)
Page Code (19h)
Subpage Code
Page Length (n-3)
Page Length (n-3)
Reserved
MSB
LSB
Reserved
Protocol Identifier (1h)
Protocol Specific Mode Parameters
The Subpage Code field indicates which subpage is being accessed. Subpage Code
a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST
and the additional sense code set to ILLEGAL FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.
The Page Length field specifies the length in bytes of the subpage protocol specific
mode page parameters after the Page Length field.
The Protocol Identifier field of 1h indicates the protocol that this mode page applies
to a SPI SCSI device. See the SCSI Primary Commands-2 standard for other port
control page protocol identifiers.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.12.12.1 Margin Control Subpage (Sub Page 1 of Mode Page 19)
margin control values for usage between the initiator/target pair on subsequent
synchronous and paced transfers.
A MODE SELECT command will return the current settings for the initiator/target
pair. Fields that are not implemented will be reported as zero.
Table 5-74 Margin Control Subpage (01h)
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Reserved
1
Driver Strength
Drive’s Asymmetry
Drive’s Slew Rate
Reserved
2
Driver Precompensation
Reserved
3
4
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
5
6
7
Vendor Specific
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Table 5-75 Field Descriptions
Description
Field
Driver
Strength
The DRIVER STRENGTH field indicates the relative amount of driver source cur-
rently used by the driver. The Driver Strength field affects both the strong and week
drivers. A larger value indicates more driver source current.
Driver Pre-
compensation
The DRIVER PRECOMPENSATION field indicates the relative difference between
the weak driver and the strong driver amplitudes when precompensation is enabled.
A larger value indicates a larger difference between the weak and strong amplitudes.
Driver
Asymmetry
The Driver Asymmetry field indicates the relative difference between the amplitudes
of asserted and negated signals launched from the driver. A larger value indicates a
relatively stronger asserted signal compared to the negated signal.
Driver Slew
rate
The DRIVER SLEW RATE field indicates the relative difference between the asser-
tion and negation magnitudes divided by the rise or fall time. A larger value indicates
a faster slew rate.
5-54
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The Driver Strength field indicates the relative amount of driver source currently used
by the driver. The Driver Strength field affects both the strong and week drivers. A
larger value indicates more driver source current.
The Driver Precompensation field indicates the relative difference between the weak
driver and the strong driver amplitudes when precompensation is enabled. A larger
value indicates a larger difference between the weak and strong amplitudes.
The Driver Asymmetry field indicates the relative difference between the amplitudes
of asserted and negated signals launched from the driver. A larger value indicates a
relatively stronger asserted signal compared to the negated signal.
The Driver Slew Rate field indicates the relative difference between the assertion and
negation magnitudes divided by the rise or fall time. A larger value indicates a faster
slew rate.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.12.12.2 Saved Training Configuration Values Subpage (Sub Page 2 of Mode Page 19)
The saved training configuration values subpage is used to report the SCSI device's
saved training configuration values. These vendor specific values are maintained by the
SCSI device when the retain training information option is enabled. The fields are
for the current I_T nexus are reported.
Table 5-76 Saved Training Configuration Subpage (02h)
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
MSB
Reserved
3
4
LSB
LSB
MSB
DB(0) Value
7
64
MSB
MSB
MSB
MSB
MSB
MSB
MSB
MSB
MSB
MSB
MSB
MSB
MSB
DB(15) Value
P_ORCA Value
P1 Value
67
68
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
71
72
75
76
BSY Value
SEL Value
RST Value
REQ Value
ACK Value
ATN Value
C/D Value
I/O Value
79
80
83
84
87
88
91
92
95
96
99
100
103
104
107
108
MSG Value
Reserved
111
112
227
5-56
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.12.12.3 Negotiated Settings Subpage (Sub Page 3 of Mode Page 19)
settings of a target for the current I_T nexus.
Table 5-77 Negotiated Settings Subpage (03h)
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
Transfer Period Factor
Reserved
Req/Ack Offset
Transfer Width Exponent
Protocol Option Bits
Transceiver
Reserved
Reserved
SENT_
PCOMP_EN
RECEIVED
PCOMP_EN
Mode
Reserved
Vendor Specific
6
7
The Transfer Period Factor field indicates the negotiated transfer period factor for the
current I_T nexus.
Table 5-78 Transceiver Period Factor
Code
0-7
Transceiver Period Factor
Reserved
8
TP=6.25ns Fast - 160 (U320)
TP=12.5ns Fast - 80 (U160)
TP=25ns Fast - 40 (Ultra2)
TP=30.3 ns Fast - 40
Fast - 20
9
0x0A
0x0B
0x0C-
0x18
0x19-
0x31
Fast - 10
Fast - 5
0x32-
0xFF
The Req/Ack Offset field indicates the negotiated REQ/ACK offset for the current
I_T nexus.
The Transfer Width Exponent field indicates the negotiated transfer width exponent
for the current I_T nexus.
The Protocol Options Bits field contain the negotiated protocol options for the
current I_T nexus.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The TRANSCEIVER MODE field specifies the current bus mode of the target as
Table 5-79 Transceiver Mode
Code
Transceiver Mode
Unknown (device not capable of reporting bus mode)
Single-ended
00b
01b
10b
11b
Low-Voltage Differential
High-Voltage Differential
The SENT PCOMP_EN bit contains the value of the PCOMP_EN bit sent by the
target for the current I_T nexus.
The RECEIVED PCOMP_EN bit contains the value of the PCOMP_EN bit
received by the target for the current I_T nexus.
5-58
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.12.12.4 Report Transfer Capabilities Subpage - (Sub Page 4 of Mode Page 19)
The report transfer capabilities subpage is used to report the transfer capabilities for the
SCSI target port. The values in this subpage are not changeable via a MODE SELECT
command.
Table 5-80 Report Transfer Capabilities Subpage (4)
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Minimum Transfer Period Factor
Reserved
2
Maximum Req/Ack Offset
Maximum Transfer Width Exponent
Protocol Option Bits Supported
Reserved
3
4
5-7
Table 5-81 Field Descriptions
Description
Field
Minimum
Transfer
Period
The MINIMUM TRANSFER PERIOD FACTOR field shall be set to the smallest
value of the transfer period factor
Factor
Maximum
Req/ack
Offset
The MAXIMUM REQ/ACK OFFSET shall be set to the largest value of the
REQ/ACK offset
Maximum
Transfer
Width
The MAXIMUM TRANSFER WIDTH EXPONENT shall be set to the
largest value of the transfer width exponent
Exponent
Protocol
The SCSI target port shall set the bits in the PROTOCOL OPTIONS BITS
SUPPORTED field to indicate the protocol options supported by the SCSI
target port.
Options Bits
Supported
Bit Name
Description
7
6
5
4
3
2
PCOMP_EN Precompensation enable
RTI
Retain training information
RD_STRM
WR_FLOW
Read streaming and read flow control enable
Write flow control enable
HOLD_MCS Hold margin control settings
QAS_REQ
QAS enable request
1
0
DT_REQ
IU_REQ
DT clocking enable request
Information units enable request
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.12.13 Information Exceptions Control Page (1Ch)
This page defines the methods used by the disk drive to control the reporting and
operations of specific informational exception conditions. This page applies only to
informational exceptions that report an additional sense code of FAILURE
PREDICTION THRESHOLD EXCEEDED to the application client.
Informational exception conditions occur as the result of vendor-specific events
within a disk drive. An informational exception condition may occur asynchronous to
any commands issued by an application client.
Table 5-82 Information Exceptions Control Page-(Page 1Ch)
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
PS
Page Code (1Ch)
Page Length (0Ah)
EWASC DExcpt
Perf
Reserved
Reserved
Test
Rsv’d
LogErr
MRIE
(MSB)
4 - 7
Interval Timer
(LSB)
(LSB)
(MSB)
8 – 11
Report Count
5-60
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-83 Information Exceptions Control Page-Field Descriptions (Page 1Ch)
Default
Field
Description
Value
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE command. A returned
value of 1 indicates that the target is capable of saving the page in a non-volatile, ven-
dor-specific location. This bit is reserved with the MODE SELECT command.
PS
1
Performance. This bit enables/disables performance-sensitive functions. For Atlas 10K
V, this means enabling or disabling flushing of SMART data to the media (done hourly).
The prediction algorithm is designed to reset the current accumulated data approximate-
ly every 100,000 blocks read or written per head.
PERF
1
When this bit = 0, current accumulated SMART data is preserved across power cycles.
When this bit = 1, current accumulated SMART data is lost across power cycles.
Enable Warning ASC. When this bit = 0, reporting of thermal warming is disabled.
EWASC
DExcpt
1
0
When this bit = 1, thermal warning reports are enabled.
Disable Exceptions. This bit is used to enable or disable SMART exception reporting.
When this bit = 0, SMART exception reporting is enabled.
When this bit = 1, all SMART functions are disabled, including reporting SMART ex-
ceptions, running the prediction algorithm, and accumulating SMART data.
When this bit = 0, the test function is disabled.
When this bit = 1, the disk drive reports false SMART trip reports as prescribed in the
MRIE field (see below). Interval timer field and report count and method fields apply.
When the test bit forces a SMART failure, the failure is reported with a sense code/qual-
ifier of 5D/FF.
Test
0
When this bit = 0, it indicates that log sense information is vendor-unique.
NOTE: LogErr = 0 is the only value supported.
LogErr
MRIE
0
4
Method of Reporting Informational Exceptions. The value within this field indicates the
method that will be used by the disk drive to report informational exception conditions,
ceptions is vendor-specific.
This field indicates the period, in 100 millisecond increments, for reporting that an in-
formational exception condition has occurred. The disk drive will not report such con-
ditions more frequently than the time specified by the Interval Timer field and as soon
as possible after the timer interval has elapsed. After the condition has been reported,
the interval timer restarts.
Interval
Timer
A value of 0 in the Interval Timer field indicates that the disk drive will only report the
informational exception condition once. A value of FFFFFFFFh in the Interval Timer
field indicates that the timer interval is vendor-specific.
0
If the disk drive’s predictor detects a SMART threshold trip, it reports the failure only
if it has not reported a failure within the last interval timer period. A value of 0 means
that there is no required waiting between SMART reports.
NOTE: The Interval Timer field does not apply to MRIE mode 6.
The value contained in this field indicates the number of times to report an informational
exception condition to the application client. A value of 0 in this field indicates there is
no limit on the number of times the disk drive will report an informational exception
condition.
Each time the disk drive detects a SMART failure, the SMART status is reported the
number of times indicated by the value of the Report Count field.
Report Count
1
The disk drive then resets its cumulative values and continues with its predicting activ-
ity. The SMART threshold trip remains permanent (or until a LOG SELECT command
clears it) and can be retrieved at any time using MRIE mode 6.
NOTE: The Report Count field does not apply to MRIE mode 6.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-84 Codes Used by the MRIE Field
Field
Description
No reporting of informational exception condition. This method instructs the disk drive not to report these
conditions.
0h
Asynchronous Event Reporting. This method of reporting instructs the disk drive to report informational
exception conditions by using the rules for asynchronous event reporting as described in the SCSI-3 Ar-
chitecture Model and the relevant Protocol Standard. The sense key will be set to RECOVERED ERROR
and the additional sense code will indicate the cause of the informational exception condition.
1h
2h
Generate Unit Attention. This method of reporting instructs the disk drive to report informational excep-
tion conditions by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any command.
The sense key is set to UNIT ATTENTION and the additional sense code will indicate the cause of the
information exception condition. The command that has the CHECK CONDITION will not be executed
before the informational exception condition is reported.
Conditionally Generate Recovered Error. This method of reporting instructs the disk drive to report infor-
mational exception conditions dependent on the value of the PER bit of the Error
Recovery Parameters Mode Page, by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any command. The
sense key will be set to RECOVERED ERROR and the additional sense code will indicate the cause of
the informational exception condition. The command that has the CHECK CONDITION will complete
before and informational exception condition is reported.
3h
4h
Unconditionally Generate Recovered Error. This method of reporting instructs the disk drive to report in-
formational exception conditions regardless of the value of the PER bit of the Error Recovery Parameters
Mode Page, by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any command. The sense key will be set to
RECOVERED ERROR and the additional sense code will indicate the cause of the informational excep-
tion condition. The command that has the CHECK CONDITION will complete without error before any
informational exception condition will be reported.
Generate No Sense. This method of reporting instructs the disk drive to report informational exception
conditions by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any command. The sense key will be set to NO
SENSE and the additional sense code will indicate the cause of the informational exception condition. The
command that has the CHECK CONDITION will complete without error before any informational excep-
tion condition is reported.
5h
6h
Only Report Informational Exception Condition On Request. This method of reporting instructs the disk
drive to preserve the informational exception(s) data. To learn about these exception conditions, the ap-
plication client polls the disk drive via an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE command. The sense key is set
to NO SENSE and the additional sense code will indicate the cause of the informational exception condi-
tion.
7h – Bh
Ch – Fh
Reserved.
Vendor-specific.
5-62
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.13
MODE SELECT (10) Command (55h)
The MODE SELECT (10) command allows the initiator to modify certain mode
pages and thereby control some of the drive’s operational characteristics. Refer to
of the MODE SELECT (10) Command Descriptor Block. See MODE SELECT (6),
Header (10 Byte) — Data Format and Table 5-87 for the Mode Parameter Block
descriptions.
Table 5-85 MODE SELECT (10) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Operation Code (55h)
PF
1
Reserved
Reserved
SP
2 - 6
7 - 8
9
Reserved
Parameter List Length
Control
Table 5-86 Mode Parameter Header (10-Byte)-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
0 - 1
Mode Data Length
(LSB)
2
3
Medium Type
Device-Specific Parameter
Reserved
4 - 5
(MSB)
6 - 7
Block Descriptor Length
(LSB)
Table 5-87 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor-Data Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0 - 3
4
(MSB)
Number of Blocks
Density Code
(LSB)
(MSB)
5 - 7
Block Length
(LSB)
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-63
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-88 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor-Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
The value in this field specifies the number of logical blocks on the disk to which the
density code and block length fields apply. A value of 0 in this field indicates that all of
the remaining logical blocks on the disk have the medium characteristics specified.
Number of
Blocks
The Density Code field is unique for each device type. Direct access devices value is
zero.
Density Code
Block Length
The value in this field specifies the length in bytes of each logical block described by
the block descriptor.
5-64
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.14
MODE SENSE (6) Command (1Ah)
The MODE SENSE (6) command allows the initiator to read the drive's sector
descriptor and mode pages. The MODE SENSE Command Descriptor Sector is
Table 5-89 MODE SENSE (6) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
Operation Code (1Ah)
DBD
Reserved
Reserved
PC
Page Code
Sub Page Code
Allocation Length
Control
Table 5-90 MODE SENSE Command-Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
Disable Block Descriptor. When the value is 0, the drive returns its Block Descriptor
followed by the requested page(s). When the value is 1, the drive returns only the re-
quested pages.
DBD
Page Control. Determines which type of page values are returned. These values are:
00b Current
01b Changeable
10b Default
11b Saved
PC
The Page Code field determines the pages to be returned to the initiator in the com-
the Mode Pages (changeable and read-only). A Page Code of 3Fh causes all supported
pages to be returned.
Page Code
The Sub Page Code field determines the sub pages to be returned to the initiator in the
command's data-in buffer transfer. A Sub Page Code of 0xFF causes all supported sub
pages to be returned.
Sub Page Code
Table 5-91 Mode Parameter Header (6 Byte)-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
Mode Data Length
Medium Type
Device-Specific Parameter
Block Descriptor Length
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-65
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-92 Mode Parameter Header and Block Descriptor-Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
Mode Data Length
Medium Type
Length of the returned data
Always zero (0)
Device-Specific
Parameter
Bit 7 - This bit is set if the drive is write protected
Bit 4 - This bit is always set to indicate that the drive supports cache memory.
Zero (0) if Block Descriptor (DBD) in MODE SENSE Command Descriptor Length sector is 0.
Block Descriptor
Number of Blocks
If DBD is 1, then the Block Descriptor Length is eight (8).
The value in this field specifies the number of logical blocks on the unit that are affected by the
current MODE SELECT command. When this field = 0, the MODE SELECT parameters are put
into effect for all logical blocks on the unit. The maximum value allowed is the total number of
initiator-addressable logical blocks for the value specified in the Block Length field. A value that
is less than the maximum value will decrease the number of initiator-accessible logical blocks to
the amount specified.
Block Length
The value in this field specifies the length, in bytes, of each block.
5.14.1
Read-Only Mode Pages
Table 5-93 Read-Only Mode Pages
Page Code (Sub Page)
Page Name
Reports the drive's
Size (bytes)
03h
Format Device
Medium format
24
Total cylinder head and
rotational speed
04h
Rigid Disk Geometry
24
5.14.2
Format Device Page (03h)
parameters are changeable.
Table 5-94 Format Device Page-(Page 3)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
PS
Rsvd
Page Code (03h)
1
Page Length (16h)
Tracks Per Zone
2 - 3
4 - 5
6 - 7
8 - 9
Alternate Sectors/Zone
Alternate Tracks/Zone
Alternate Tracks/Logical Unit
Sectors/Track
10 - 11
12 - 13
14 - 15
16 - 17
18 - 19
20
Data Bytes/Physical Sector
Interleave
Track Skew Factor
Cylinder Skew Factor
SURF
SSEC
HSEC
RMB
Reserved
5-66
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
21 - 23
Reserved
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-67
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-95 Format Device Page-Field Descriptions (Page 3)
Field
Description
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE command. This
bit is reserved with the MODE SELECT command. A PS bit value of 1 indicates
that the disk drive is capable of saving the page in a non-volatile vendor specific
location.
PS
Tracks/Zone
The number of physical tracks per cylinder.
Alternate
Sectors/Zone
The number of spare locations within a notch.
Alternate Tracks/
Zone
The drive does not have any alternate tracks.
Alternate Tracks/
Logical Unit
The number of tracks reserved for defect handling.
The number of Physical Block Address sectors per track. The value depends on the
Notch value selected in the Notch and Partitions page.
Sectors/Track
Data Bytes/
This value is the current disk sector size.
The drive does not support interleave.
Physical Sector
Interleave
Track Skew
Factor
The number of physical sectors between the last logical sector on one track and the
first logical sector on the next track within a cylinder.
Cylinder Skew
Factor
The number of physical sectors between the last logical sector on one cylinder and
the first logical sector on the next cylinder.
SSEC
HSEC
RMB
The drive does not use soft sector formatting.
The drive supports hard sector formatting only.
The drive does not support removable logical media.
A Surface bit value of 0 indicates that the drive allocates progressive addresses to
all logical blocks within a cylinder prior to allocating addresses on the next cylin-
der.
SURF
5-68
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.14.3
Rigid Disk Geometry Page (04h)
The Rigid Disk Geometry Page describes the drive geometry. The data format and
Table 5-96 Rigid Disk Geometry Page-(Page 4)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
PS
Rsvd
Page Code (04h)
Page Length (16h)
Number of Cylinders
Number of Heads
2 - 4
5
6 - 8
Starting Cylinder - Write Precompensation
Starting Cylinder - Reduced Write Current
Drive Step Rate (0)
9 - 11
12 - 13
14 - 16
17
Landing Zone Cylinder
Reserved
RPL
18
Rotational Offset
19
Reserved
20 - 21
22 - 23
Medium Rotation Rate
Reserved
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-69
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-97 Rigid Disk Geometry Page-Field Descriptions (Page 4)
Field
Description
Parameters Savable. This bit is only used with the MODE SENSE com-
mand. A returned value of 1 indicates that the target is capable of saving the
page in a non-volatile, vendor-specific location. The bit is reserved with the
MODE SELECT command.
PS
Number of Cylinders
Number of Heads
Starting Cylinder
The number of physical cylinders that hold host data.
The number of heads that can access host data.
The value in this field is the physical cylinder at
which write precompensation is to begin. The first cylinder number is 0. If
the starting cylinder is equal to the value in the Number of Cylinders field,
write precompensation is disabled.
Write
Precompensation
Starting Cylinder
Reduced Write
Current
The value in this field is the physical cylinder at which write current is re-
duced. The first cylinder number is 0. If the starting cylinder for reduced
write current is equal to the value in the Number of Cylinders field, reduced
write current is disabled.
Drive Step Rate
Applies to stepper-motor actuators. Not applicable.
This field indicates a two’s complement location where the drive positions
the disk heads. A negative value indicates that the heads are positioned be-
low cylinder 0 by that number of cylinders. A positive value greater than the
number of cylinders indicates that the heads are positioned beyond the cyl-
inders used for data storage at the location specified.
Landing Zone
Cylinder
Rotational Position Locking is used for spindle synchronization in storage
arrays. The modes are:
00b – Disabled
10b – Master
RPL
01b – Slave
11b – Not supported
RPL can be overridden if the Maxtor (Vendor) Special Function Control
page Auto field value = 1. This drive does not support spindle synchroniza-
tion.
Rotational Offset indicates the amount of rotational offset that the drive
uses when synchronized. The rotational offset is applied in the retarded di-
rection (lagging the synchronized spindle master). The value in the field is
determined by the following formula:
Offset = 0 … 255
256
Rotational Offset
For example, a numerator of 128 indicates an offset of 1/2 revolution
(180°).
The valid parameter values are 0 to 255.
The specified value may be rounded. Rotational offset is not used when the
drive is configured as the synchronized-spindle master.
Medium Rotation Rate
The disk rotation speed in RPM.
5-70
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.15
MODE SENSE (10) COMMAND (5Ah)
The MODE SENSE command allows the initiator to read the drive’s sector descriptor
and mode pages.
See Table 5-98 for MODE SENSE (10) Command Descriptor Block – Data Format,
for Mode Parameter Block Descriptor – Data Format. Refer to Table 5-90,Table 5-
Table 5-98 MODE SENSE (10) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (5Ah)
DBD
Reserved
Reserved
2
PC
Page Code
3
Sub Page Code
Reserved
4 – 6
(MSB)
7 – 8
9
Allocation Length
Control
(LSB)
Table 5-99 Mode Parameter Header (10 Byte)-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
0 - 1
Mode Data Length
(LSB)
2
Medium Type
Device-Specific Parameter
Reserved
3
4 - 5
6 - 7
Block Descriptor Length
Field Descriptions for the Mode Parameter Header are given in the table that follows.
Table 5-100 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
0 - 3
4
Number of Blocks
Density Code
(LSB)
(MSB)
5 - 7
Block Length
(LSB)
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-71
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-101 Mode Parameter Header & Block Descriptor-Field Descriptions
Data Field Description
Mode Data Length
Medium Type
Length of the returned data.
Always zero (0).
Bit 7 - This bit is set if the drive is write protected.
Bit 4 - This bit is always set to indicate that the drive supports cache
memory.
Device Specific
Parameter
The value = 0 if no Block Descriptor is supplied; the length is 8 if a block descriptor is
supplied.
Block Descriptor Length
Density Code
Ignored by the drive.
The value in this field specifies the number of logical blocks on the unit that are affected
by the current MODE SELECT command. When this field = 0, the MODE SELECT
parameters are put into effect for all logical blocks on the unit. The maximum value al-
lowed is the total number of initiator-addressable logical blocks for the value specified
in the Block Length field. A value that is less than the maximum value will decrease the
number of initiator-accessible logical blocks to the amount specified.
Number of Blocks
Block Length
The value in this field specifies the length, in bytes, of each logical block.
5-72
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.16
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command (5Eh)
The PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command is a 10-byte command used to
obtain information about persistent reservations and reservations that are active within
a device server. It is used in conjunction with the PERSISTENT RESERVATION
OUT command.
Note that a if device that has RESERVE (10), RESERVE (6), extent reservations, or
SCSI Media Changer (SMC) element reservations active receives a PERSISTENT
RESERVATION IN command, the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN
command is rejected with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status reported.
Table 5-102 illustrates the format of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN
Table 5-102 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Operation Code (5Eh)
1
Reserved
Service Action
2 - 6
Reserved
(MSB)
Allocation Length
(LSB)
7 – 8
9
Control
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-73
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-103 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command-Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
Service Action
Service actions that require information about persistent reservation and registrations may require
enabling of nonvolatile memory within the logical unit.
Service action codes available are:
Code Name Description
00h Read Keys Reads all registered Reservation keys
01h Read Reservations Reads all current persistent reservations
02 – 1Fh Reserved
A “Read Keys” service action requests that the device server return a parameter list that includes
a header and a complete list of all of the reservation keys currently registered with the device serv-
er. If multiple initiators have registered with the same key, then the key is listed multiple times,
parameter data.
A “Read Reservation” service action requests that the device server return a parameter list that
contains a header and a complete list of all persistent reservations that are presently active in the
device server and its extents. Note that duplicate persistent reservations from the same initiator are
rameter data.
Allocation
Length
This field indicates how much space has been reserved for the returned parameter list (Read Keys
or Read Reservations parameters). The actual length of the parameter data is indicated in the pa-
rameter data field for those parameters.
If the Allocation Length is not sufficient to contain the entire list of parameters, the first portion
of the list that does fit is returned. If it is determined that the remainder of the list is required, the
client should send a new PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command with an Allocation Length
field large enough to contain the entire list of parameters.
The data format and field descriptions for the Read Keys Parameters are described in
Table 5-104 Read Keys Parameters-Data Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
(MSB)
0 - 3
Generation
(LSB)
(LSB)
(MSB)
4 - 7
Additional Length (n – 7)
(Reservation Key List Follows in Bytes 8 – n)
(MSB)
(MSB)
8 - 15
First Reservation Key
(LSB)
(LSB)
n – 7 to n
Last Reservation Key
5-74
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-105 Read Keys Parameters-Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
The value in this field is a 32-bit counter in the device server that is incremented each time a PER-
SISTENT RESERVATION OUT command requests a Register, Clear, Pre-empt, or Pre-empt and
Clear operation. Note that PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN commands do not increment the
counter, nor do PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT commands that perform a Reserve or Re-
lease service action, or by a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command that is not done due
to an error or a reservation conflict. The value in the Generation field is set to 0 as part of the power
on or reset processes.
Generation
The value in the Generation field allows the application client that examines the value to verify
that the configuration of the initiators attached to a logical unit has not been modified by another
application client without any notification of the application client doing the examination.
This field contains the count of the number of bytes that are in the Reservation Key list (bytes 8 –
n). Note that this field contains the number of bytes in the reservation key list regardless of the
value prescribed by the Allocation Length field in the command’s CDB.
Additional
Length
Each of the Reservation Keys appear as items in a list as bytes 8 through n. Each entry reflects an
8-byte reservation key registered with the device server via the PERSISTENT RESERVATION
OUT, Reserve, Pre-empt, Pre-empt and Clear, or Register service actions. Each key can be exam-
ined by the application client for correlation with a set of initiators and SCSI ports
Reservation Keys
The data format and field descriptions for the Read Reservations Parameters are
Table 5-106 Read Reservations Parameters-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
0 - 3
4 - 7
8 - n
Generation
(LSB)
(LSB)
(MSB)
(MSB)
Additional Length (n – 7)
Reservation Descriptors
(See Figure 5-53 / Table 5-55 for detail of a Descriptor Field)(LSB)
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-75
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-107 Read Reservations Parameters-Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
The value in this field is a 32-bit counter in the device server that is incremented each time a PER-
SISTENT RESERVATION OUT command requests a Register, Clear, Pre-empt, or Pre-empt and
Clear operation. Note that PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN commands do not increment the
counter, nor do PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT commands that perform a Reserve or Re-
lease service action, or by a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command that is not done due
to an error or a reservation conflict. The value in the Generation field is set to 0 as part of the power
on or reset processes.
Generation
The value in the Generation field allows the application client that examines the value to verify
that the configuration of the initiators attached to a logical unit has not been modified by another
application client without any notification of the application client doing the examination.
This field contains the count of the number of bytes of Reservation descriptors (bytes 8 – n). Note
that this field contains the number of bytes regardless of the value prescribed by the Allocation
Length field in the command’s CDB.
Additional
Length
One Reservation descriptor is reported for each unique persistent reservation on the logical unit
when the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command has indicated a Read Reservations action.
Reservations De-
scriptors
The data format and field descriptions for the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN
respectively.
Table 5-108 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations Descriptor-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
0 - 7
Reservation Key
Scope-Specific Address
Reserved
(LSB)
(LSB)
(MSB)
(MSB)
8 - 11
12
13
Scope
Type
14 - 15
Extent Length
(LSB)
5-76
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-109 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations Descriptor-Field Descriptions
Data
Description
Field
Reserva-
tion Key
The Reservation key field contains an 8-byte value that identifies the reservation key under which the per-
sistent reservation is held.
If the Scope field (Byte 13, bits 4 – 7) represents an “Extent” reservation, the Scope-Specific Address field
contains the logical block address (LBA) of the first block of the extent and the Extent Length field (Bytes
14 – 15) contains the number of blocks in the extent.
Scope-
Specific
Address
If the Scope field represents an “Element” reservation, the Scope-Specific Address field contains the Ele-
ment address, zero-filled in the most significant bytes to fit the field and the Extent Length field is set to
zero.
The value in this field indicates whether a persistent reservation applies to an entire logical unit, to a part
of the logical unit (defined as an extent), or to an element.
The values for the Scope field are:
Code Name Description
0h LU Logical Unit. Persistent reservation applies to the full logical unit. The LU scope is therefore imple-
mented by all device servers that implement PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT.
1h Extent Persistent reservation applies to the specified extent. When Extent is the scope, it indicates that
the persistent reservation applies to the extent of the logical unit defined by the Scope-Specific Address and
Extent Length fields in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command’s parameter list. Note that an
extent is defined only for devices defining contiguous logical block addresses. The Extent scope is optional
for all device servers that implement PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT.
Scope
2h Element Persistent reservation applies to the specified element. When Element is the scope, it indicates
that the persistent reservation applies to the element of the logical unit defined by the Scope-Specific Ad-
dress field in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT parameter list. An element is as defined by the
SCSI-3 Medium Changer Commands (SMC) standard. The Element scope is optional for all device servers
that implement PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT.
3h – Fh Reserved
The value of the Type field specifies the characteristics of the persistent reservation being established for
all data blocks within the extent or within the logical unit. Refer to Table 5-56 for the applicable Type codes
and their meanings
Type
Table 5-110 presents the definitions of the characters of the available “Type” values
from the Type field of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations
parameters.
Each of the codes provides handling instructions for READ operations, for WRITE
operations, and for subsequent attempts to establish persistent reservations (referred to
as “Additional Reservations Allowed” in the table).
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-77
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-110 Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings
Code
Name
Description
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute commands that
perform transfers from the disk to the initiator.
WRITES: Prohibited; any command from any initiator that performs a transfer from
the initiator to the disk results in a reservation conflict.
0h
READ Shared
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the logical
unit, extents, or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any
reservations already known to the device server.
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute commands that
perform transfers from the disk to the initiator.
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the initiator that
holds the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer to the disk results in a reserva-
tion conflict
WRITE
Exclusive
1h
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the logical
unit, extents, or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any
reservations already known to the device server.
READS: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the initiator that holds
the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer from the disk results in a reservation
conflict
WRITES: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute commands that
perform transfers to the disk from the initiator.
2h
READ Exclusive
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the logical
unit, extents, or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any
reservations already known to the device server.
READS: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the initiator holding
the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer from the disk results in a reservation
conflict.
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the initiator holding
the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer to the disk results in a reservation
conflict.
Exclusive
Access
3h
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Restricted; any PERSISTENT RESERVATION
OUT command with the Reserve service action from any initiator other than the ini-
tiator holding the persistent reservation results in a reservation conflict. The initiator
that holds the persistent reservation can reserve the logical unit, extents, or elements
as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already
known to the device server.
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute commands that
perform transfers from the disk to the initiator.
WRITES: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute commands that
perform transfers to the disk from the initiator.
4h
Shared Access
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Restricted; any PERSISTENT RESERVATION
OUT command with the Reserve service action from any initiator other than the ini-
tiator holding the persistent reservation results in a reservation conflict. The initiator
that holds the persistent reservation can reserve the logical unit, extents, or elements
as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already
known to the device server.
5-78
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Code
Name
Description
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute commands that
perform transfers from the disk to the initiator.
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not previously per-
formed a Register service action with the device server that attempts a transfer to the
disk results in a reservation conflict
WRITE
Exclusive,
Registrants Only
5h
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the logical
unit, extents, or elements as long as the persistent reservations to not conflict with any
reservations already known to the device server.
READS: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not previously performed
a Register service action with the device server that attempts a transfer from the disk
results in a reservation conflict.
Exclusive
Access,
Registrants Only
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not previously per-
formed a Register service action with the device server that attempts a transfer to the
disk results in a reservation conflict
6h
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the logical
unit, extents, or elements as long as the persistent reservations to not conflict with any
reservations already known to the device server.
7h - Fh
Reserved
N/A
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-79
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-111 represents graphically all possible combinations of Persistent Reservations
Being Attempted when Persistent Reservations are already held for each of the types
of persistent reservations.
Table 5-111 When Do Conflicts Between Existing Reservations and New Reservations Exist?
Persistent Reservation Already Held
Persistent Res-
ervation Being
Attempted
WRITE
Exclusive
RO
Exclusive
Access
RO
READ
Shared
LU EX
WRITE
Exclusive
LU EX
READ
Exclusive
LU EX
Exclusive
Access *
LU EX
Shared
Access *
LU EX
LU EX
LU EX
LU
READ Shared
EX
N N
N N
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
N N
N N
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
N N
N N
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
N N
N N
Y Y
O O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
N N
N N
LU
WRITE
Exclusive
EX
LU
READ
Exclusive
EX
LU
Exclusive
Access *
EX
LU
Shared
Access *
EX
Y Y
Y O
LU
WRITE
Exclusive
RO
N N
N N
EX
LU
Exclusive
Access RO
EX
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
Y Y
Y O
N N
N N
N N
N N
KEY: LU = Logical Unit Scope
EX = Extent or Element Scope
RO = Registrants Only
* = Conflicts with all reservation requests from other ini-
tiators.
N = No Conflict
Y = Conflict
O = Conflict occurs if extent or element overlaps
with existing extent or element
reservation.
5-80
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.17
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command (5Fh)
The PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command is a 10-byte command used
to reserve a logical unit or an extent within a logical unit for the exclusive or shared
use by an initiator. The command is used in conjunction with the PERSISTENT
RESERVATION IN command; it is not used with the RESERVE and RELEASE
commands.
Persistent reservations conflict with reservations made via the RESERVE command.
Initiators that perform PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT actions are identified
by a reservation key assigned by the application client. The client may use the
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command to identify which other initiators
within a system hold conflicting or invalid persistent reservations and use the
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command to preempt those reservations if
necessary.
Note that since persistent reservations are not reset by the TARGET RESET task
management function or other global actions, they can be used to enact device sharing
among multiple initiators. The PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT and
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN commands provide the means for resolving
contentions in multiple-initiator systems with multiple port target. By using the
reservation key to identify persistent reservations, it is possible to determine which
ports hold conflicting persistent reservations and to take over such reservations from
failing or “greedy” initiators.
illustrates the format of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command. Table
5-113 explains the data fields of the command.
Table 5-112 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (5Fh)
Reserved
Service Action
2
Scope
Type
3 - 6
Reserved
(MSB)
7 – 8
9
Parameter List Length (18h)
(LSB)
Control
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-81
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-113 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command-Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
Service actions that require information about persistent reservation and registrations may require
enabling of nonvolatile memory within the logical unit.
Service action codes available are:
Service Action
Code
00h
01h
02h
03h
Name
Description
Register Register a reservation key with the device server
Reserve Create a persistent reservation using a reservation key
Release
Clear
Release a persistent reservation
Clear all reservation keys and all persistent reservations
Pre-
empt
04h
Pre-empt persistent reservations from another initiator
Pre-
empt &
Clear
Pre-empt persistent reservations from another initiator and
clear the task set for the pre-empted initiator
05h
Re-
served
06 – 1Fh
Reserved
Refer to Table 5-114 for detailed descriptions of each of the service action codes.
The value in this field indicates whether a persistent reservation applies to an entire logical unit, to
a part of the logical unit (defined as an extent), or to an element.
Scope
The values for the Scope field are:
Code
Name
Description
Logical Unit. Persistent reservation applies to the full logical
unit. The LU scope is therefore implemented by all device serv-
ers that implement PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT.
0h
LU
Persistent reservation applies to the specified extent.
When Extent is the scope, it indicates that the persistent reser-
vation applies to the extent of the logical unit defined by the
Scope-Specific Address and Extent Length fields in the PER-
SISTENT RESERVATION OUT command’s parameter list.
Note that an extent is defined only for devices defining contig-
uous logical block addresses. The Extent scope is optional for
all device servers that implement PERSISTENT RESERVA-
TION OUT.
1h
Extent
Persistent reservation applies to the specified element.
When Element is the scope, it indicates that the persistent res-
ervation applies to the element of the logical unit defined by the
Element Scope-Specific Address field in the PERSISTENT RESERVA-
TION OUT parameter list. An element is as defined by the
SCSI-3 Medium Changer Commands (SMC) standard. The El-
ement scope is optional for all device servers that implement
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT.
2h
Re-
3h – Fh
Reserved
served
The value of the Type field specifies the characteristics of the persistent reservation being estab-
lished for all data blocks within the extent or within the logical unit. Refer to Table 5-115 for the
applicable Type codes and their meanings
Type
Fields contained in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT parameter list specify the reservation
keys and extent information required to perform a persistent reservation service action.
Parameter List
Length
The parameter list is 24 bytes in length; the Parameter List Length field contains 24 (18h) bytes.
5-82
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-114 provides detailed descriptions of each of the PERSISTENT
RESERVATION OUT command’s seven possible service actions (Service Action
codes appear in bits 0 – 4 of Byte 1).
Table 5-114 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command’s Service Action Descriptions
Code
Name
Description
When the command executes a Register service action, it registers a reservation key with a
device server without generating a reservation. The device server holds these reservation
keys from each initiator that performs a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command
with a Register service action until the key is changed by a new PERSISTENT RESERVA-
TION OUT command with Register service action from the same initiator, or until the ini-
tiator registration is removed by:
• Powering down the logical unit, if the last
Activate Persist Through Power Loss
(APTPL; see Figure 5-55 and Table 5-61)
received by the device server was 0;
• Performing a Clear service action;
00h
Register
• Performing a Pre-empt service action;
• Performing a Pre-empt and Clear service
action; or
• Performing a Register service action from the
same initiator with the value of the service
action reservation key set to 0.
When a reservation key has not yet been established or when the reservation key has been
removed, a reservation key of 0 is used when the initiator performs a PERSISTENT RES-
ERVATION OUT with the Register service action. When the reservation has been removed,
no information is reported for the initiator in the Read Keys service action of the resulting
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command.
A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with Reserve service action creates a
persistent reservation with a specified Scope and Type.
Persistent reservations are not superseded by a new persistent reservation from any initiator
except by the execution of a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command that specifies
either a Pre-empt or Pre-empt and Clear service action. New persistent reservations that do
not conflict with an existing persistent reservation execute normally. Persistent reservations
of logical units or extents having the same Type value are permitted if no conflicting persis-
tent reservations are held by another initiator. When these types of overlapping reservations
are released, each of the extent reservations and logical unit reservations are removed with
a separate Release service action. Multiple identical reservations from the same initiator are
all released simultaneously via a single Release service action that matches the reservations.
01h
Reserve
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-83
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Code
Name
Description
A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with Release service action removes a
persistent reservation held by the same initiator.
The fields associated with a Release service action match fields of the active persistent res-
ervation. Sending of a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command that specifies a Re-
lease service action when no persistent reservation exists from that initiator does not result
in an error. Instead, the device server returns a GOOD message without altering any other
reservation: the reservation key is not changed by the Release service action.
The device server returns a CHECK CONDITION status for any PERSISTENT RESER-
VATION OUT command that specifies the release of a persistent reservation held by the
requesting initiator that matches some but not all of the Scope, Type, Reservation Key, and
extent values. The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense data is set
to INVALID RELEASE OF ACTIVE PERSISTENT RESERVATION. Attempts to release
persistent reservations in which none of the Scope, Type, Reservation Key, and extent val-
ues match an existing persistent reservation held by the initiator making the request are not
errors.
02h
Release
An active persistent reservation may also be released by:
1. Powering off. When the most recent APTPL value received by the device server is 0, a
power-off performs a hard reset, clears all persistent reservations, and removes all registered
reservation keys;
or
2. Executing a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command from another initiator with
a persistent reserve service action of Pre-empt or Pre-empt and Clear.
Note that a Release service action should not be performed if any operations interlocked by
the persistent reservation have not yet completed.
A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with a successful Clear service action
removes all persistent reservations for all initiators. All reservation keys are also removed.
Any commands from any initiator that have been accepted by the device server as non-con-
flicting continue their normal executions.
03h
Clear
A UNIT ATTENTION condition is established for all initiators for the cleared logical unit.
The sense key is set to UNIT ATTENTION; the additional sense data is set to RESERVA-
TIONS PREEMPTED.
Note that applications should not use the Clear action service except during recoveries as-
sociated with initiator or system reconfiguration, since data integrity may be compromised.
5-84
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Code
Name
Description
A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with a successful Pre-empt service ac-
tion removes all persistent reservations for all initiators that have been registered with the
Service action Reservation key specified in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT com-
mand’s parameter list. A persistent reservation is also established for the pre-empting initi-
ator. Any commands from any initiator that have been accepted by the device server as non-
conflicting continue their normal executions. If a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT
command is sent that specifies a Pre-empt service action and no persistent reservation exists
for the initiator identified by the Service action Reservation key, it is not an error condition.
A UNIT ATTENTION condition is established for the pre-empted initiators. The sense key
is set to UNIT ATTENTION; the additional sense data is set to RESERVATIONS PRE-
EMPTED. Commands that follow are subject to the persistent reservation restrictions set by
the pre-empting initiator.
The persistent reservation thus created by the pre-empting initiator is defined by the Scope
and Type fields of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command and the correspond-
ing fields of the command’s parameter list.
04h
Pre-empt
The registration keys for the pre-empted initiators are removed by the Pre-empt service ac-
tion; the reservation key for an initiator that has performed a Pre-empt service action with
its own Reservation key specified in the Service action Reservation key remains unchanged,
although all other specified releasing actions and reservation actions are performed.
Note that persistent reservations are not superseded by a new persistent reservation from any
initiator except by the execution of a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT that specifies
either the Pre-empt or the Pre-empt and Clear service actions. New persistent reservations
that do not conflict with an existing persistent reservation execute normally. The persistent
reservation of a logical unit or extents having the same Type value are permitted if no con-
flicting persistent reservations other than the reservations being pre-empted are held by an-
other initiator.
Note: Service Action (Code) 4 is not supported by Atlas 10K V.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-85
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Code
Name
Description
A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with a Pre-empt & Clear service action
removes all persistent reservations for all initiators that have been registered with the Ser-
vice action Reservation key specified in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT com-
mand’s parameter list. It also establishes a persistent reservation for the pre-empting
initiator. Any commands from the initiators being pre-empted are terminated as if an
ABORT TASK management function had been performed by the pre-empted initiator. If a
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command is sent that specifies a Pre-empt & Clear
service action and no persistent reservation exists for the initiator identified by the Service
action Reservation key, it is not an error condition. If the key is registered, however, the
Clear portion of the action executes normally.
A UNIT ATTENTION condition is established for the pre-empted initiators. The sense key
is set to UNIT ATTENTION; the additional sense data is set to RESERVATIONS PRE-
EMPTED. Commands that follow, and retries of commands that timed out because there
were cleared are subject to the persistent reservation restrictions set by the pre-empting ini-
tiator.
The persistent reservation thus created by the pre-empting initiator is defined by the Scope
and Type fields of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command and the correspond-
ing fields of the command’s parameter list.
Pre-empt &
Clear
05h
The Pre-empt & Clear service action clears any ACA or CA condition associated with the
initiator that is pre-empted and clears any tasks with an ACA attribute from that initiator.
Any Asynchronous Event Reporting operations in progress that were initiated by the device
server are unaffected by a Pre-empt and Clear service action.
The reservation key for the other initiators pre-empted are removed by the Pre-empt & Clear
service action. The reservation key for an initiator that has sent a Pre-empt & Clear action
with its own reservation key specified in the service action’s reservation key remains un-
changed, although all other specified clearing actions, releasing actions, and reservation ac-
tions are performed.
Persistent reservations are not superseded by a new persistent reservation from any initiator
except via execution of a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT that specifies either the Pre-
empt or Pre-empt & Clear service action. New persistent reservations not in conflict with an
existing persistent reservation execute normally. The persistent reservation of a logical unit
or extent that has the same Type value is permitted as long as no conflicting persistent res-
ervations other than the reservations being pre-empted are permitted.
5-86
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-115 presents the definitions of the characters of the available “Type” values
from the Type field of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations
parameters.
Each of the codes provides handling instructions for READ operations, for WRITE
operations, and for subsequent attempts to establish persistent reservations (referred to
as “Additional Reservations Allowed” in the table).
Table 5-115 Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings
Code
Name
Description
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute commands that
perform transfers from the disk to the initiator.
WRITES: Prohibited; any command from any initiator that performs a transfer from the
initiator to the disk results in a reservation conflict.
0h
READ Shared
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the logical unit,
extents, or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any res-
ervations already known to the device server.
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute commands that
perform transfers from the disk to the initiator.
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the initiator that holds
the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer to the disk results in a reservation con-
flict
WRITE Exclu-
sive
1h
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the logical unit,
extents, or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any res-
ervations already known to the device server.
READS: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the initiator that holds
the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer from the disk results in a reservation
conflict
WRITES: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute commands that
perform transfers to the disk from the initiator.
2h
READ Exclusive
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the logical unit,
extents, or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any res-
ervations already known to the device server.
READS: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the initiator holding the
persistent reservation that attempts a transfer from the disk results in a reservation con-
flict.
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the initiator holding
the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer to the disk results in a reservation con-
flict.
3h
Exclusive Access
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Restricted; any PERSISTENT RESERVATION
OUT command with the Reserve service action from any initiator other than the initiator
holding the persistent reservation results in a reservation conflict. The initiator that
holds the persistent reservation can reserve the logical unit, extents, or elements as long
as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already known to the
device server.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-87
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Code
Name
Description
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute commands that
perform transfers from the disk to the initiator.
WRITES: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute commands that
perform transfers to the disk from the initiator.
4h
Shared Access
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Restricted; any PERSISTENT RESERVATION
OUT command with the Reserve service action from any initiator other than the initiator
holding the persistent reservation results in a reservation conflict. The initiator that
holds the persistent reservation can reserve the logical unit, extents, or elements as long
as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already known to the
device server.
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute commands that
perform transfers from the disk to the initiator.
WRITE
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not previously performed
a Register service action with the device server that attempts a transfer to the disk results
in a reservation conflict
Exclusive,
5h
Registrants Only
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the logical unit,
extents, or elements as long as the persistent reservations to not conflict with any reser-
vations already known to the device server.
READS: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not previously performed
a Register service action with the device server that attempts a transfer from the disk re-
sults in a reservation conflict.
Exclusive
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not previously performed
a Register service action with the device server that attempts a transfer to the disk results
in a reservation conflict
6h
Registrants
Only
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the
logical unit, extents, or elements as long as the persistent reservations
to not conflict with any reservations already known to the device
server.
N/A
7h - Fh Reserved
The PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command requires a parameter list,
parameter list are sent for every PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command,
even if the field is not required for the specific Service action and/or Scope values
Table 5-116 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Parameter List-Data Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0 – 7
(MSB)
Reservation Key
Service Action Reservation Key
Scope-Specific Address
(LSB)
(LSB)
(MSB)
(MSB)
8 – 15
16 – 19
(LSB)
20
21
Reserved
Reserved
APTPL
5-88
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
(MSB)
Extent Length
22 – 23
(LSB)
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-89
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-117 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Parameter List-Field Descriptions
Data Field
Description
This field contains an 8-byte token that is provided by the application client to the device server
to identify which initiator is the source of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command.
The device server verifies that the Reservation Key in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT
command matches the Reservation Key that is registered for the initiator from which the com-
mand is received. If there is no match, the device server returns a RESERVATION CONFLICT
status. The Reservation Key of the initiator is valid for all Service action and Scope values.
Reservation Key
This field contains information needed for 3 service actions: the Register service action, the Pre-
empt service action, and the Pre-empt & Clear service action. The Service Action Reservation Key
is ignored for all other service actions.
For the Register service action, the Service Action Reservation Key field contains the new Reser-
vation Key to be registered.
Service Action
Reservation Key
For the Pre-empt and the Pre-empt & Clear service actions, the Service Action Reservation Key
contains the reservation key of the persistent reservations that are being pre-empted. For the Pre-
empt and the Pre-empt & Clear actions, any failure of the Service Action Reservation Key to
match any registered keys results in the device server returning a RESERVATION CONFLICT
status.
If the Scope is an Extent reservation, this field contains the Logical Block Address of the extent
and the Extent Length field (bytes 22 – 23) contain the number of blocks in the extent.
Scope-Specific
Address
If the Scope signifies an Element reservation, the Scope-Specific Address field contains the Ele-
ment Address, zero-filled in the most significant bytes to fit the field; the Extent Length is set to 0.
If the Service action is Register or Clear, or if the Scope is a Logical Unit reservation, both the
Scope-Specific Address and Extent Length fields are set to 0.
Activate Persist Through Power Loss. This bit is valid only for Register service actions; it is ig-
nored for all other types of service actions.
Support for APTPL set to 1 is optional. If a device server that does not support APTPL receives a
1 in that bit in a Register service action, it returns a CHECK CONDITION status, with the sense
key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense data set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAM-
ETER LIST.
APTPL
If the last valid APTPL bit value received by the device server is 0, the loss of power in the target
releases any persistent reservations and removes all reservation keys. If the last valid APTPL bit
value is 1, the logical unit retains all persistent reservations and all reservation keys for all initia-
tors even if power is lost and later returned. The most recently received valid APTPL value from
any initiator governs the logical unit’s behavior in the event of a power loss.
5-90
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-118 illustrates which fields are set by the application client and interpreted by
the device server for each Service and Scope value.
Table 5-118 Device Server Interpretation of Service and Scope Value
Parameters
Element or
Allowed
Scope
Service Action
Service Action
Type
Element
Reservation Key
Parameters
Register
Reserve
Ignored
LU
Ignored
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Ignored
Ignored
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Valid
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Valid
Ignored
Ignored
Reserve
Extent
Element
LU
Extent Valid
Ignored
Reserved
Release
Ignored
Release
Extent
Element
Ignored
Ignored
LU
Extent Valid
Element Valid
Ignored
Release
Clear
Clear
Ignored
Pre-empt
Ignored
Pre-empt
Extent
Element
LU
Valid
Extent Valid
Element Valid
Ignored
Pre-empt
Valid
Pre-empt & Clear
Pre-empt & Clear
Pre-empt & Clear
Valid
Extent
Element
Valid
Extent Valid
Element Valid
Valid
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-91
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.18
READ (6) Command (08h)
The READ (6) command requests that data be transferred from the drive to the
initiator. The amount of data transferred is specified by the transfer length field. The
starting point is specified by the logical sector address. The data format and field
Table 5-119 READ (6) Command-Data Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (08h)
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address (continued)
1
2 - 3
4
Reserved
Transfer Length
Control
5
Table 5-120 READ (6) Command-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Specifies the logical block address where the read operation
will begin.
Logical Block Address
Specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks of data to
transfer. A transfer length of 0 indicates that 256 logical
blocks will be transferred. Any other value indicates the
number of logical blocks that will be transferred.
Transfer Length
5-92
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.19
READ (10) Command (28h)
The READ (10) command requests that data be transferred from the drive to the
initiator. The amount of data transferred is specified by the transfer length field. The
starting point is specified by the logical sector address. The data format and field
Table 5-121 READ (10) Command-Data Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
Operation Code (28h)
DPO FUA
1
2 - 5
6
Reserved
Reserved
RelAdr
Logical Block Address
Reserved
7 - 8
9
Transfer Length
Control
Table 5-122 READ (10) Command-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Disable Page Out. When the value is 0, the drive caches the data read, using its normal
Logical Read Unit policies.
DPO
FUA
When the value is 1, the drive assigns to logical blocks accessed by the READ (10)
command the lowest priority for being fetched into or retained by the cache.
Force Unit Access. When the value is 0, the drive is allowed to satisfy the read with
cache-resident data.
A value of 1 indicates that the drive accesses the media in performing the command
before returning GOOD status.
RelAdr
Relative Addressing. The drive does not support relative addressing. Must be 0
Specifies the logical sector address where the read operation will begin.
Logical Block Address
Specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks of data to transfer. A transfer length
of 0 indicates that no logical blocks are to be transferred.
Transfer Length
Any other value indicates the number of logical blocks to be transferred. The drive
returns a CHECK CONDITION status with the correct sense data if the specified
transfer extends beyond the logical sector space.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-93
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.20
READ BUFFER Command (3Ch)
The READ BUFFER command is used in conjunction with the WRITE BUFFER
command. It allows the initiator to gain access to the data storage areas within the
drive's controller. In particular, these two commands are used to check the integrity
of the buffer-initiator data path, independent of the media, typically for fault isolation
in the event of a failure. In addition, these commands can be used to verify the caching
policies of the drive controller or other kinds of diagnostic and verification work.
Both the READ BUFFER and the WRITE BUFFER commands have a buffer ID
and a buffer offset data field defined in their Control Descriptor Block. In the
Combined Header and Data Mode, if both are set to 0, reference is made to a single
512-byte buffer set aside in the drive controller's data memory (independent of cache).
This allows an initiator to verify the data path from the controller's data memory to
the initiator without affecting the drive's internal data caches. The data format and field
Table 5-123 READ BUFFER Command-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (3Ch)
Reserved
Mode
2
Buffer ID
Buffer Offset
Allocation Length
Control
3 - 5
6 - 8
9
5-94
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-124 READ BUFFER Command-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Four modes are supported by the drive; Combined Header and Data, Data Only, Descriptor Only, and
Read Data from Echo Buffer. The permissible values for Buffer ID, Buffer Offset, are as follows:
Mode
Combined Header and Data – In this mode, data to be transferred is preceded by a 4-byte header that
contains the buffer capacity. The resulting descriptor and data are transferred to the initiator during the
command’s data-in buffer transfer.
0000b
0010b
Buffer ID must be 0
Buffer Offset must be 0
Allocation length must be set to between 0 and 516 (4 bytes of header and up to 512 bytes of data).
Data Only– In this mode, the data-in buffer transfer contains data from the controller’s memory.
Buffer ID. When non-zero, the value specifies a specific track line in the controller’s cache. If Buffer
ID of zero is specified, the buffer referenced is the same as if a Buffer ID of one were specified.
Buffer Offset. When non-zero, the value of Buffer Offset can range from 0 to one less than the number
of sectors/track multiplied by 512. This value must be either a zero or a multiple of 512.
Allocation Length Must be between zero and the maximum number of sectors/track multiplied by 512.
Descriptor Only
When requesting a descriptor (a description of the buffer referenced in the Buffer IDfield), the resulting
data is the offset boundary requirements and the length of each buffer.
Buffer ID When non-zero, the value specifies a specific track line within the controller’s cache. If Buff-
0011b
1010b
er ID of 0 is specified, the buffer referenced is the same as if a Buffer ID of 1 were specified.
Buffer Offset Must be zero
Allocation Length Must be between 4 (header) and the maximum number of sectors/track multiplied
by 512 + header size.
Read Data from Echo Buffer
In this mode, the drive transfers data to the host from the echo buffer. The echo buffer will transfer the
same data as when the WRITE BUFFER command with the mode field set to echo buffer was issued.
Buffer ID Ignored.
Buffer Offset Ignored.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-95
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.21
READ CAPACITY Command (25h)
The READ CAPACITY command reports formatted capacity and track-boundary
information. The data format and field descriptions are shown in Table 5-125 and
Table 5-126 respectively.
Table 5-125 READ CAPACITY Command-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (25h)
Reserved
RelAdr
2 - 5
6 - 7
8
Logical Block Address
Reserved
Reserved
PMI
9
Control
Table 5-126 READ CAPACITY Command-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
RelAdr
Relative Addressing is not supported by the drive; the field must be 0.
Used in conjunction with the PMI bit. Must be 0 when the PMI bit is 0.
Logical Block Address
Partial Media Indicator. When the value in the field is 0, the Returned Log-
ical Block Address (Table 5-127) is that of the last logical sector of the log-
ical unit.
When the value is 1, the Returned Logical Block Address is that of the last
sector on the same cylinder as the Logical Block Address supplied in the
Command Descriptor Block's LBA field. That is, the Returned Logical
Block Address is that of the Logical Block Address before a substantial de-
lay in data transfer will be encountered).
PMI
tor size, as determined by the Block Length field in the Mode parameter
Block Descriptor.
Table 5-127 shows the READ CAPACITY Returned Data - Data Format that will
be sent during the data-in buffer transfer for the command. Refer to the PMI
Table 5-127 READ CAPACITY Returned Data-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 - 3
4 - 7
Returned Logical Block Address
Block Length in Bytes
5-96
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.22
READ DEFECT DATA Command (10) (37h)
The READ DEFECT DATA (10) command directs the drive to report defect
information about the drive’s medium. Refer to the FORMAT UNIT command for
information about defects. The data format and field descriptions are shown in Table
The READ DEFECT DATA (10) Command Descriptor Block is shown in
Table 5-128 READ DEFECT DATA (10) Command-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (37h)
Reserved
2
Reserved
Plist
Glist
Defect List Format
3 - 6
Reserved
(MSB)
7 - 8
9
Allocation Length
Control
(LSB)
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-97
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-129 READ DEFECT DATA (10) Command-Field Description
Description
Field
When the value is 0, the returned data does not include the Primary Defect List.
PList
When the value is 1, the returned data includes the Primary Defect List. The defects are returned
in ascending order.
When the value is 0, the returned data does not include the Grown Defect List.
When the value is 1, the returned data includes the Grown Defect List. The defects are returned in
order of occurrence.
GList
When both PList and GList are set to 1, the Primary Defect List and the Grown Defect List are re-
turned. The Plist is returned followed by the Glist (the lists are not merged). When both are set to
Defect List
Format
This field specifies the format in which the defect descriptors are to be returned. The supported for-
mats are:
1
000b
Bytes from the Index (Figure 5-63). The data returned
from this mode does not include defects outside normal
user space.
100b
The defects returned from this mode do not include de-
fects outside normal user space.
101b
If the number of defect descriptors the SCSI device has assigned does not exceed the capability of
the ALLOCATION LENGTH field size but contains a value that is insufficient to transfer all of
the defect descriptors, the defect list length shall not be adjusted to reflect the truncation and the
device server shall not create a CHECK CONDITION status. The initiator is responsible for
comparing the defect list length and the allocation length to determine that a partial list was
received. If the number of defect descriptors the SCSI device has assigned exceeds the capability
of the ALLOCATION LENGTH field size, the drive shall transfer no data and return a CHECK
CONDITION status and the sense key shall be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional
sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN CBD.
Allocation
Length
1 All in-line spared blocks do not have an associated LBA, and, therefore, will not be
seen in Logical Block Format.
Table 5-130 shows the Block Format returned when the Defect List Format is 000b
Table 5-130 Defect Descriptor-Block Format.
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 - 3
Defective Block Address
5-98
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-131 shows the Defective Bytes From Index Format when the Defect List
Format is 100b or the Physical Sector Format when the Defect List Format is 101b.
Table 5-131 Defect Descriptor-Bytes From Index Format, or Physical Sector Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0 - 2
3
Cylinder Number of Defect
Head Number of Defect
4 - 7
Defective Bytes From Index / Defective Sector Number
Table 5-132 Defect List Header -Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Reserved
1
Reserved
Plist
Glist
Defect List Format
2 - 3
Defect List Length
Table 5-133 Defect List Header-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Primary Defect List. When the value is 0, the returned data does not include the Primary Defect List.
PList
When the value is 1, the returned data includes the Primary Defect List.
Grown Defect List. When the value is 0, the returned data does not include the Grown Defect List.
GList
When the value is 1, the returned data includes the Grown Defect List.
Defect List
Format
This field indicates the format of the descriptors returned. If this differs from the format requested in
the Command Descriptor Block, a recovered error is returned.
Defect List
Length
This filed indicates the actual number of bytes that follow the defect list header.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-99
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.23
READ DEFECT DATA Command (12) (B7h)
The READ DEFECT DATA (12) command directs the drive to report defect
information about the drive’s medium. Refer to the FORMAT UNIT command for
information about defects. The data sent to the host in the command’s data-in buffer
The READ DEFECT DATA (12) Command Descriptor Block is shown in Table 5-
Table 5-134 READ DEFECT DATA (12) Command-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Operation Code (B7h)
Plist Glist
Reserved
1
Reserved
Defect List Format
2 - 5
(MSB)
6 - 9
Allocation Length
(LSB)
10
11
Reserved
Control
Table 5-135 READ DEFECT DATA (12) Command-Field Description
Description
Field
When the value is 0, the returned data does not include the Primary Defect List.
PList
When the value is 1, the returned data includes the Primary Defect List. The defects are returned
in ascending order.
When the value is 0, the returned data does not include the Grown Defect List.
When the value is 1, the returned data includes the Grown Defect List. The defects are returned in
order of occurrence.
GList
When both PList and GList are set to 1, the Primary Defect List and the Grown Defect List are
returned. The Plist is returned followed by the Glist (the lists are not merged). When both are set
Defect List
Format
This field specifies the format in which the defect descriptors are to be returned. The supported
formats are:
1
000b
100b
does not include defects outside normal user space.
101b
turned from this mode do not include defects outside normal user space.
Allocation
Length
If the number of defect descriptors the SCSI device has assigned does not exceed the capability of
the ALLOCATION LENGTH field size but contains a value that is insufficient to transfer all of
the defect descriptors, the defect list length shall not be adjusted to reflect the truncation and the
device server shall not create a CHECK CONDITION status. The initiator is responsible for
comparing the defect list length and the allocation length to determine that a partial list was
received. If the number of defect descriptors the SCSI device has assigned exceeds the capability
of the ALLOCATION LENGTH field size, the drive shall transfer no data and return a CHECK
CONDITION status and the sense key shall be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional
sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB.
1
All in-line spared blocks do not have an associated LBA, and, therefore, will not be seen in Logical Block Format.
5-100 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-136 shows the Block Format returned when the Defect List Format is 000b.
Table 5-136 Defect Descriptor-Block Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 - 3
Defective Block Address
Table 5-137 shows the Defective Bytes From Index Format when the Defect List
Format is 100b or the Physical Sector Format when the Defect List Format is 101b.
Table 5-137 Defect Descriptor-Bytes From Index Format, or Physical Sector Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0 - 2
3
Cylinder Number of Defect
Head Number of Defect
4 - 7
Defective Bytes From Index / Defective Sector Number
Table 5-138 Defect List Header-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Reserved
1
Reserved
Plist
Glist
Defect List Format
2 - 3
4 - 7
Reserved
Defect List Length
Table 5-139 Defect List Header-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Primary Defect List. When the value is 0, the returned data does not include the Primary Defect
PList
GList
List.
When the value is 1, the returned data includes the Primary Defect List.
Grown Defect List. When the value is 0, the returned data does not include the Grown Defect List.
When the value is 1, the returned data includes the Grown Defect List.
Defect List
Format
This field indicates the format of the descriptors returned. If this differs from the format requested
in the Command Descriptor Block, a recovered error is returned.
Defect List
Length
This field indicates the actual number of bytes that follow the defect list header.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-101
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.24
READ LONG Command (3Eh)
The READ LONG command is used in conjunction with the WRITE LONG
command to allow the initiator to issue raw reads and writes of physical data blocks,
but address them as logical blocks with an assumed sector length of 512 bytes. These
two commands are used to verify the correction capability of the drive’s ECC and to
create a known kind and location to verify the drive’s recovery and bad sector
handling policies. The data format and field descriptions are shown in Table 5-140 and
Table 5-141 respectively.
Table 5-140 READ LONG Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (3Eh)
Reserved
Correct
RelAdr
2 - 5
6
Logical Block Address
Reserved
7 - 8
9
Byte Transfer Length (578)
Control
Table 5-141 READ LONG Command Descriptor Block-Field Descriptions
Field
Correct
RelAdr
Description
When the value in this field is 1, the drive corrects the data by the ECC before transferring it to
the initiator. When the value is 0, the drive does not perform ECC correction on the data.
NOTE: This bit, not the DCR bit of the Read Recovery page, governs the effect of error correction
for the READ LONG command.
Relative addressing is not supported by the drive. This value must be 0.
Logical Block Ad-
dress
Specifies the logical sector to read.
Must be 578. This value reflects the number of bytes spanned by the ECC, including the ECC it-
self, rounded up to the next word (this is easiest understood in bits: 4096 data bits + 1 force error
Byte Transfer Length bit + 15 Logical Block Address bits + 16 cross check bits + 2 pad bits + 480 ECC bits + 6 pad bits
that are not written to media but are only needed for transfer = 4496 bits or 578 bytes). Any other
value in this field results in a CHECK CONDITION status and the appropriate sense data.
Table 5-142 shows the format of the data that is returned during the READ LONG
Command's data-in buffer transfer. The returned data always consists of 512 bytes of
data, followed by a two LBA bytes, two EDC bytes, and 60 ECC-related bytes.
Table 5-142 READ LONG Command-Returned Data
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0 - 511
Data (512 Bytes)
512 - 513
514 - 515
516 - 577
Logical Block Address Bits + Force Error Bit
EDC (8 Bits)
60 ECC Bits + 8 Pad Bits
5-102 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.25
READ SKIP MASK Command (E8h)
The READ SKIP MASK command allows the initiator to condition the function of the
READ commands to allow only selected data to be transferred over the SCSI interface. A
READ SKIP MASK command precedes a READ (10) command; the READ (10) command
must be linked to the READ SKIP MASK command or the skip mask is lost and a CHECK
CONDITION status is returned.
Table 5-143 READ SKIP MASK Command-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (E8h)
Reserved
(MSB)
(LSB)
2 - 5
6
Logical Block Address
Skip Mask Length
Transfer Length
Reserved
7 - 8
9
(MSB)
VU
(LSB)
Flag
Link
Table 5-144 READ SKIP MASK Command-Field Description
Field
Description
This field specifies the first logical block of the corresponding READ (10) COMMAND. This al-
lows a SEEK to begin immediately. The LBA of the following READ (10) command must be the
same as the LBA of the READ SKIP MASK command,
Logical Block Ad-
dress
This field indicated the length in bytes of the skip mask. The mask is up to 64 bytes, giving a data
address capability of 256K. The mask consists of a sequence of bits where a "1" bit is for the blocks
of data to be transferred and a "0" for the blocks of data that are to be skipped. The first "1" bit of
the mask corresponds to the first LBA to be transferred. Any unused bits at the end of the last byte
in the mask must be set to 0. The mask is transferred in the data-out buffer transfer of the skip mask
command.
Skip Mask Length
Transfer Length
This field must be equal to the transfer length in the linked READ (10) command. The transfer
length field must be equal to the number "1" bits in the skip mask. If a READ (10) is used with 0
as the transfer length, a transfer length of 256 data blocks is implied.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-103
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.26
REASSIGN BLOCKS Command (07h)
The REASSIGN BLOCKS Command reassigns one or more logical blocks to a spare
location(s) set aside for this purpose and records the reassignments in the Grown
Defect List.
No command-specific Control Descriptor Block fields affect the processing performed
for this command.
The list of Logical Block Addresses to reassign is supplied in the REASSIGN
BLOCKS Defect List passed in the command's data-out buffer transfer. The Defect
List Header. If multiple Logical Block Addresses are specified, they are listed in
ascending order.
The REASSIGN BLOCKS Command Descriptor Block is shown in Table 5-145.
Table 5-145 REASSIGN BLOCKS Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Operation Code (07h)
Reserved
1 - 4
5
Control
Table 5-146 REASSIGN BLOCKS Defect List Header-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 - 1
2 - 3
Reserved
Defect List Length
Table 5-147 REASSIGN BLOCKS Defect List Header -Field Description
Field
Description
The contents of this field indirectly indicates the number of defective Logical Block Ad-
dresses passed in the Defect List. The value must be four times the number of Defect De-
scriptors supplied. Zero (0) is a valid value and makes the command a NOP.
Defect List
Length
Table 5-148 REASSIGN BLOCKS Defect Descriptor-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 - 3
Defect Logical Block Address
The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status if it cannot complete the
command. If this happens because the drive ran out of spare sectors, the drive sets the
sense key to MEDIUM ERROR and the additional sense code to NO DEFECT
SPARE LOCATION AVAILABLE. The sense key and additional sense key are set
appropriately for any other cause. The Logical Block Address of the first defect
descriptor not reassigned is returned in the command-specific information field of the
5-104 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
sense data. If all defects were reassigned, but some other error occurred, then
FFFFFFFFh is posted in the command-specific field.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-105
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.27
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command (1Ch)
The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command fetches the results of the last
SEND DIAGNOSTIC command sent to the drive. The drives support the diagnostic
Table 5-149 Diagnostic Pages Supported by The Drives
Page
Code
Description
Size In Bytes
00h
Supported Diagnostic Pages
6
14
40h
Translate Address Page (SEND DIAG)
Translate Address Page (RECEIVE DIAG)
40h
14 or more
The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Descriptor Block is shown in
To receive one or both of the two diagnostic pages that are available, the initiator first
sends the desired page code(s) to the drive using a SEND DIAGNOSTICS command.
The SEND DIAGNOSTICS command tells the drive which page it should return in
response to the next RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS command. The page
specified in the most recent SEND DIAGNOSTICS command is always the page
returned in response to the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS command.
Table 5-150 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (1Ch)
Reserved
PCV
2
Page Code Value
Allocation Length
3 - 4
5
Reserved
Control
Table 5-151 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Descriptor Block-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Specifies the number of bytes of diagnostic-page results the drive is allowed to send to the
initiator. A CHECK CONDITION is not returned if this value truncates the information
available.
Allocation
Length
5-106 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.27.1
Supported Diagnostics Pages Page (00h)
Table 5-152 shows the format of the Supported Diagnostics Pages page.
Table 5-152 Supported Diagnostics Pages Page-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Page Code (00h)
Reserved
2 - 3
4
Page Length (0002h)
Supported Diagnostics Pages Page (00h)
Translate Address Page (40h)
5
To obtain the Supported Diagnostics Pages list, the initiator must:
1. Send a Supported Diagnostics Page to the drive with a SEND DIAGNOSTICS
command (the Page Length in the Supported Diagnostics page must be 0).
2. Send a RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command to the drive. The listing
of Supported Diagnostic Pages is returned by the drive.
5.27.2
Translate Address Page (40h)
The Translate Address Page allows the initiator to translate a logical sector address,
physical address, or physical bytes for an index address into any one of the other
formats. The address to be translated is passed to the drive with the SEND
DIAGNOSTIC command, and the results are returned to the initiator by the
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command.
Table 5-153 shows the format of the Translate Address Page that is returned in
response to a RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command, and Table 5-154
contains a description of the data fields. Multiple translated addresses are returned if
the logical sector size is greater than 512 bytes (more than one physical data sector).
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-107
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-153 Translate Address Page-Data Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0
1
Operation Code (40h)
Reserved
2 - 3
Page Length (2 + (8 x n))
(where n = number of sectors / LBA)
4
5
Reserved
Supplied Format =
000b (LBA)
RAREA
ALT-
SEC
ALT-
TRK
Reserved
Translate Format =
101b (Physical Sector)
1
6 - 8
9
Translated Address (Cylinder Number)
1
Translated Address (Head Number)
1
10 - 13
Translated Address (Sector Number or Bytes From Index)
y -
y + 2
Translated Address (Cylinder Number)
Where y = ((n-1) x 8) + 6
y + 3
Translated Address (Head Number)
y + 4
-
y + 7
Translated Address (Sector Number or Bytes From Index)
Note: 1. Bytes 6 through 13: One set of these bytes is required for each
sector per Logical Block Address.
Table 5-154 Translate Address Page-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
The Supplied Format field specifies the format of the following Translate Address field. Must be
000b, which specifies the LBA format.
Supplied Format
RAREA
Reserved Area is not used. Must be 0.
An Alternate Sector bit of 1 indicates that the translated address from the SEND DIAGNOSTIC
command is physically located in an alternate sector on the disk.
ALTSEC
When ALTSEC is 0, it indicates either that no part of the translated address is located in an alter-
nate sector of the medium or that the drive is unable to determine this information.
An Alternate Track bit of 1 indicates either that part or all of the translated address is located on
an alternate track of the medium or, the drive cannot determine if all or part of the translated ad-
dress is located on an alternate track.
ALTTRK
When ALTTRK is 0, it indicates that no part of the translated address is located on an alternate
track of the medium
The Translate Format field specifies the format into which the initiator wants the address translat-
ed. The value must be 101b, specifying the Physical Sector format.
Translate Format
5-108 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.28
RELEASE (6) Command (17h)
The RELEASE and the RESERVE commands are used for contention resolution in
multiple-initiator systems. The RELEASE command is used to release a previously
reserved logical unit. The drive will not return an error if the initiator attempts to
release a reservation that is not currently valid. The data format and field descriptions
Table 5-155 RELEASE (6) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (17h)
3rdPty Third Party Device ID
Reserved
Extent
2
Reservation Identification
Reserved
3 - 4
5
Control
Table 5-156 RELEASE (6) Command -Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Third Party Release allows an initiator to release a logical unit that was previously reserved. If the
value in this field is 0, third party release is not requested.
3rdPty
When the value is 1, the drive releases the specified logical unit, but only if the reservation was
made by the initiator using a third-party reservation that requested the release for the same SCSI
device as specified in the Third Party Device ID field.
Required if the 3rdPty bit is 1. This field specifies the SCSI ID (0 through 7 only) of the initiator
whose third party reservation is being released. (This field must be set if the initiator of the original
third party RESERVE is the source of the RELEASE.)
Third Party Device
ID
Extent
The drive supports reservations only on entire logical units. The value must be 0.
Reservation
Identification
Any value in this field is ignored by the drive.
Note: Assuming that the RELEASE Command Descriptor Block is valid, the drive
always returns a GOOD status for this command. An actual release only hap-
pens if the initiator has the unit reserved for itself or a third-party initiator.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-109
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.29
RELEASE (10) Command (57h)
The RELEASE and the RESERVE commands are used for contention resolution in
multiple-initiator systems. The RELEASE (10) command is used to release a
previously reserved logical unit. The drive will not return an error if the initiator
attempts to release a reservation that is not currently valid. The data format and field
Table 5-157 RELEASE (10) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (57h)
Reserved
3rdPty
Reserved
LongID
Extent
2
Reservation Identification
Third Party Device ID
Reserved
3
4 - 6
(MSB)
Parameter List Length
(LSB)
7 - 8
9
Control
Table 5-158 RELEASE (10) Command — Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Third Party Release allows an initiator to release a logical unit that was previously reserved. If the
value in this field is 0, third party release is not requested. If 3rdPty = 1, then the device server will
release the specified logical unit, but only if the initiator ID, 3rdPty bit, and third party device ID
are identical when compared to the RESERVE command that established the reservation.
3rdPty
If the Long ID bit is set to 1, the Parameter List Length is 8 and the eight bytes of the parameter
list carry the device ID of the third party device; the contents of the Third Party Device ID in the
CDB (byte 3) are ignored.
LongID
If the Third Party Device ID value that is connected with the reservation release is smaller than
255, the LongID bit may be 0 and the ID value sent in the CDB. If LongID bit = 0, the Parameter
List Length field also = 0. If the Third Party Device ID value is greater than 255, LongID = 1.
Third Party De-
vice ID
Device servers that support device IDs greater than 255 will accept commands with LongID = 1;
device servers that do not support IDs greater than 255 may reject commands with LongID set =
1. Device ID formats are protocol-specific.
Parameter List
Length
The contents of this field specify the length, in bytes, of the parameter list that will be transferred
from the initiator to the target.
Extent
The drive supports reservations only on entire logical units. The value must be 0.
Reservation Iden-
tification
Any value in this field is ignored by the drive.
Note: Assuming that the RELEASE Command Descriptor Block is valid, the drive
always returns a GOOD status for this command. An actual release only hap-
pens if the initiator has the unit reserved for itself or a third-party initiator.
5-110 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.30
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command (A3h)
The REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER command requests that the device server
send device identification to the application client. The data format and field
Table 5-159 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Operation Code (A3h)
Service Action (05h)
1
Reserved
2 – 5
Reserved
(MSB)
Allocation Length
(LSB)
6 – 9
10
11
Reserved
Control
Table 5-160 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Service Action
Must = 05h. Any other value forces Check Condition, Illegal Request.
If the length is not sufficient to contain all of the parameter data, the first
portion of the data is returned, and this is not considered to be an error.
The actual length of the parameter data is available in the Identifier
Length field in the parameter data. If the remainder of the parameter data
is required, the application client must send a new REPORT DEVICE
IDENTIFIER command with an Allocation Length field large enough to
contain all of the data.
Allocation Length
The REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER command’s parameter list contains a 4-byte
field that provides the length, in bytes, of the parameter list and the logical unit’s
5-162 respectively.
Table 5-161 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List-Data Format
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte
0 – 3
4 – n
(MSB)
Identifier Length (n – 4)
Identifier
(LSB)
Table 5-162 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
This field specifies the length, in bytes, of the Identifier field. If the Al-
location Length field in the CDB is insufficient in size to transfer all of
the Identifier, the length is not adjusted to reflect any truncation of infor-
mation. The Identifier is initially set = 0, and is changed only by a suc-
cessful SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command.
Identifier Length
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-111
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The value reported in this field is a vendor-specific value and is the last
value written by a successful SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command.
The value of the Identifier is changed only by a successful SET DEVICE
IDENTIFIER command. The Identifier value persists through device re-
sets, power cycles, and formatting of media.
Identifier
5-112 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.31
REPORT LUNS Command (A0h)
The REPORT LUNS command requests that the peripheral device logical unit
numbers of known logical units in the target disk be sent to the applications client.
The command only returns information about the logical units to which commands
Table 5-164 respectively.
Table 5-163 REPORT LUNS Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Operation Code (A0h)
Reserved
1 - 5
(MSB)
Allocation Length
(LSB)
6 – 9
10
11
Reserved
Control
Table 5-164 REPORT LUNS Command Descriptor Block-Field Description
Field
Description
If the Allocation Length is not sufficient to contain the logical unit number values for all
configured logical units, the device server still reports as many logical number values as will
fit in the Allocation Length.
Allocation
Length
The format of the report of configured logical units is shown in Table 5-165.
Table 5-165 LUN Reporting Parameter List -Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
0 - 3
4 - 7
LUN List Length (n – 7)
Reserved
(LSB)
(MSB)
8 - 15
n-7 – n
LUN (first LUN)
(LSB)
LUN (last LUN, if more than one)
The LUN List Length field contains the length in bytes of the LUN list that can be
transferred. The LUN list length equals the number of logical unit numbers reported
multiplied by eight. If the allocation length in the CDB is too small to allow transfer
of information about all of the logical units configured, the LUN list length value is
not adjusted to reflect the truncation. The data format for the LUN Reporting
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-113
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.32
REQUEST SENSE Command (03h)
The REQUEST SENSE command causes the drive to transfer detailed sense data to
the initiator. The drive maintains sense data on an individual initiator basis. The data
Table 5-166 REQUEST SENSE Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1 - 3
4
Operation Code (03h)
Reserved
Allocation Length
Control
5
Table 5-167 REQUEST SENSE Command Descriptor Block-Field Description
Field
Description
Allocation Length
The drives can return a maximum of 18 bytes of sense data. The initiator should set
this field to the maximum value to receive all the sense data.
5.32.1
Sense Data Availability
Sense data is available if the initiator is responsible for an in-progress FORMAT
UNIT command (Format Progress Indication is available in the Format Progress
Indication Bytes).
The drive returns a sense key of NO SENSE and an additional sense code of NO
ADDITIONAL SENSE INFORMATION if it has no sense data available for the
initiator.
For Parallel SCSI disk drives, sense data is available if the previous command from the
initiator terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status, or if the previous
command from the initiator ended with an unexpected BUS FREE error.REQUEST
Clearing Sense Data
Sense data is cleared from the drive's memory by one of the following conditions:
• After being returned from a REQUEST SENSE command.
• As soon as any other command is received from the initiator except
INQUIRY.
5-114 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.32.2
Status Reporting
The drive returns CHECK CONDITION status for a REQUEST SENSE command
only to report errors specific to the command when:
• A non-zero reserved bit is detected in the Command Descriptor Block.
• A drive malfunction prevents return of the sense data.
For Parallel SCSI disk drives, the drive also returns CHECK CONDITION status for
a REQUEST SENSE command to report errors specific to the command when an
unrecovered parity error is detected on the data bus.
Note that any of the previous conditions overwrites the current sense data with the
sense data describing the error encountered by the REQUEST SENSE command
(that is, for the condition stated in the first bulleted entry, the new sense data reflects
that a non-zero reserved bit was detected in the Command Descriptor Block).
The drive returns a maximum of 18 bytes of sense data. The initiator should set the
Allocation Length field in the Command Descriptor Block to 18 to receive all sense
data. If the Allocation Length is set to 0, four bytes of data will be returned (this option
maintains compatibility with SCSI-1 systems).
5.32.3
Sense Data Format for Error Code 70h and Error Code 71h
The sense data format for error code 70h (current error) and error code 71h (deferred
171. The Supported Additional Sense Codes and Sense Code Qualifiers are described
Table 5-168 Sense Data Format for Error Code 70h or 71h-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
Valid
Error Code (70h or 71h)
Segment Number = 00h
Rsvd Sense Key
FileMrk
= 0
EOM
= 0
ILI
3 - 6
7
Information
Additional Sense Length = 0Ah
Command-Specific Information
Additional Sense Code
8 - 11
12
13
Additional Sense Code Qualifier
Field Replaceable Unit Code
Sense-Key Specific
14
15
SKSV
16 - 17
Sense-Key Specific (continued)
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-115
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-169 Sense Data Fields (Error Code 70h)-Field Descriptions
Field
Definition
The Valid bit, when set to 1, indicates that the Information field contains valid information, as defined
below. When set to 0, it indicates that the contents of the Information field are not as defined below.
Valid
Either 70h, indicating that current errors are to be reported, or 71h, indicating deferred errors are to be
reported.
Error Code
Segment
Number
This feature is not supported and will return a zero value.
FileMrk
The File Mark field is reserved for sequential access devices. This field will return a zero value.
The End-of-Medium field is reserved for sequential access and printer devices. This field will return a
zero value.
EOM
Incorrect Length Indicator. When this bit is set to 1, it indicates that the requested logical sector length
did not match the logical sector length of the data on the media. This field is only set for incorrect byte
transfer lengths on a READ LONG and WRITE LONG command descriptor block.
ILI
The sense key, additional sense code, and additional sense code qualifier provide a hierarchy of infor-
mation. The sense key provides the highest level of information about error and exception conditions.
The additional sense code and qualifier provided more detailed information.
Sense Key
The sense keys supported by the drive are described in Table 5-173.
The Information field contains the following device-type or command-specific information:
1) The unsigned logical sector address associated with the sense key.
Information 2) The difference between the requested length and the actual length in either bytes or sectors, as de-
termined by the command. This difference is called the residue.
3) A description of each of the drive's supported commands definition for this field is contained in Ta-
Additional
Sense
Length
The Additional Sense Length field indicates the number of addition sense bytes that can follow. If the
Allocation Block Length specified in the Command Descriptor Block is too small to transfer all of the
additional sense bytes, the Additional Sense Length byte value is not adjusted to reflect the truncation.
Command-
Specific In-
formation
The Command-Specific Information field is valid only for Sense Data for a failed REASSIGN
BLOCKS command. It contains either the Logical Block Address of the first defect descriptor not re-
assigned or, if all the defect descriptors were reassigned, FFFFFFFFh.
The Additional Sense Code field indicates further information related to the error or exception condi-
tion reported in the sense key. If the drive does not have further related information, the additional
sense key is set to NO ADDITIONAL SENSE INFORMATION. See Table 5-172.
Additional
Sense Code
Additional
Sense Code
Qualifier
The Additional Sense Code Qualifier field indicates detailed information related to the additional sense
code. If the drive does not have detailed information, the field is set to 0.
Field Re-
placeable
Unit
The Field Replaceable Unit Code specifies a unit that has failed:
Code
FRU
1
2
3
Host
Hard Disk Assembly (HDA)
Printed Circuit Board Assembly (PCBA)
Sense-Key Specific Valid bit. This bit is 1 for all sense keys listed in Table 5-170 (exception: NOT
READY and UNIT ATTENTION/RPL Status Change). The SKSV bit and Sense-Key Specific bytes
may be 0 when the sense key is NOT READY.
SKSV
Sense-Key
Specific
the sense keys for which the drive supplies sense-key specific information. (See SKSV.)
5-116 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-170 Supported Sense Keys
Sense Key
Code
Description
There is no specific sense key information to be reported for the designated logical unit.
This is the case for a successful command or a command that received CHECK CON-
DITION or COMMAND TERMINATED status because one of the following bits is set
to 1: File Mark, EOM, or ILI.
NO SENSE
0h
The last command completed successfully with some recovery action performed by the
drive. Details may be contained in the additional sense bytes and the Information field.
When multiple recovered errors occur during one command, the choice of which error
to report (first, last, most severe, etc.) is device specific.
RECOV-
ERED ER-
ROR
1h
2h
3h
4h
The logical unit cannot be accessed. Operator intervention may be required to correct
this condition.
NOT READY
The command terminated with a non-recovered error condition that was probably
caused by a flaw in the medium or an error in the recorded data. This sense key can also
be returned if the drive is unable to distinguish between a flaw in the medium and a spe-
cific hardware failure (Sense Key
MEDIUM
ERROR
HARDWARE
ERROR
The drive detected a non-recoverable hardware failure while performing the command
or during a self-test. The error type could be controller failure, device failure, etc.
The drive detected an illegal parameter in the Command Descriptor Block or in the ad-
ditional parameters supplied as data for some commands. If the drive detects an invalid
parameter in the Command Descriptor Block, it terminates the program without altering
the medium. If the drive detects an invalid parameter in the additional parameters sup-
plied as data, the drive may have already altered the medium. This sense key may also
indicate that an invalid IDENTITY message was received.
ILLEGAL
REQUEST
5h
The drive generates this sense key whenever the drive is reset by a TARGET RESET
message, a hard reset condition, or by a power-on reset. Other conditions that generate
a UNIT ATTENTION include:
• The mode parameters in effect for this initiator have been changed by another initia-
tor.
• The microcode has been changed.
UNIT
ATTENTION
6h
• Tagged commands queued for this initiator were cleared by another initiator.
• INQUIRY data has been changed.
• The mode parameters in effect for the initiator have been restored from non-volatile
memory.
• Other events that require the attention of the initiator.
DATA
A Read or Write command was attempted on a sector that is protected for this operation.
The requested operation was not performed.
7h
9h
Bh
Eh
PROTECT
VENDOR
SPECIFIC
This sense key is used to report specific Maxtor conditions.
ABORTED
COMMAND
The drive aborted the command. The initiator may be able to reissue the command suc-
cessfully.
MISCOM-
PARE
The source data did not match the data read from the medium (i.e., a mismatch).
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-117
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-171 Sense Key Information Field Contents
Command
Sense Key
Field Contents
The address of the first bad sector encountered during the format operation.
This sector, and all other bad sectors found during a format operation, are au-
tomatically reallocated by the drive.
RECOVERED
ERROR
FORMAT UNIT
ILLEGAL
REQUEST
The first illegal defect descriptor encountered in the Defect Descriptor List.
The address of the first bad sector found during the read (possible only when
PER=1, DTE=0, and DCR=0.). For a RECOVERED ERROR, the last Logi-
cal Block Address in the error is returned; for a MEDIUM ERROR the first
Logical Block Address is returned.
RECOVERED/
MEDIUM
READ(6)(10)
READ LONG
ERROR
RECOVERED/
MEDIUM
READ(6)(10) error recovery qualifiers apply. The information field echoes
this command's Logical Block Address field.
ERROR
The transfer length residue (requested, minus correct length) if the transfer
ILLEGAL
REQUEST
length is wrong.
Note: ILI will be set.
REASSIGN
BLOCKS
HARDWARE
ERROR
The address of the first logical sector is not reassigned (the drive ran out of
spare sectors).
ILLEGAL
REQUEST
The first illegal defect descriptor encountered in the Defect Descriptor List.
The first invalid sector address detected by the command.
ILLEGAL
REQUEST
SEEK(6)(10)
VERIFY
WRITE(6)(10) error recovery qualifiers apply. Contains the Logical Block
Address that may have failed the write or verify (compare) operation. For a
RECOVERED ERROR, the last Logical Block Address in the error is re-
turned; for a MEDIUM ERROR the first Logical Block Address is returned.
RECOVERED/
MEDIUM
ERROR
The address of the first bad sector found during the write. (Possible only when
PER=1, DTE=0, and DCR=0.) For a RECOVERED ERROR, the last Logical
Block Address in the error is returned; for a MEDIUM ERROR the first Log-
ical Block Address is returned.
RECOVERED/
MEDIUM
WRITE(6)(10)
ERROR
WRITE(6)(10) error recovery qualifiers apply. This field contains the Logical
Block Address that may have failed the write or verify (compare) operation.
For a RECOVERED ERROR, the last Logical Block Address in the error is
returned; for a MEDIUM ERROR the first Logical Block Address is returned.
RECOVERED/
MEDIUM
WRITE AND
VERIFY
ERROR
RECOVERED/
MEDIUM
Write (10) error recovery qualifiers apply. The information field echoes the
WRITE LONG command’s Logical Block Address.
WRITE LONG
ERROR
The transfer length residue (requested minus correct length) if the transfer
ILLEGAL
REQUEST
length is wrong.
Note: ILI will be set.
5-118 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-172 Supported Additional Sense Codes and Sense Code Qualifiers (in Hex)
Sense
Key
Sense Sense
Code Qualifier
Meaning
No additional sense information
0x00
0x00
0x0B
0x5D
0x5D
0x5D
0x5D
0x5D
0x5E
0x5E
0x5E
0x5E
0x00
0x02
0x03
0x03
0x09
0x0B
0x0C
0x0C
0x15
0x15
0x15
0x15
0x15
0x16
0x16
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x00
0x01
0x00
0x01
0x02
0x5B
0xFF
0x00
0x01
0x02
0x03
0x80
0x00
0x00
0x01
0x00
0x01
0x00
0x01
0x02
0x80
0x81
0x82
0x83
0x00
0x83
0x00
0x01
0x86
0x91
0x92
0x93
0x94
0x95
0x96
0x97
0x98
0x99
0x9A
No Sense
SMART overtemperature trip
Smart triggered
Smart triggered due to Read TA Factor
Smart triggered due to Write Err Factor
Smart triggered due to spin retry
Smart test trigger
Power State: ACTIVE
Power State: IDLE
Power State: STANDBY
Power State: SLEEP
0x01
Rec
Error
H-Grown: Backout prev Grown
No seek complete: recovered
Write fault: recovered
Pre-Amp write unsafe: recovered
Track following error: recovered
SMART overtemperature trip
Recovered write error
Write error - recovered with auto reallocation
Positioning error detected by read: recovered
Positioning error detected by read on write: recovered
Servo Write Not OK assertion: recovered
Servo Read Not OK assertion: recovered
Spoke address error: recovered
Data synchronization mark error: recovered
Spoke synchronization mark error: recovered
Recovered data with no ECC applied
Recovered data with retries
EC REC SVO MISSED STM
TA Err-1st. - recovered
TA Err-2nd. - recovered
Bad Sync-1st. - recovered
Bad Sync-2nd. - recovered
Offtrack Prediction Err-1st. - recovered
Offtrack Prediction Err-2nd. - recovered
Head Spoke Num Miscompare-1 - recovered
Head Spoke Num Miscompare-2 - recovered
Timeout waiting burst/Spoke-1 - recovered
Timeout waiting burst/Spoke-2 - recovered
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-119
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sense
Key
Sense Sense
Code Qualifier
Meaning
Possible Bump-1st - recovered
0x01
Rec
Error
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x17
0x18
0x18
0x18
0x18
0x1C
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x41
0x42
0x5D
0x5D
0x5D
0x5D
0x5D
0x80
0x80
0x80
0x82
0xA0
0xA1
0xA2
0xA3
0xA4
0xA5
0xA6
0xA7
0xA8
0xA9
Bump Err-2nd - recovered
Defective Wdg-1st - recovered
Defective Wdg-2nd - recovered
Map'd Wdg-1st - recovered
Map'd Wdg-2nd - recovered
Id Err-1st - recovered
Id Err-2nd - recovered
Unknown Wdg Err-1st - recovered.
Unknown Wdg Err-2nd - recovered
0xAA Shock detected - recovered
Shock Detected Err-2nd. - recovered
0xAB
0xAF
0xB0
0xB2
0xB3
0xB5
0x00
0x02
0x05
0x85
0x00
0x85
0x86
0x8C
0x86
0x00
0x00
0x01
0x02
0x5B
0xFF
0x10
0x11
0x12
0x20
Recovered data with ECC on-the-fly
Confined sync timeout - recovered
Context Acquire Timeout - recovered
Context Acquire Data Addr Valid T/O - recovered
False SSMF - recovered
Recovered data with ECC applied
Recovered data - data auto-reallocated
Recovered data - recommend reassignment (TA err)
Recovered data - thermal asperity error
Requested Defect List Not Found
EDC check failed - recovered
Controller FIFO over/underflow error: recovered
LBA mismatch error: recovered.
Required HW process did not complete: recovered
Power On or Self Test failed
Smart triggered
Smart triggered due to Write TA Factor
Smart triggered due to Write Err Factor
Smart triggered due to spin retry
Smart test tripped
Block Slow PLL Error: recovered.
Split Slow PLL Error: recovered.
Block state machine disabled: recovered
Spoke-to-spoke time error: recovered
5-120 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sense
Key
Sense Sense
Code Qualifier
Meaning
0x02
0x04
0x04
0x04
0x04
0x04
0x04
0x04
0x04
0x04
0x04
0x04
0x04
0x04
0x04
0x19
0x19
0x31
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x02
0x03
0x03
0x0C
0x0C
0x0C
0x11
0x11
0x11
0x11
0x11
0x11
0x15
0x15
0x15
0x00
0x01
0x02
0x04
0x09
0x80
0x82
0x83
0x84
0x85
0x86
0x88
0x91
0x92
0x01
0x03
0x00
0x80
0x81
0x82
0x83
0x84
0x85
0x86
0x99
0x00
0x01
0x84
0x00
0x02
0x03
0x00
0x04
0x0C
0x8B
0x81
0x84
0x00
0x02
0x80
Drive Not Ready
Not Ready
Drive Not Ready, in process of coming ready
Drive Not Ready, use START cmd
Drive Not Ready, formatting
Drive Not Ready, self test in progress
FileSystem Boot Area unreadable @ POR
File has not been written - can not read
Error reading diskware file
Diskware not loaded yet - issue start cmd
Code jumped to Dead Vector
Drive Not Ready, config page 8/HDA mismatched
Error reading Config Page file
Drive Not Ready, selfscan is running
NVR image not compatible
Drive Not Ready, Unknown defect list
Drive Not Ready, Bad grown defect list
Drive Not Ready, Format corrupted
Drive Not Ready, Unknown HW problem
Drive Not Ready, NVR is Corrupt
Drive Not Ready, CP section of EEPROM is Corrupt
Drive Not Ready, Failed HDA test
Drive Not Ready, Failed PCB test
Drive Not Ready, PM section of EEPROM is Corrupt
Drive Not Ready, Flash vector table is Corrupt
ROM and resident code are incompatible
No seek complete.
0x03
Medium Error
Pre-Amp write unsafe
DIAG: Write fault
Write error
Write error - auto reallocation failed.
Write error - recommend reassignment
Unrecovered read error
Unrecovered read error - auto reallocate failed
Unrecovered read error - pending reallocation
Unrecovered read error - thermal asperity error
System file has checksum error
Error reading Diskware vector table file
Positioning error detected by drive, check UPT
Positioning error detected by read
Positioning error detected by write
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-121
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sense
Key
Sense Sense
Code Qualifier
Meaning
0x03
0x15
0x15
0x15
0x16
0x16
0x19
0x19
0x19
0x19
0x19
0x27
0x31
0x31
0x32
0x32
0x41
0x44
0x44
0x80
0x80
0x80
0x80
0x82
0x02
0x03
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x81
0x82
0x83
0x00
0x83
0x00
0x01
0x03
0x80
0x81
0x00
0x00
0x01
0x00
0x01
0x86
0x80
0x81
0x00
0x10
0x11
0x12
0x20
0x00
0x00
0x80
0x81
0x82
0x83
0x84
0x85
0x86
0x87
0x88
0x89
0x8A
0x8B
0x8C
0x8D
0x8E
0x8F
Servo Write Not OK
Servo Read Not OK
Spoke address error
Medium Error
Data synchronization mark error
Spoke synchronization mark error
MCS is invalid
Unknown defect list
Bad grown defect list
Replacement block bad
Found two bad RBNs
Write protected
Format corrupted
Format command failed
No available replacement block
Failed replacement I/O (servo dead?).
Required HW process did not complete
Error writing FileSystem (neg cyl) file
Error reading FileSystem (neg cyl) file.
Forced error
Block Slow PLL Error
Split SLow PLL Error
Block state machine disabled error
Spoke-to-spoke time error
No seek complete
0x04
Hdwe Error
Write fault
PES calibration results are bad
BIAS calibration results are bad
ID GAMMA calibration values out of range
Recal record timeout
Seek fail during feed forward scale Cal.
Initial track grab failed.
Seek failure during Bias Calibration
Seek failure during KT/J Calibration
Seek failure during PES Calibration
Recal servo not ready
Switch Point calibration results are bad
Recal track number bad
Seek failure during switch point cal
Not all Head(s) in USER head map were found alive
Valid SAMs not found!!!
Sync To Disk Spokes failed
5-122 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sense
Key
Sense Sense
Code Qualifier
Meaning
0x04
Hdwe Error
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x06
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x90
0x91
0x92
0x93
0x94
0x95
0x96
0x97
0x98
0x99
0x9A
0x9B
0x9C
0x9D
0x9E
0x9F
0xA0
0xA1
0xA2
0xA3
0xA4
0xA5
0xA6
0xA7
0xA8
0xA9
Invalid CP18 on disk
Invalid CP21 on disk
Invalid CP22 in NVR
Head polarity cal failed.
Svo: Invalid head polarity vector in CP23
Seek 1 failure during servo writer erase band resync
Seek failure during ARCs Calibration
Seek failure during Pes Linearization
Error during Pes Lin bode measurement
Seek 2 failure during servo writer erase band resync
Seek failure during pes linearization table update
Motor speed error after turbo spin recovery
Electrical offset calibration returned an invalid value
Went servo dead during head polarity/coarse ATT cal.
Data consistency failure during PES Linearization
Couldn't find sync in the erase band & couldn't restart servo
Went servo dead after completing a seek
Successful sync not in the erase band
ID GAMMA projected value out of range
OD GAMMA calibration values out of range
OD GAMMA projected value out of range
Could not start estimator on printed media
Too many spoke errors on printed media-1st
Too many spoke errors on printed media-2nd
Too much variation in position at crash stop
Unable to determine a unique index
0xAA Too much runout at the crash stop even with BCVs
0xAB
0xAC
Crash stop position too large or too small
Too much position runout at the crash stop
0xAD Milli plant mag out of range
0xAE
0xAF
0xB0
0xB1
0xB2
0x00
0x91
0x92
0x93
0x94
0x95
Milli loop mag out of range
Seek error for gamma frequency
Seek error for FF Gain
Cant find good track
Servo Busy too long
Track following error
Svo:TA Err-1st
Svo:TA Err-2nd
Svo:Bad Sync-1st
Svo:Bad Sync-2nd
Svo: Offtrack Prediction Err-1st
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-123
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sense
Key
Sense Sense
Code Qualifier
Meaning
Svo: Offtrack Prediction Err-2nd.
0x04
Hdwe Error
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x09
0x15
0x15
0x32
0x96
0x97
0x98
0x99
0x9A
0x9B
0x9C
0x9D
0x9E
0xA0
0xA1
0xA2
0xA3
0xA4
0xA5
0xA6
0xA7
0xA8
0xA9
Svo:Head Spoke Number Miscompare-1st
Svo:Head Spoke Number Miscompare-2nd
Svo:Timeout waiting for burst/Spoke-1st
Svo:Timeout waiting for burst/Spoke-2nd
Svo: BCV err - 1st
Svo: BCV err - 2nd
Svo: Serial port timeout - 1st
Svo: Serial port timeout - 2nd
Svo:Possible Bump-1st
Svo:Bump Err-2nd
Svo: Timeout waiting for burst/Spoke - 1st
Svo: Timeout waiting for burst/Spoke - 2nd
Svo:Map'd Wdg-1st
Svo:Map'd Wdg-2nd
Svo:Id Err-1st.
Svo:Id Err-2nd
Svo:Unknown Wdg Err-1st
Svo:Unknown Wdg Err-2nd
0xAA Svo:Shock detected error-1st
0xAB
0xAC
Svo:Shock detected error-2nd
Svo: Seek time out
0xAD Svo: Bad measured timing values
0xAE
0xAF
0xB0
0xB1
0xB2
0xB3
0xB4
0xB5
0xB6
0xB7
0xB8
0xB9
0xBA
0xBB
0xBC
0x00
0x02
0x00
Svo: Not spinning at proper speed-1st
Svo: Not spinning at proper speed-2nd
Svo:Confined sync timeout
Svo:R/W serial timeout
Svo:Context Acquire Timeout
Svo:Context Aquire Data Addr Valid Timeout
Svo:Context Aquire Bad Track Number
Svo: False SSMF - 1st
Svo: False SSMF - 2nd
Svo: Servo Dead Loading Channel
Svo: Servo Dead
Svo: Servo died during sync-to-index
Svo: Servo Dead Seek Command
Svo: Bogus seek command type
Svo: Servo Command Procesor Timeout
Random positioning error
Positioning error detected by read
A-list is full
5-124 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sense
Key
Sense Sense
Code Qualifier
Meaning
0x3E
0x3E
0x03
0x04
Logical Unit failed self test
Logical unit log update failure
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-125
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sense
Key
Sense Sense
Code Qualifier
Meaning
0x04
Hdwe Error
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x40
0x44
0x44
0x90
0x80
0x82
0x83
0x84
0x85
0x86
0x88
0x89
0x90
0x91
0x92
0x93
0x8A
0x8C
0x8D
0x8E
0xA0
0xA1
0xA2
0xA3
0xA4
0xA5
0xA6
0xA7
0xA8
0xA9
Unknown HW problem
Hardware Bug Check (check Info field)
Failed HDA test.
Failed PCB test.
EDC check failed.
Controller FIFO over/underflow error.
DIAG: Drive failed to read servowriter serial number.
DIAG: Failed XOR test.
EDC Check Failed 0
EDC Check Failed 1
EDC Check Failed 2
EDC Check Failed3
Servo restart failed after set RPM command
LBA mismatch error
ETM test failure, drive failed to spin
Could not achieve target RPM
Test did not complete
Test completed successfully, but failed.
Invalid parameter was received.
Invalid data in servo record. Prevented algorithm from completing.
Servo record did not complete
Read seek failed
Write seek failed
Raw seek failed
Servo Diagnostic Test running.
Invalid 97/98 super cmd seq. Must send 97 before 98
0xAA Super Command 97 already running
0xAB
0xAC
Complex magnitude is zero
Could not complete the low-level BCV write function
0xAD Got a divide by zero error in complex divide.
0xAE
0xAF
0xB0
0xB1
0xB2
0xB3
0xB4
0x00
0x84
0x01
WGATE negated due to shock or bump during BCV write
Servo Death occurred during a BVC write operation
Seek command completion timeout occurred
Read an impossibility high number of good BCVS on this
No read passes resulted in enough test BCVs being read
The last read pass for test BCVs was good but shouldn’t be
DestinationLoc expected vs actual mismatch. servo death recovery
Logical assertion (firmware consistency check)
Insufficient buffer memory for operation
Serial Port Packet Receive Error
5-126 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sense
Key
Sense Sense
Code Qualifier
Meaning
0x04
Hdwe Error
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0x00
0x01
0x02
0x03
0x81
0x82
0x83
0x84
0x85
0x86
0x87
0x88
0x89
0x8A
0x8B
0x8C
0x8D
0x8E
0x8F
0x90
0x91
0x92
0x93
0x94
New wrt cmd overlaps deferred write error
New wrt cmd overlaps deferred read error
New rd cmd overlaps deferred write error
New rd cmd overlaps deferred read error
Failed to load the FSBA
a power-up servo calibration failed
head check failed
Loading of disk config pages from filesystem failed
Diskware loaded, but failed validation
Loading of disware from filesystem failed
Validation of Vector Table failed
Failed to load diskware vector table from filesystem
Servo could not successfully complete pre-diskware calibrations
Servo couldn’t successfully complete post-diskware calibrations
config page 19 corrupt
No disk config pages loaded
Loading of Orca table has failed
Loading of log pages from file system has failed
DBN write/read failed on head
Diagnostics failed on unit
Failed to spin up in time
Head load failed
FLT bit set in spinup
Selfscan could not load Script (0x30)
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-127
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sense
Key
Sense Sense
Code Qualifier
Meaning
0x04
Hdwe Error
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0x95
0x96
0x97
0x98
0x99
0x9A
0x9B
0x9C
Selfscan could not load results (0x31)
Selfscan could not load Defect (0x32)
Selfscan could not load Defect Manager files
Selfscan could not load SuperZoneData file
Selfscan timeout waiting for drive to come ready
Load Selfscan overlays failed
Selfscan overlays do not match firmware
Failed to lock within TBD seconds0x04/0xA0/0xA0 Spin time-out
INIT
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0x9D
0x9E
0x9F
0xA0
0xA1
0xA2
0xA3
0xA4
0xA5
0xA6
0xA7
0xA8
0xA9
Retract timeout
Drive Not Ready, CP section of EEPROM is Corrupt
Drive Not Ready, PM section of EEPROM is Corrupt
Spin time-out - INIT
Spin time-out - STOP_PENDING
Spin time-out - BRAKE
Spin time-out - Stopped
Spin time-out - PSENSE
Spin time-out - DOUBLE ALIGN
Spin time-out - OPEN_LOOP
Spin time-out - SYNC
Spin time-out - SYNC2
Spin time-out - CLOSED_LOOP
0xAA Spin time-out - CLOSED_LOOP-2
0xAB Spin time-out - CLOSED_LOOP-3
5-128 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sense
Key
Sense Sense
Code Qualifier
Meaning
0x04
Hdwe Error
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xA0
0xAC
Spin time-out - SETTLE
0xAD Spin time-out - STEADY
0xAE
0xAF
0xB0
0xB1
0xB2
0xB3
0xB4
0xB5
0xB6
0xB7
0xB8
0xB9
0xBA
0xBB
0xC0
0xC1
0xC2
0xC3
0xC4
0xC5
0xC6
0xC8
0xC9
0xCA
0xCB
0xCD
0xCE
0xCF
Spin time-out - FAULT
Spin time-out - ETM
Spin time-out - ROCKSPINDLE
Spin time-out - ANTILOCK
Spin time-out - SYNC4BRAKE
Diablo shutdown due to high temp
VCM wasn’t updated in time
Spindle clk is missing
Sync-to-Index, servo went dead
Sync-to-Index failed
No spokes found
Seeking too long
Potential spindle out od synch
fast head switch channel/preamp count mismatch
Drive Not Ready, NVR G Image copies corrupt
Drive Not Ready, PM section has invalid version id
Context acquire timeout
Track acquire timeout
Head Pin Layer Reversal
Heads cannot find servo sync (no PLR but heads with nosyncFound).
Could not find sync in the erase band
Could not arm Block State Machine, no matching pairs
Could not arm Block State Machine, retry exhausted
Could not arm Block State Machine
OFM logical list synchronization timeout
Bias Cal failed during power-up calibrations
Gamma Cal failed during power-up calibrations
ARCS Cal failed during power-up calibrations
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-129
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sense
Key
Sense Sense
Code Qualifier
Meaning
0x05
Illegal Request
0x1A
0x20
0x20
0x20
0x21
0x24
0x25
0x26
0x26
0x26
0x26
0x26
0x26
0x26
0x26
0x2C
0x3D
0x84
0x84
0x84
0x00
0x00
0xFE
0xFF
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x02
0x04
0x80
0x81
0x82
0x83
0x84
0x00
0x00
0x01
0x10
0x11
Parameter list length error
Invalid command.
ETM can't run with motor spinning
Selfscan code not loaded or bad
Invalid LBA
Invalid bits set in CDB
Invalid LUN specified
Invalid fields in parameters
Bad fields in parameters
Invalid release of persistent reservation
Invalid Code image checksum failed
Incorrect product code loaded
Invalid Offset for image
Invalid ASIC for this code load
Invalid Code image - New PCBA cannot take old code
Invalid command sequence
Invalid bit set in identify message
Aborted b/c of internal TO DER of a cmd other than current
Aborted b/c of internal TO before going to BBR for cur cmd
Aborted b/c of internal TO BBR of a cmd other than current
5-130 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sense
Key
Sense Sense
Code Qualifier
Meaning
SMART overtemperature trip
0x06
0x0B
0x28
0x29
0x29
0x29
0x29
0x29
0x29
0x29
0x2A
0x2A
0x2A
0x2A
0x2A
0x2f
0x01
0x00
0x01
0x02
0x03
0x04
0x05
0x06
0x86
0x01
0x02
0x03
0x04
0x05
0x00
0x01
0x05
0x01
0x02
0x00
0x01
0x02
0x5B
0x80
0xFF
0x00
Unit Attn
Not Ready to Ready transition
Power-On-Reset occurred
SCSI bus reset occurred
Bus device reset message
Recovered from bug check
Bus mode changed to single ended
Bus mode changed to LVDS
Reset after too many ACK's
Mode parameters were changed
Log parameters were changed
Persistent Reservations were cleared
Persistent Reservations were released
Registration Preempted
Cmd Queue cleared by another initiator
Microcode has been changed
Device Identifier changed
Spindle synced
0x3f
0x3f
0x5C
0x5C
0x5D
0x5D
0x5D
0x5D
0x5D
0x5D
0x27
Spindle not synced
Smart triggered
Smart triggered due to Write TA Factor
Smart triggered due to Write Err Factor
Smart triggered due to spin retry
Smart test tripped
0x06
Unit Attn
Smart test tripped
0x07
Data Protect
Data write protected
0x09
Vendor Specific
0x81
0x81
0x81
0x81
0x00
0x01
0x02
0x03
New command overlaps deferred write error
New wrt cmd overlaps deferred write
New rd cmd overlaps deferred write
New rd cmd overlaps deferred read error
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-131
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sense
Key
Sense Sense
Code Qualifier
Meaning
0x0B
Aborted Cmd
0x00
0x0E
0x1B
0x25
0x3F
0x43
0x45
0x47
0x47
0x47
0x47
0x47
0x48
0x49
0x4B
0x4B
0x4B
0x4B
0x4E
0x84
0x1D
0x00
0x01
0x00
0x00
0x0F
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x01
0x02
0x03
0x04
0x00
0x00
0x02
0x03
0x04
0x05
0x00
0x00
0x00
Aborted.
Abort: IU too short (data frame with length = 0)
Abort: Synchronous transfers timeout
Aborted with invalid LUN
Aborted: Echo buffer overwritten
Abort: Message reject error
Abort: Reselection failed
Abort: Bus parity error
Abort: pCRC error detected
Abort: Bus parity error during ST data phase
Abort: Information Unit CRC error
Abort: Async Protection error
Abort: Initiator detected error
Aborted with invalid Message
Abort: Too much write data received
Abort: ACK/NAK timeout
Abort: NAK received
Abort: Data offset error
Overlapped commands attempted
Aborted b/c of internal TO in DER for cur cmd
Data miscompare error
0x0E
Table 5-173 Sense-Key Specific Field Contents
Field
Contents
Sense Key
Initiator Interpretation
Field pointer
bytes
ILLEGAL
REQUEST
Illegal field's offset (in the Command Descriptor Block or data-out
buffer transfer parameters).
Progress Indica-
tion
NOT READY
Indicates progress of FORMAT UNIT Command.
RECOV-
ERED
Retry count
Number of retries for I/O operation
Number of retries for I/O operation
ERROR
MEDIUM
ERROR
Retry count
The data format of the Field Pointer bytes associated with the ILLEGAL REQUEST
Table 5-174 ILLEGAL REQUEST Sense Key Field Pointer Bytes\Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
SKSV =
1
C/D
Reserved
BPV
Bit Pointer
5-132 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
16 - 17
Field Pointer
Table 5-175 ILLEGAL REQUEST Sense Key Field Pointer Bytes\Field Descriptions
Field
SKSV
C/D
Description
Sense-Key Specific Valid
Command/Data. When the value in this field is 1, the Field Pointer identifies the first
byte in error in the Command Descriptor Block.
When 0, the Field Pointer identifies the first byte in error in the data parameters sent
by the initiator in the data-out buffer transfer.
BPV
Bit Pointer Valid. The drive does not support Bit-level resolution; the bit value must
be 0.
Bit Pointer
The drive does not support Bit-level resolution; the bit value must be 0.
Field Pointer
Indicates the first byte in error in either the Command Descriptor Block or in the data
parameters sent by the initiator.
The data format of the Progress Indication bytes associated with the NOT READY
Table 5-176 NOT READY Sense Key - Progress Indication Bytes\Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
SKSV =
1
Reserved
16 - 17
Progress Indication
Table 5-177 NOT READY Sense Key - Progress Indication Bytes\Field Descriptions
Field
Description
SKSV
Sense-Key Specific Valid
Indication of percent complete for the FORMAT UNIT command. The re-
turned value is the numerator of a fraction that has 65536 (10000h) as the de-
nominator (Progress Indication/10000h = percent complete).
Progress Indication
The data format of the Retry Count bytes associated with the MEDIUM ERROR
the data is contained in Table 5-179.
Table 5-178 MEDIUM ERROR or RECOVERED ERROR Sense Key - Retry Count-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
SKSV =
1
Reserved
16 - 17
Retry Count
Table 5-179 MEDIUM ERROR or RECOVERED ERROR Sense Key - Retry Count
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-133
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
-Field Descriptions
Description
Field
SKSV
Sense-Key Specific Valid
Retry
Count
The number of times an I/O operation was retried
5-134 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.33
RESERVE (6) Command (16h)
The RESERVE and the RELEASE commands are used for contention resolution in
multiple-initiator systems. The RESERVE command is used to reserve a logical unit.
Table 5-180 RESERVE (6) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (16h)
3rdPty Third Party Device ID
Reserved
Extent
2
Reservation Identification
Extent List Length
Control
3 - 4
5
Table 5-181 RESERVE (6) Command-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
3rd Pty
When set to 1, it indicates that the Third Party Device ID field is valid.
Required and used only when the 3rdPty bit is set, in which case this field specifies the SCSI ID (0
through 7 only) of the initiator to be granted the reservation of the logical unit. The drive preserves the
reservation until one of the following occurs:
• It is superseded by another valid RESERVE command from the initiator.
• It is released by the same initiator
• It is released by a TARGET RESET message from any initiator.
• It is released by a hard reset condition.
Third
Party
Device ID
The drive ignores any attempt to release the reservation made by any other initiator. For example, if
ID7 sends ID2 a Third Party reservation on behalf of ID6 (the target at ID2 gets reserved for the initiator
ID6), then only ID7 can release the target at ID2 (using a Third Party release). ID6 cannot release the
reservation even though the reservation was made on its behalf.
Extent
The drive supports reservations only on entire logical units. The value must be 0.
Reserva-
tion Identi- Any value in this field is ignored by the drive.
fication
Extent List
Any value in this field is ignored by the drive.
Length
Note: The drive returns RESERVATION CONFLICT status if the unit is already
reserved for another initiator. Once the reservation is honored, any command
from another initiator (except INQUIRY or REQUEST SENSE) is rejected
with RESERVATION CONFLICT status.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-135
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.34
RESERVE (10) Command (56h)
The RESERVE and the RELEASE commands are used for contention resolution in
multiple-initiator systems. The RESERVE command is used to reserve a logical unit.
If RESERVE (10) is used, then RELEASE (10) is also used. The data format and the
format for the Event Descriptors is described in Table 5-184.
Table 5-182 RESERVE (10) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (56h)
Reserved
3rdPty
Reserved
LongID
Extent
2
Reservation Identification
Third Party Device ID
Reserved
3
4 - 6
(MSB)
7 - 8
9
Parameter List Length
Control
(LSB)
Table 5-183 RESERVE (10) Command-Field Descriptions
Description
Field
3rd Pty
When set to 1, it indicates that the Third Party Device ID field is valid.
When 0, indicates that the third party device associated with the reservation release has a number
smaller than 255 and the ID value can be sent within the CDB. If set = 1, indicates that the third
party device ID is greater than 255, the ID value within the CDB is ignored, and the parameter list
length is at least eight.
LongID
Required and used only when the 3rdPty bit is set, in which case this field specifies the SCSI ID
of the initiator to be granted the reservation of the logical unit. The drive preserves the reservation
until one of the following occurs:
• It is superseded by another valid RESERVE command from the initiator.
• It is released by the same initiator.
• It is released by a TARGET RESET message from any initiator.
• It is released by a hard reset condition.
Third Party
Device ID
The drive ignores any attempt to release the reservation made by any other initiator. For example,
if ID7 sends ID2 a Third Party reservation on behalf of ID6 (the target at ID2 gets reserved for the
initiator ID6), then only ID7 can release the target at ID2 (using a Third Party release). ID6 cannot
release the reservation even though the reservation was made on its behalf.
If 0, requests that the entire logical unit be reserved for use only by the initiator until the request
is supplanted by another valid RESERVE command from the same initiator, or until released via
a RELEASE (10) command from the reserving initiator, a hard reset, or a power on cycle.
If set = 1, the extent reservation option is implemented. This option allows an application client in
a multitasking environment to have multiple reservations.
Extent
The size of the extent list is defined by the contents of the Parameter List Length field. The extent
list consists of zero or more descriptors. Each descriptor defines an extent beginning at the speci-
fied logical block address for the specified number of blocks. If the number of blocks is 0, the ex-
tent begins at the specified logical block address and continues through the last logical block
address on the logical unit. The data format of extent descriptors is shown in Table 5-184.
5-136 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-184 Extent Descriptors-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Reserved
RelAdr
Reservation Type
(MSB)
(MSB)
1 - 3
Number of Blocks
(LSB)
4 - 7
Logical Block Address
(LSB)
The Reservation Type field defines the type of reservation in effect for the extent
being reserved. Available types of reservations are shown in Table 5-185.
Table 5-185 Reservation Types
Reservation Type
Description
READ shared. No write operations are permitted by any initiator to the re-
served extent. Any initiator may read from the extent.
00b
WRITE exclusive. No other initiator may write to the indicated extent.
Any initiator may read from the extent.
01b
10b
11b
READ exclusive. While this reservation is active, no other initiator may be
permitted to read to the indicated extent.
Exclusive access. While this reservation is active, no other initiator is per-
mitted any access to the reserved extent.
RelAdr is always 0: The Maxtor Atlas 10K V hard disk drive does not support relative
addressing.
If both the LongID and the Extent bits = 1, then the parameter list takes the format
Table 5-186 Parameter List When LongID and Extent Bits = 1-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
0 - 7
Third Party Device ID
Extent Descriptors
(LSB)
(MSB)
8 - n
(See Figure 5-91 Above)(LSB)
If the LongID bit = 1 and the Extent bit = 0, then the parameter list length is eight
and the parameter list has the format shown in Table 5-187.
Table 5-187 RESERVE (10) ID Only Parameter List-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
0 - 7
Third Party Device ID
(LSB)
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-137
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.35
REZERO UNIT Command (01h)
The REZERO UNIT command sends the heads to cylinder 0 (Logical Block Address
0). Once the heads are on the track, they are not guaranteed to stay at cylinder 0;
periodic calibrations may send them to a different cylinder. If periodic calibrations
have been disabled by using the MAN bit (byte 3, bit 6) of the Vendor Unique
Function Control Page in the MODE SELECT command (15h), the REZERO
UNIT command will cause the drive to perform the next scheduled calibration. The
data format is shown in Table 5-188.
Table 5-188 REZERO UNIT Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Operation Code (01h)
Reserved
1 - 4
5
Control
5-138 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.36
SEEK (6) Command (0Bh)
The SEEK (6) command uses a 6-byte Command Descriptor Block to request the
drive to send the drive heads to the requested Logical Block Address. The drive
responds by placing the heads at the correct Logical Block Address. When the heads
are at the specified Logical Block Address, they are not guaranteed to stay in that
position since periodic calibrations may send them to a different cylinder. The data
format is shown in Table 5-189.
Table 5-189 SEEK (6) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (0Bh)
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address
Reserved
2 - 3
4
Reserved
Control
5
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-139
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.37
SEEK (10) Command (2Bh)
The SEEK (10) command uses a 10-byte Command Descriptor Block to request the
drive to send the drive heads to the requested Logical Block Address. The drive
responds by placing the heads at the correct Logical Block Address. When the heads
are at the specified Logical Block Address, they are not guaranteed to stay in that
position since periodic calibrations may send them to a different cylinder. The data
format is shown in Table 5-190.
Table 5-190 SEEK (10) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Operation Code (2Bh)
Reserved
1
2 - 5
6 - 8
9
Logical Block Address
Reserved
Control
5-140 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.38
SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command (1Dh)
The SEND DIAGNOSTIC command sends a diagnostic page to the drive. Refer to
the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS command for a description of the
diagnostic pages and the use of the diagnostic commands. The Supported Diagnostic
Table 5-192 shows the field descriptions.
Table 5-191 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Operation Code (1Dh)
PF Rsvd
Reserved
Self
Test
1
Function
DevOnl
UnitOfl
2
3 - 4
5
Parameter List Length
Control
Table 5-192 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
When the SelfTest bit is set to one, the Function code field is 000b. When the SelfTest bit is
cleared to zero, the content of the Function code field is specified as follows:
000b: Value to be used when the SelfTest bit is set to one or if the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command
is not invoking one of the other self-test function codes (for example, Translate Address page)
001b: Background short self-test. The device server will start its short self-test routine in the back-
ground mode.
010b: Background extended self test. The device server will start its extended self-test routine in
the background mode.
011b: Reserved
Function
100b: Abort background self-test. Abort the current self-test running in background mode. This
value is only valid if a previous SEND DIAGNOSTIC command specified a Background self-test
function and that function has not completed. If either of these conditions is not true, then the de-
vice server will respond by returning a CHECK CONDITION with a sense key of NOT READY
and an additional sense code of LOGICAL UNIT NOT READY, SELF-TEST IN PROGRESS.
101b: Foreground short self-test. The device server will start its short self-test routine in the fore-
ground mode
110b: Foreground extended self-test. The device server will start its extended self-test routine in
the foreground mode
111b: Reserved
Page Format. When the PF bit is 1, the parameters that follow conform to the Supported Diagnos-
PF
SelfTest is ignored when PF = 1.
The PF bit must be 1 if Parameter List Length is not 0.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-141
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Field
Description
If the PF bit is 0 and the SelfTest bit is 1, the drive runs its self-test routine. GOOD status is re-
turned to the initiator if the self-test passes. CHECK CONDITION status is returned along with
any available sense data if the self-test fails.
SelfTest
This field is ignored if the PF bit is 1.
DevOnl
UnitOfl
Any value in this field is ignored by the drive.
Any value in this field is ignored by the drive.
When the Parameter List Length field is non-zero, the value specifies the length (in bytes) of the
parameter list that is to be transferred from the initiator to the drive during the command's data-
out buffer transfer.
Parameter List
Length
This field is only valid when the PF bit = 1 and must be 0 when the PF bit is 0.
5.38.1
Supported Diagnostic Page List
Table 5-193 shows the Supported Diagnostic Page List that can be supplied with a
SEND DIAGNOSTIC command to request that the Supported Diagnostic Page List
be returned after the next RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command.
Table 5-193 Supported Diagnostic Page List-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Page Code (00h)
Reserved
1
2 - 3
Page Length (00h)
5.38.2
Translate Address Page
Table 5-194 shows the Translate Address Page that can be supplied with a SEND
DIAGNOSTIC command to request that the Translate Address Page be returned after
the next RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command.
Table 5-194 Translate Address Page-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Page Code (40h)
Reserved
2 - 3
4
Page Length (0Ah)
Supplied Format
000b (LBA)
Reserved
Reserved
5
Translate Format
101b (Physical Sector)
6 - 9
Address to Translate
(LBA Format)
10 - 13
Reserved
5-142 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.39
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command (A4h)
The SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command requests that the device identifier
information in the logical unit be set to the value send via the SET DEVICE
IDENTIFIER command’s parameter list. The data format and field descriptions are
Upon successful completion of a SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command, a Unit
Attention is generated for all initiators except the one that issued the command.
Table 5-195 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Operation Code (A4h)
Service Action (06h)
1
Reserved
2 – 5
Reserved
(MSB)
6 – 9
Parameter List Length
(LSB)
10
11
Reserved
Control
Table 5-196 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Command Descriptor Block-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Service Action
Must = 06h. Any other value forces Check Condition, Illegal Request.
This field specifies the length, in bytes, of the Identifier to be transferred from the ap-
plication client to the device server. The maximum value for this field is 64 bytes. A
parameter list length of 0 indicates that no data will be transferred, and that subsequent
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER commands will return an Identifier length of 0. If
the parameter list length exceeds 64 bytes, then the drive returns a Check Condition
status with the sense key set to Illegal Request, and an additional sense code of Invalid
Field in CDB.
Parameter List Length
The SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command’s parameter list contains Identifier to be
set by the logical unit to which the command is sent. The parameter list is shown
Table 5-197 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(MSB)
0 – n
Identifier
(LSB)
Table 5-198 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter List-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
The value reported in this field is the data to be returned by all subsequent
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER commands, until a new SET DEVICE
IDENTIFIER command is issued that changes the data.
Identifier
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-143
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.40
START STOP UNIT Command (1Bh)
The START STOP UNIT command enables or disables the logical unit for media
access operations. This command gives the initiator remote control over drive spin-
up and spin-down. The data format and field descriptions are shown in Table 5-199
A jumper (or backplane connection) is used to select the spin-up mode. When
configured for remote control of spin-up (Option 3), the drive requires a START
STOP UNIT Command to spin up. See Chapter 3 for jumper-programming
instructions for your specific hard disk drive.
Table 5-199 START STOP UNIT Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (1Bh)
Reserved
Immed
Start
2 - 3
4
Reserved
Power Conditions
Reserved
LoEj
5
Control
Table 5-200 START STOP UNIT Command-Field Descriptions
Field Description
Immediate. When 1, the drive returns GOOD status immediately after validating the
Command Descriptor Block, but before the drive spins up.
Immed
When 0, the drive does not return GOOD status until after the drive has spun up success-
fully and is ready for media access commands.
Load Eject. This value must be zero, because the disk drive contains non-removable me-
dium.
LoEj
Start
When Start is 1, the unit spins up (if it is not currently spinning) and is left in a state where
subsequent media access commands can succeed.
When the value is 0, the drive spins down. Subsequent media access commands are re-
jected with CHECK CONDITION status and the proper sense data.
Power
Conditions
The Power Conditions field is not supported.
5-144 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.41
SYNCHRONIZE CACHE Command (35h)
The SYNCHRONIZE CACHE command ensures that all logical blocks, within the
specified range in the drive's cache memory, have their most recent data value
recorded on the physical medium. If more recent data for a logical block, within the
specified range, exists in the cache memory than on the physical medium, then the
logical blocks from the cache memory is written to the physical medium. Logical
blocks are not necessarily removed from the cache as a result of the Synchronize Cache
operation. The data format and field descriptions are shown in Table 5-201 and Table
5-202 respectively.
Table 5-201 SYNCHRONIZE CACHE Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (35h)
Reserved
Immed
= 0
RelAdr
2 - 5
6
Logical Block Address
Reserved
7 - 8
9
Number of Blocks
Control
Table 5-202 SYNCHRONIZE CACHE Command-Field Descriptions
Field
Immed
RelAdr
Description
Immediate. Must be 0. The drive returns status after the synchronize cache operation has
been completed.
Relative Address. Must be 0. Relative addressing is not supported.
Logical Block
Address
The address of the first logical sector of the range to be operated upon by this command.
Specifies the total number of contiguous logical blocks within the range. When set to 0,
the drive removes all sectors from the given Logical Block Address on.
Number of
Blocks
When Number of Blocks and Logical Block Address are both 0, the drive removes all un-
written cache sectors to the medium.
It is not considered an error when no sectors within the specified range are in the cache
memory.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-145
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.42
TEST UNIT READY Command (00h)
The TEST UNIT READY command returns GOOD status if the drive is ready to
receive medium access commands (that is, READ, WRITE, VERIFY, etc.). If the
drive is not ready to receive medium access commands, it returns CHECK
CONDITION status with the appropriate sense keys and qualifiers. The data format
is described in Table 5-203.
Table 5-203 TEST UNIT READY Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Operation Code (00h)
Reserved
1 - 4
5
Control
5-146 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.43
VERIFY Command (2Fh)
The VERIFY command verifies the data on the medium for the Logical Block
Address range specified. The data format and field descriptions are shown in Table 5-
Table 5-204 VERIFY Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (2Fh)
Reserved
DPO
Reserved
BytChk
RelAdr
2 - 5
6
Logical Block Address
Reserved
7 - 8
9
Verification Length
Control
Table 5-205 VERIFY Command-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Disable Page Out. When the value of the field = 1, the device server will assign the logical
blocks accessed by this command the lowest priority for being fetched into or retained by the
cache.
DPO
When DPO = 0, the priority will be determined by fields in the Caching page.
Byte Check. When the value is 1, the drive performs a byte-by-byte comparison of the data
on the medium with the data sent by the initiator in the data-out buffer transfer.
BytChk
RelAdr
When 0, the drive performs a medium verification with no data comparison. In this case, no
data is sent by the initiator.
Relative Address. This feature is not supported; the field must be 0.
Logical
Block
Address
The address of the first logical sector to be verified.
The number of contiguous sectors that are to be verified. The drive returns a CHECK CON-
DITION status with the correct sense data if the specified transfer extends beyond out of the
logical sector space.
Verifica-
tion Length
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-147
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.44
WRITE (6) Command (0Ah)
The WRITE (6) command requests that the drive write initiator-supplied data to the
medium.
The Command Descriptor Block for the WRITE (6) command is shown in Table 5-
Table 5-206 WRITE (6) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (0Ah)
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address
Reserved
2 - 3
4
Transfer Length
Control
5
Table 5-207 WRITE (6) Command-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Logical Block
Address
The address of the first logical block where the Write operation will occur.
The number of contiguous logical blocks of data to transfer. A transfer length of 0
indicates 256 logical blocks are to be transferred. Any other value indicates the ac-
tual number of logical blocks that will be transferred.
Transfer Length
5-148 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.45
WRITE (10) Command (2Ah)
The WRITE (10) command requests that the drive write initiator-supplied data to the
5-209 respectively.
Table 5-208 WRITE (10) Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (2Ah)
DPO FUA
Reserved
Reserved
RelAdr
2 - 5
6
Logical Block Address
Reserved
7 - 8
9
Transfer Length
Control
Table 5-209 WRITE (10) Command-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Disable Page Out. When the value of the field is 1, the drive tells the controller to bypass
cache as much as possible. The buffers used for the WRITE data are given a low priority.
This bit may be useful if the host CPU is performing a background copy operation and
does not want to wipe out the drive's cache.
DPO
FUA
When DPO is 0, the drive tells the controller to cache this WRITE data in a normal man-
ner.
NOTE: The drive normally assigns a low priority to write caching. Therefore, the DPO
bit in a WRITE command is ignored.
Force Unit Access. When 1, the data must be written on the medium before GOOD status
is returned. When 0, GOOD status may be returned after the data is fetched from the ini-
tiator and before it is written to the medium. If the WCE (Write Cache Enable) bit on the
MODE SELECT command Caching Page is clear, the FUA bit is ignored and behaves as
if it were always set (that is, if WCE = 0, the controller forces FUA = 1).
Logical Block
Address
The address of the first logical block where the Write operation will occur.
RelAdr
Relative Address. This drive does not support this feature; the field must be 0.
The number of contiguous logical blocks of data to write. The drive returns CHECK
Transfer Length CONDITION status with the correct sense data if the specified transfer would cause the
write operation to extend beyond the Logical Block Address space.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-149
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.46
WRITE AND VERIFY Command (2Eh)
The WRITE AND VERIFY command writes host-supplied data to the unit and
verifies it was written correctly. The data format and field descriptions are shown in
Table 5-210 WRITE AND VERIFY Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (2Eh)
Reserved
DPO
Reserved
BytChk
RelAdr
2 - 5
6
Logical Block Address
Reserved
7 - 8
9
Transfer Length
Control
Table 5-211 WRITE AND VERIFY Command-Field Descriptions
Field Description
Disable Page Out. When the value of the field is 1, the drive tells the controller to by-
pass cache as much as possible. The buffers used for the WRITE data are given a low
priority. This bit may be useful if the host CPU is performing a background copy oper-
ation and does not want to wipe out the drive's cache.
DPO
When DPO is 0, the drive tells the controller to cache this WRITE data in a normal
manner.
NOTE: The drive normally assigns a low priority to write caching. Therefore, the DPO
bit in a WRITE command is essentially ignored.
Byte Check. When 1, the drive performs a byte-by-byte comparison of the data written
on the media with the data transferred from the initiator.
BytChk
RelAdr
When 0, the drive performs a medium verification with no data comparison of the sec-
tors written by the command.
Relative Address. This feature is not supported and the field must be 0.
Logical Block
Address
The address of the first logical block where the WRITE operation will occur.
The number of contiguous logical blocks of data to write and verify. The drive returns
CHECK CONDITION status with the correct sense data if the specified transfer would
cause the write operation to extend beyond the Logical Block Address space.
Transfer Length
5-150 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.47
WRITE BUFFER Command (3Bh)
The WRITE BUFFER and the READ BUFFER commands allow the initiator to
gain access to the data storage areas within the drive controller. These commands are
used to check the integrity of the buffer-initiator data path independent of the storage
medium, typically for fault isolation. The commands can be used to verify the caching
policies of the controller or other kinds of debug work. In addition, the WRITE
BUFFER command supports controller microcode downloads. The data format and
Both the READ BUFFER and WRITE BUFFER commands have a Buffer ID and a
Buffer Offset data field defined in their Command Descriptor Block. In combined
Header and Data Mode, if both are set to 0, reference is made to a single, 512-byte
buffer set aside in the controller's data memory, independent of cache. This allows an
initiator to verify the data path from the controller's data memory to the initiator
without affecting the drive's internal data caches.
Table 5-212 WRITE BUFFER Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (3Bh)
Reserved
Mode
2
Buffer ID
Buffer Offset
3 - 5
6 - 8
9
Parameter List Length
Control
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-151
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-213 WRITE BUFFER Command-Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Five modes are supported by the drive; Combined Header and Data, Data Only, Download Microcode and
Save, and Write Data from Echo Buffer. The permissible values for Buffer ID, Buffer Offset are as fol-
lows:
Mode
Combined Header and Data – In this mode, the data to be transferred is preceded by a 4-byte header that
contains reserved bytes that must be set to 0. The resulting descriptor and data are fetched from the initiator
during the command's data-out buffer transfer and, after the descriptor has been validated, only the data is
written to the controller's memory.
0000b
Buffer ID must be 0
Buffer Offset must be 0
Parameter List Length must be set to between 0 and 516 (4 bytes of header and up to 512 bytes of data).
Data Only– In this mode, the data-out buffer transfer contains buffer data. Data is written to the drive's
buffer starting at the location specified by the Buffer ID and Buffer Offset.
Buffer ID. When non-zero, the value specifies a specific track line in the controller’s cache. If Buffer ID
of zero is specified, the buffer referenced is the same as if Buffer ID of one were specified.
0010b
Buffer Offset. When non-zero, the value can range from 0 to one less than the number of sectors/track
multiplied by 512. This value must be either a zero or a multiple of 512.
Parameter List Length. This value must be a multiple of 512. The maximum value for this field is one
more than the number of sectors/track times 512. The minimum value is 0.
Download Microcode and Save. In this mode, a microcode image is transferred to the drive, and if valid,
is saved in the controller's non-volatile memory. This image must be transferred with all buffers of the
same size (the last buffer of the transfer cannot be of a different size) and the buffer size must be a multiple
of 512. Most images are multiples of 512 and 1K. In that case, it is safe to have 512 byte transfers or 1K
transfers. For example, if the image size is 369K, then 738 512-byte buffers can be transferred or 369 1K
byte buffers can be transferred. It is also possible to transfer the image in one large buffer.
The controller does a hard reset on command completion. In Download Microcode and Save mode, the
other Command Descriptor Blocks are supported as follows:
0101b
Buffer ID – Undefined and ignored.
Buffer Offset – The offset of the buffer being transferred. For example: for 512 byte transfers use 0, 512,
1024, 1536,.... For 1K byte transfers use 0, 1024, 2048, 3072...
Parameter List Length – Must be the size of the buffer being transferred.
7
Download Microcode and Save with Offset. This mode acts the same as mode 0101b but is restricted to
sending the bytes in sequential order.
(0111b)
Write Data from Echo Buffer
In this mode, the host transfers data and stores it in an echo buffer. The data will be preserved in the echo
buffer unless there is an intervening command.
1010b
Buffer ID Ignored.
Buffer Offset Ignored.
5-152 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5.48
WRITE LONG Command (3Fh)
The WRITE LONG and READ LONG commands allow the initiator to issue raw
reads and writes of physical sectors addressed as logical blocks with an assumed sector
length of 512 bytes. These commands are used to verify the correction capability of
the drive's ECC and to create defects of a known kind and location to verify the drive's
recovery and bad sector handling policies. The data format and field descriptions are
Table 5-214 WRITE LONG Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (3Fh)
Reserved
RelAdr
2 - 5
6
Logical Block Address
Reserved
7 - 8
9
Byte Transfer Length (578)
Control
Table 5-215 WRITE LONG Command-Field Descriptions
Field Description
RelAdr
Relative Address. This drive does not support this feature; the field must be 0.
The address of the first logical sector where the Write operation will occur.
Logical Block
Address
Must be 578. This value reflects the number of bytes spanned by the ECC, including
the ECC itself, rounded up to the next word (this is easiest understood in bits: 4096
data bits + 1 force error bit + 15 Logical Block Address bits + 16 cross check bits + 2
pad bits + 480 ECC bits + 6 pad bits that are not written to media but are only needed
for transfer = 4496 bits or 578 bytes). Any other value in this field results in a CHECK
CONDITION status and the appropriate sense data.
Byte Transfer
Length
The initiator should first issue a READ LONG, then modify the data portion only, and
then issue a WRITE LONG. It is also recommended that the drive be reformatted after
these commands are used.
5.49
WRITE SAME COMMAND
The WRITE SAME command requests that the drive write the single sector of data
transferred by the initiator to the medium mulitple times. The data format and field
descriptions are shown in Table 5-11 and 5-12 Table respectively.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-153
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-216 WRITE SAME Command Descriptor Block-Data Format
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
Operation Code (41h)
Reserved
PBdata
LBdta
RelAdr
2-5
6
Logical Block Address
Reserved
Number of Blocks
Control
7-8
9
Table 5-217 WRITE SAME Field Description
Field
Description
Physical Block Data - Not supported. This feild must be
zero.
PBdata
Logical Block Data - A value of 1 requests that the drive
replace the first four bytes of the data to be written to the
current logical sector with the logical sector address of the
sector currently being written.
LBdata
RelAdr
Relative Address. - Not supported. This feild must be
zero
The address of the first logical sector where the Write op-
eration will occur.
Logical Block Address
Number of Blocks
This feild contains the number of contiguous logical
blocks that are to be written. A value of 0 requests that all
the remaining logical blocks on the medium are to be
written.
5.50
WRITE SKIP MASK Command (EAh)
The WRTIE SKIP MASK command allows the initiator to condition the function of
the WRITE commands to allow only selected data to be transferred over the SCSI
interface. A WRITE SKIP MASK command precedes a WRITE (10) command; the
WRITE (10) command must be linked to the WRITE SKIP MASK command or the
skip mask is lost and a CHECK CONDITION status is returned.
Table 5-218 WRITE SKIP MASK Command (EAh)
Bit
Byte
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Operation Code (EAh)
Reserved
1
2 - 5
(MSB)
Logical Block Address
Skip Mask Length
Transfer Length
Reserved
(LSB)
(LSB)
6
7 - 8
(MSB)
9
VU
Flag
Link
5-154 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 5-219 WRITE SKIP MASK Command - Field Description
Field
Description
This field specifies the first logical block of the corresponding WRITE (10) COMMAND. This
allows a SEEK to begin immediately. The LBA of the following WRITE (10) command must be
the same as the LBA of the Write SKIP MASK command,
Logical Block Ad-
dress
This field indicated the length in bytes of the skip mask. The mask is up to 64 bytes, giving a data
address capability of 256K. The mask consists of a sequence of bits where a "1" bit is for the blocks
of data to be transferred and a "0" for the blocks of data that are to be skipped. The first "1" bit of
the mask corresponds to the first LBA to be transferred. Any unused bits at the end of the last byte
in the mask must be set to 0. The mask is transferred in the data-out buffer transfer of the skip mask
command.
Skip Mask Length
Transfer Length
This field must be equal to the transfer length in the linked WRITE (10) command. The transfer
length field must be equal to the number "1" bits in the skip mask. If a WRITE (10) is used with
0 as the transfer length, a transfer length of 256 data blocks is implied.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
5-155
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-156 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 6
FEATURE DESCRIPTIONS
This chapter provides descriptions of many of the features incorporated in the Maxtor
Atlas 10K V hard disk drive family.
6.1
KEY FEATURES
Maxtor Atlas 10K V disk drives provide unequaled quality and performance. They are
designed to improve the performance of high-end workstations, file servers, and
storage systems. Among their features are the following:
• 73.5, 147.1 GB, or 300 GB formatted capacity (512 bytes to 524 bytes/
block selectable in increments of 2 bytes)
• GMR heads and banded recording for higher overall bit-densities
• Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology (S.M.A.R.T.)
Revision 2 support
• Optimized Reordering Command Algorithm and tagged command
queuing for greater throughput
• 8 MB segmented cache buffer ECC protected
• 10,000 rpm rotational speed yielding 3 ms average latency
• 4.0 ms / 4.5 ms average read/write seek time for the 73.5 GB disk drives,
4.2 ms / 4.7 ms average read/write seek time for the 147.1 GB disk
drives; and 4.4 ms / 4.9 ms average read/write seek time for the 300 GB
disk drives.
• Embedded servo system for exceptional head positioning accuracy and
long life
• “Zero latency” reads and writes reduce data access time
• Full SCSI-3 compliance1 (compatible with SCSI-2 and SCSI-1)
• Variable BPI
• Just-in Time Seeks
• Read/Write Ahead
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 6-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
• MaxAdpat Feature Set
- Rotational Vibration Compensation (RVC)
- Adaptive Bias Estimation (ABE)
- Virtual Cache Line (VCL)
- Adaptive Active Filtration (AAF)
• Advanced Ultra160 SCSI-LVD, Ultra320 SCSI-LVD, Ultra2-LVD, and
Ultra-SE with 68-pin wide connector or 80-pin SCA-2 connector
• Superior data integrity:
•352-bit Reed-Solomon quad-burst ECC provides fast on-the-fly
correction for small errors and robust software-based correction for
larger errors
•EDC internal protection from SCSI bus to media
Note: 1The drives are in compliance with the SCSI-3 draft proposed ANSI
standards as they exist at the time of product release; SCSI-3 features
may not be enabled on drives when shipped.
Many of these features are described in this chapter.
The drive contains a large, segmented buffer in RAM that is used to maximize the
throughput for sequential read streams. This cache is organized as a number of separate
segments.
The buffer is also used to combine or coalesce I/O data on a track-by-track basis, prior
to accessing the disk media. Performance is greatly improved by gathering and
combining the data on a track basis rather than on a command basis. With this unique
system, multiple commands for a particular track are coalesced in the buffer before
accessing the media.
As a result, multiple I/O commands, that address a single track are logically combined
to avoid multiple disk accesses on multiple rotations. Since most reads and writes are
sequential, this greatly increases throughput for most applications.
6.2
WRITE-BACK CACHING
The drive supports write-back caching. In this case, writes are considered complete
when the data is loaded into the cache, before it is written to the media. This allows
the host to go on to other tasks, while the drive assumes responsibility for the data and
ensuring that it is written to media as soon as possible. If write-back caching is
employed, it is recommended that an uninterruptible power source (UPS) be
provided for optimal data security.
6-2 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6.3
ZERO LATENCY READ/WRITE
An average of half a revolution of latency is saved by starting to read or write as soon
as a seek settles on the designated track. If reading, the initial data read is stored in a
buffer (cache) until the actual starting address data block is reached and read. The
starting address data is then transferred to the bus as the rest of the data is transferring
from media to the buffer. When the initial data address read is reached again, that data
in the buffer is transferred to the bus. This ensures that the track data goes out in media
order and eliminates the rotational latency associated with waiting for the starting
address to rotate to the head.
Writing works essentially the same way only in reverse. The data is first transferred to
the drive's buffer. After seeking to the desired track, a write pointer is set to the current
location of the head on the track and writing is commenced from the buffer, starting
at the corresponding place in the data.
6.4
DISCONNECT-RECONNECT
System throughput can be improved by disconnecting the drive from the initiator
during physical positioning operations, thereby freeing up the SCSI bus for other I/
O processes. After the drive has determined that there will be a delay, it disconnects
itself from the SCSI bus by sending a DISCONNECT message and enters the BUS
FREE phase.
When the drive is ready to resume data transfer, it arbitrates for the SCSI bus and, after
winning arbitration, reconnects to the initiator and sends an IDENTIFY message via
the MESSAGE IN phase. This revives the I_T_L nexus (initiator-target-logical unit
connection) so the initiator can retrieve the correct set of data pointers for the I/O
process. The initiator restores the active pointers to their most recent saved values, and
the drive continues to finish the original I/O process.
Disconnect-Reconnect is controlled with the Mode Select Command (15h) for the
Disconnect/Reconnect (02h) mode page.
6.5
TRACK AND CYLINDER SKEWING
The disk drive improves data throughput by skewing track and cylinder addresses.
When the drive switches heads or tracks, or both, to access sequential data, the
rotation of the disk media allows one or more physical blocks to pass by the read/write
head before the head is ready to continue the transfer. Skewing adjusts the block
addresses so that the head switch and settle times and the media rotation coincide to
bring the head exactly to the next logical block. This minimizes rotational latency (and
increases throughput) when data is accessed sequentially.
6.6
6.7
AVERAGE ACCESS TIME
A 10,000 rpm rotation speed yields an average latency of 3 ms.
EMBEDDED SERVO SYSTEM
Embedded servo information is written in a spoke configuration on every track, on
every disk surface. The spokes (or headers) consist of quadrature analog patterns and
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 6-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
digital address data. The digital portions of the spoke data are read and used to locate
the desired track, spoke, and head number. The quadrature analog signal portion is
detected and used by a servo feedback control loop to precisely position the head on
the track center.
6.8
DATA INTEGRITY AND SECURITY
The disk drives use a combination of parity checking, error detection coding (EDC),
error correction coding (ECC), and checkpointing to protect stored data from media
errors, transfer or addressing errors, or errors introduced during block reallocation.
6.8.1
Media Error Protection
To ensure that data read is the same as data written, the drive computes and appends
an Error Correction Code (ECC) to each block of data stored. The drive uses a 352-
bit Reed Solomon code with a 4:1 interleave, which can correct up to 20 bytes in
each block.
The drive can also correct up to 2 bytes per interleave (up to 8 per block) in hardware
(“on-the-fly”), with no loss in throughput.
6.8.2
6.8.3
Transfer Error Protection
An end-to-end error detection code (EDC) protects data from any errors introduced
by internal buses, the disk controller chip, the data cache, or the SCSI interface.
An EDC is calculated and added to each data block as the data arrives from the SCSI
bus (after SCSI bus parity is checked). The EDC is stored with the data and protected
by the block ECC for added security. On reading or writing, the EDC is checked as
the data is transferred between buffer RAM and the media or the SCSI bus.
Addressing Error Protection
Each data block on the media is identified and located by a servo spoke address. The
spoke address consists of a two-byte word. Each spoke has multiple copies of the least
significant bytes of the address. The disk hardware requires that a majority of the
copies agree and that the result agrees with the expected head, track, and spoke
number, before it will read or write the data.
To further protect against addressing errors, the logical address (LBA) of the data is
added to the EDC of each block. If data is written to the wrong block and
subsequently read, or read from the wrong block, the error will be flagged.
The hardware does not allow a blind read of a data block; the firmware must request
specific data blocks. Even if the head selection hardware malfunctions, it is not possible
for the drive to return data from the wrong head.
6.8.4
Data Sector Reallocation Error Protection
In any SCSI disk drive, bad blocks may be reallocated. However, a power failure or
unrecoverable data could threaten data integrity during a block reallocation.
The reallocation and defect list storage algorithms prevent a reallocation from being
lost due to a power failure. Once a reallocation starts, the information about the data
block to be moved is stored on the media. As the reallocation progresses, checkpoint
6-4 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
information about the reallocation (such as the new destination and the data in transit)
is recorded. If the reallocation is interrupted, the process can automatically continue
from the last checkpoint without data loss.
If a block reallocation is performed on unrecoverable data (rare), a Bad Data Mark is
set in the new location. Thus, there is no chance of undetected bad data being
generated from a reallocation.
6.8.5
Data Verification
Data can be verified in two ways. First, the integrity of data in selected areas of the
media can be checked using the VERIFY command. Secondly, the WRITE AND
VERIFY command writes host-supplied data and then verifies that it was written
correctly.
The Verify Error Recovery Page of the MODE SELECT COMMAND controls the
drive's response to error conditions that arise during the VERIFY command and
during the verify operation of the WRITE AND VERIFY command.
6.9
TAGGED COMMAND QUEUING
The drive supports all three SCSI-defined queue tag messages. When queuing is
enabled (default condition), the drive can accept any of the following:
• Simple - specifies that the command is to be placed in the drive's
command task set (queue). If several commands are present, the drive
may reorder them to increase overall throughput.
• Head of Queue - directs the drive to place the command at the
beginning of the queue, to be executed next. Consecutive commands
with Head of Queue specified are executed in last-in-first-out (LIFO)
order. Queue depth is 64.
• Ordered - specifies that commands in the drive's task set are to be
executed in the order received (FIFO).
The DQue bit (disable queuing) of the Control Mode page can be used to disable
tagged command queuing.
6.10
6.11
COMMAND REORDERING
The drive uses Optimized Reordering Command Algorithm (ORCA) and tagged
command queuing to provide greater throughput by reordering any commands
queued on the drive to minimize rotational latency, seek time and head selection time.
BANDED RECORDING
In banded recording, the disk is divided into multiple bands (also called partitions,
notches, or bit-zoned areas). Starting at the inner band, each band further out has
more blocks per track (a higher recording frequency). This use of multiple-frequency
recording increases the capacity of the drive.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 6-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6.12
DIAGNOSTICS
The drive has extensive diagnostic capabilities, including those described below:
power-on self-test, periodic self-adjustments, and host diagnostics. Maxtor uses self-
diagnostic tests and sense data tracking to manage drive errors, in addition to logical
block address (LBA) revectoring.
6.12.1
Power On Self Test (POST)
The disk drive performs a self-diagnostic test immediately at power up. Both the Fault
LED and a Busy LED briefly illuminate during spin-up as a lamp test.
If the drive passes the self-tests (and the spin-up jumper is installed), it spins up and
performs further diagnostics on the Head Disk Assembly (HDA). The drive indicates
“not ready” until the HDA tests are completed successfully.
The drive diagnostics test the following:
• RAM and ROM chips
• Buffer memory
• Gate array chips
• Read/write encoding circuits
• Basic servo functions
After a SELECTION TIME following power-on, the disk drive is able to respond
with appropriate status and sense data to the TEST UNIT READY, INQUIRY, and
REQUEST SENSE commands.
6.12.2
Periodic Self-Adjustments
During normal drive operation, certain periodic functions occur automatically so the
drive can verify and maintain the integrity of its operations and optimize performance.
The operations performed include those listed below.
• Move/Switch idle heads
• Adaptive seek profile calibration
• ROM checksum
Such periodic functions can make the drive appear to be active when no commands
are outstanding, because the drive appears to be seeking. Periodic calibrations occur
only after the drive has been inactive for 30 seconds.
Note: If a media access command is received during a calibration, the drive
aborts the calibration process and acts on the command.
If desired, calibrations can be suspended to reduce drive overhead by setting the
Manual Calibration bit in the (Vendor) Special Function Control page. If this is done,
manual calibrations can still be initiated by performing a REZERO UNIT command.
6-6 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6.12.3
Host Diagnostics
The Host Processor can command the drive to perform diagnostic tests and report
status using RECEIVE and SEND DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS commands. Certain
parameters can be sent to the drive to alter or enhance the performance of the
diagnostic tests specified.
6.12.4
6.13
Log Sense
Maxtor implements multiple LOG SENSE pages which logically group together
parameters related to disk and subsystem activities. Monitoring this data enables users
to observe drive performance and possibly predict failures.
ERROR RECOVERY
The mode pages control all error recovery. Any error recovery that is enabled is
attempted without host intervention.
6.13.1
6.13.2
Seek Error Recovery
Seek error recovery is automatic if the hardware is physically able to position to the
correct track.
Data Read Errors
Data read errors are recovered, if possible, by one or more of the following methods:
• Correction of the data “on-the-fly” with ECC hardware.
• Re-try the operation.
• Reload read channel registers to calibrated values.
• Off-track Recovery. Use different off-track offsets and re-try.
• Use a fixed gain while retrying.
• Margin servo thresholds to facilitate seek and detent.
• Margin the error tolerance of sync mark detection.
• Force sync mark detection while retrying.
• Skip Sector Rereads. Retries, each without one of eight earlier servo
blocks.
• Correction of the bad data with the software ECC algorithm.
• Switching the bias current of the MR head between retries.
• TA baseline compensation, and other TA recovery methods.
6.13.3
Reallocation of Bad Blocks
Most of the spare blocks are located on the inner cylinders of the drive. All defective
blocks are in-line spared at the factory or at format time. Some spare blocks are
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 6-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
allocated at the end of each band, and are reserved for grown, revectored blocks. All
grown defects are reallocated to one of the spare blocks, using a “nearest neighbor”
algorithm.
If bad block replacement is enabled (via the AWRE and ARRE bits in the Read-
Write Error Recovery Page), blocks that are difficult to read or write may be replaced
after multiple retries.
If the bad block data is recoverable, the drive first verifies that the original block
location is bad with multiple write tests. If the write tests fail, the original data is
reassigned to a new location.
6.14
THE ULTRA160 and ULTRA320 LOW VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL
(LVD) SCSI INTERFACE
SCSI-3 provides increased performance and versatility to SCSI disks. LVD uses lower
level voltage swings, differential signaling, and double transition (DT) clocking to
allow a maximum bus speed of 160 or 320 MB/second in wide SCSI configurations.
The Maxtor Atlas 10K V disk drive supports the LVD/MSE (Multi-Mode LVD and
Single-Ended) interface standard. When installed on a bus with only LVD devices the
Maxtor Atlas 10K V disk drive operates in LVD mode at transfer rates up to 160 or
320 MB/second. It is fully compatible with Ultra2 LVD devices operating at slower
transfer rates. If an Maxtor Atlas 10K V disk drive is installed on a bus with one or
more single-ended (SE) devices, it automatically switches modes to operate in SE
mode at the slower, legacy data rates.
Differential SCSI operation has the advantage of higher reliability of data transfer
through increased immunity to electrical noise. Differential signaling uses a two-wire
active system in which current from each wire flows in opposite directions and
reverses direction for a signal transition. The direction of current flow determines
whether the voltage levels on the two wires have a high/low or low/high relationship
to each other. The common mode, or reference, level for the two LVD signals is
+1.25 volts. High and low is defined relative to this level. LVD permits a wide range
of signal amplitudes. The Maxtor Atlas 10K V interface drivers are designed to provide
a high to low range on each signal of approximately 400 millivolts in a nominal
configuration, resulting in a differential signal of approximately 800 millivolts.
Single-ended SCSI, in contrast, uses one-wire active signaling with the signal return
wire connected to ground. The active signal range is switched between a high in the
range of +2.4 - 3.0 volts and a low in the range of 0 - +.5 volts. LVD/MSE SCSI
devices in single-ended mode do not have the signal return wires connected directly
to ground, as these same pins must be driven to LVD levels when the device is
operating in LVD mode. Instead, when in single-ended mode, the device turns on a
driver transistor for each return line that acts as a switch to connect the signal return
to ground.
6-8 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6.14.1
DIFFSENS
The DIFFSENS signal in the SCSI bus defines the current operating mode of the
SCSI bus. A level below +.5 volts defines a single-ended bus. A level between +.7
and +1.9 volts defines an LVD bus. A level above +2.4 volts defines a High Voltage
Differential (HVD) bus. Before LVD was introduced, HVD was simply called
Differential SCSI.
All single-ended-only devices connect the DIFFSENS signal to ground. On an LVD
bus, the terminators drive the DIFFSENS signal to +1.3 volts unless some device is
holding the signal at ground. HVD devices pull DIFFSENS up to +5 volts via a
resistor.
The Maxtor Atlas 10K V disk drive is designed with a circuit that monitors the level
of DIFFSENS at power-on. The drive then enables the appropriate circuits for LVD
or single-ended operation, or disables its interface completely if it detects an HVD
level on DIFFSENS.
The two normal operating environments for the Maxtor Atlas 10K V disk drive are
an all-LVD or (LVD/MSE) bus, in which case it operates in its LVD mode, or a bus
that contains at least one single-ended device, in which case the Maxtor Atlas 10K V
disk drive operates in single-ended mode.
HVD mode is not supported by the Maxtor Atlas 10K V disk drive. Signal levels on
an HVD bus can reach as high as +15 volts due to allowed common mode transients.
CAUTION: The LVD and HVD alternatives are mutually exclusive and
damage may occur to SCSI devices if an LVD device is
plugged into an operating HVD bus.
6.14.2
DIFFSENS SWITCHING
After establishing its initial operating mode, the Maxtor Atlas 10K V disk drive
continues to monitor the DIFFSENS signal. If a change in level is detected, such as
might occur if a device is added to or removed from the bus, the DIFFSENS circuit
detects the change and presents a mode change interrupt to the drive firmware. The
operating mode of the interface switches to the new mode 100 msec after the change
is detected, providing the new level has remained constant. This delay is required to
prevent spurious mode switches due to noise on the DIFFSENS line.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 6-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6.14.3
DT AND ST CLOCKING
With Ultra160 and Ulra320 SCSI interfaces, Maxtor has introduced a new method of
clocking data on the SCSI bus. This method, called Double Transition (DT) clocking,
uses both the rising and falling edges of the REQ and ACK signals to clock data into
the receiving device. This has the advantage of allowing the REQ and ACK signals
to run at half the frequency that would be required under the traditional Single
Transition (ST) SCSI clocking scheme for the same data rate. Lower frequency clocks
clocking.
Figure 6-1 ST and DT CLocking
The Maxtor Atlas 10K V disk drive can operate at speeds up to 80 MB/sec in either
ST or DT modes, depending on the capabilities of the host adapter. Transfer rates
above 80 MB/sec are only supported in DT mode, as required by the SPI-3 SCSI
standard.
6-10 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6.14.4
CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECKING
When transferring data with DT clocking on the SCSI bus, a significantly improved
form of error checking, cyclic redundancy checking (CRC) is used instead of the
traditional parity checking. With CRC checking, the device sending data generates a
four-byte CRC character based on the contents of the bytes being transferred. The
receiving device also generates a CRC character as it receives the bytes. At the end of
a data burst, the sending device transfers its CRC character and the receiving device
compares the sender's CRC with its own. If the two CRC characters match, then the
data burst transferred without error.
In ST mode, the Maxtor Atlas 10K V uses the traditional parity checking method to
ensure error free data transfers.
6.14.5
DOMAIN VALIDATION
A new feature (also known as “physical layer integrity checking”) in Ultra160 and
Ultra320 SCSI interfaces is the capability of the initiator and target devices to execute
a test sequence of commands before customer operation begins to ensure that the
SCSI bus can support the desired transfer rate. If errors are found, the initiator can
negotiate different transfer parameters until a working configuration is found.
• Domain validation can detect configuration problems such as:
• Wide devices with a narrow bus segment between them
• DT devices connect through an ST expander
• Broken connections
It may also detect poor quality cables, marginal quality signals, and improper
termination.
Domain validation is implemented using standard SCSI commands and new versions
of the WRITE BUFFER and READ BUFFER commands. The sequence of
commands used for domain validation may vary from system to system. The selection
of commands used is entirely under control of host firmware and software.
6.14.6
Adaptive Active Filter (AAF)
Also known as “receiver equalization with filtering.”AAF is a closed-loop method of
improving received signal quality by amplifying the fundamental frequency of the
signal while filtering noise and other undesirable components. Devices implementing
AAF establish the gain of its amplifiers by setting the amplitude of the high-frequency
portion of the training pattern to be the same as the low-frequency portion at the
beginning of the training pattern. Using the training pattern to perform this
adjustment of signal amplitude provides for an inherent closed-loop system that can
adjust signal quality for different cable plants and changes in system conditions (e.g.,
when a new device is added to a system causing the electrical characteristics of the
cable plant to change). AAF settings may be adjusted as often as necessary because
either the initiator or target may initiate the training pattern sequence. A receiver may
disable transmitter pre-compensation in a transmitter as AAF performs better in the
configuration.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 6-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6.14.7
6.14.8
Transmitter Pre-Compensation with Cutback
This is an open-loop method of compensating for some of the signal loss that is most
severe on the first part of a signal’s transition.
Free Running Clock (FRC)
FRC is used to improve integrity of the clock signal by removing inter-symbol
interference (ISI). By having a clock running at a constant neutralized. The free
running clock is restricted for use with DT information unit transfers at 320 megabytes
per second.
6.14.9
Skew Compensation
Skew compensation of data signals relative to the clock signal; an Ultra320 SCSI
device can establish skew compensation simultaneously for each of the received
transitions on the data lines so that they occur at the correct time relative to the clock.
6.14.10 Information Unit Transfers
IUT (or “IU Transfers,” also known as “packetized transfers”) is a method to
encapsulate non-data information (like commands sent from the initiator to the target
and status sent from the target to the initiator) into packets and transfer those packets
at the maximum negotiated data rate of up to 320 megabytes per second. A method
to transfer packets for a number of I/O processes without an intervening physical
disconnection. A method to minimize overhead by eliminating several bus phase
changes per I/O process.
6.15
HOT PLUGGING/REMOVAL AND INSERTION OF SCSI DEVICES
The Maxtor Atlas 10K V SCA low voltage differential (LVD) disk drives are designed
for use in “Hot Swap” applications within a properly designed and configured SCSI
system. With care, system integrators can design storage arrays and/or SCSI buses
using Maxtor Atlas 10K V disk drives that are “Hot Swap Case 4" tolerant.
Case 4 is defined as follows:
• Devices are powered and the bus may have active I/O processes
ongoing, but the device being removed or inserted must be idle (no
ongoing I/O processes during the insertion/removal).
• Ground connections to the drive must be made and maintained for 1
millisecond before, during, and 1 millisecond after the insertion/
removal. The SCA-2 connector used on the Maxtor Atlas 10K V disk
drive meets this requirement.
• Device circuitry connected to bus pins must remain “glitch” free during
power up or power down.
Note: In a multimode environment, any insertion or removal that changes
the bus mode causes a transceiver mode change reset event.
6-12 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6.15.1
System Considerations
It is not possible for the suppliers of various system components (e.g., targets, initiators,
backplanes, terminators) to guarantee that a system can operate under “Hot Swap Case
4" conditions. Therefore, the system integrator bears the responsibility for ensuring
that the system can meet “Hot Swap Case 4" operational criteria.
There are two metrics key to ensuring “Hot Swap Case 4" tolerance:
1. When a drive is being hot inserted into an active bus, a smaller capacitance on the
SCSI bus pins create a smaller (that is, a lesser charge) transient spike on the bus.
2. When the drive is the closest drive to the connector at which another drive is
being hot inserted, it is desirable that the input receivers ignore short low
amplitude transients (usually via a low pass filter).
LVD SCSI devices may require more stringent system design to tolerate transients that
occur during Case 4 insertion or removal. System integrators should consider the
following when designing their backplanes or buses:
1. Larger connector-to-connector spacing causes the transients associated with hot
swapping to be attenuated dramatically before reaching an operating drive.
2. Larger SCSI signal-trace capacitance (that is, lower impedance) is preferable for
minimizing transient spikes, but can cause other bus problems unrelated to hot
swapping. Draft standard SCSI-3 SCSI SPI-2 (SCSI Parallel Interface), Revision
18, Section 6.6.2 illustrates the trade-offs between trace capacitance and drive-to-
drive spacing.
3. The universe of drives needs to be homogeneous. A 15 pF drive hot-inserted into
a rack of 15 pF drives presents no difficulty. A 30 pF drive inserted into a rack of
10 pF drives with very close connector spacing, however, is more likely to cause
problems.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V 6-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6.15.2
APPLICABLE SCSI PHYSICAL DOCUMENTS
If additional information is required, refer to the following documentation:
• SCSI-3 SPI (SCSI Parallel Interface), revision 15, now ANSI Standard
No. X3.253.1993
- Device Insertion/Removal classes
• SCSI-3 Fast-20, revision 6, now ANSI Standard No. X3.277.1996
- Documents 20 Mega-transfer/second operation
- Defined active negation
• SPI-4 Specification Revision 10 Defines LVD signaling
- Defines Multimode (LVD/SE) transceivers
- Defined LVD active terminators
- Defines Multimode (LVD/SE) terminators
- Defines new functionality for the DIFFSENS pins
- Documents 40 Mega-transfer/second operation
- Documents LVD connector pin assignments for LVD buses
- This document is a superset of SCSI standards, incorporating contents of
both SPI and Fast-20
6-14 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A
QUICK REFERENCE
Appendix A is a synopsis of SCSI commands, associated pages, messages, sense keys
and status codes used in this manual.
Note: Reserved fields in CDBs and Parameters have a value of 0; Re-
served fields in states and other parameters sent to an initiator are
set to 0.
A.1
SCSI-2/SCSI-3 Equivalent Terminology
Table A-1 contains the SCSI-3 equivalent terms for common terms used in SCSI-2
documents.
Table A-1 SCSI-2/SCSI-3 Equivalent Terminology
SCSI-2
SCSI-3
abort
abort tag
abort task set
abort task
bus device reset
clear queue
command complete
continue I/O process
head of queue tag
ordered queue tag
target reset
clear task set
task complete
continue task
head of queue
ordered
incorrect initiator connection overlapped commands
I/O process
phase
queue
queue full
simple queue tag
task
service
task set
task set full
simple
Maxtor Atlas 10K V A-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A.2
SCSI Commands and Messages
corresponding op codes.
Table A-2 SCSI-3 Quick Reference – Commands
Command
Op Code (Hex)
CHANGE DEFINITION
FORMAT UNIT
INQUIRY
40
04
12
4C
4D
15
55
1A
5A
5E
5F
08
28
3C
25
37
B7
3E
E8
07
81
1C
82
17
57
A3
A0
03
16
56
01
0B
2B
1D
A4
1B
35
00
2F
0A
2A
2E
3B
3F
41
EA
LOG SELECT
LOG SENSE
MODE SELECT (6)
MODE SELECT (10)
MODE SENSE (6)
MODE SENSE (10)
PERSISTENT RESERVE IN
PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT
READ (6)
READ (10)
READ BUFFER
READ CAPACITY
READ DEFECT DATA (10)
READ DEFECT DATA (12)
READ LONG
READ SKIP MASK
REASSIGN BLOCKS
REBUILD
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
REGENERATE
RELEASE (6)
RELEASE (10)
REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER
REPORT LUNS
REQUEST SENSE
RESERVE (6)
RESERVE (10)
REZERO UNIT
SEEK (6)
SEEK (10)
SEND DIAGNOSTIC
SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER
START/STOP UNIT
SYNCHRONIZE CACHE
TEST UNIT READY
VERIFY
WRITE (6)
WRITE (10)
WRITE AND VERIFY
WRITE BUFFER
WRITE LONG
WRITE SAME
WRITE SKIP MASK
A-2 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table A-3 SCSI-3 Quick Reference – Messages
Messages
Msg. Code (Hex)
ABORT
06
0D
0C
0E
ABORT TAG
BUS DEVICE RESET
CLEAR QUEUE
COMMAND COMPLETE
CONTINUE I/O PROCESS
DISCONNECT
00
12
04
EXTENDED MESSAGE
01
HEAD OF QUEUE TAG
21
IDENTIFY
80 – FF
25
IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE
INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR
LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE
LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE w/FLAG
MESSAGE PARITY ERROR
MESSAGE REJECT
05
0A
0B
09
07
NO OPERATION
08
ORDERED QUEUE TAG
22
PARALLEL PROTOCOL REQUEST
QUICK ARBITRATION AND SELECTION
RELEASE RECOVERY
04
55
10
SAVE DATA POINTER
02
SIMPLE QUEUE TAG
20
SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST
TARGET TRANSFER DISABLE
WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQ.
01
13
03
A.3
SCSI Pages
Table A-4 lists the SCSI pages, along with the page codes and commands.
Table A-4 SCSI-3 Quick Reference - Pages
Pages
Page Code
Cmd
ASCII Implemented Operating Definition
ASCII Information
Buffer Overruns and Underruns
Caching
Control Mode
Device Identification
Disconnect-Reconnect
82
01, 02, 03
01
12
12
4D
15, 55
15, 55
12
08 *
0A *
83
02
15, 55
Maxtor Atlas 10K V A-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Format Device
03
1A
Format Status
08
4D
Implemented Operating Definition
Last n Error Events
81
07
12
4D
Medium Types Supported
Non-Medium Error Counter
Notch and Partition
Peripheral Device
Port Control Page
Margin Control Subpage
0B
06
0C
09
19
1A
4D
15, 55
1A, 5A
15, 55
15, 55
15, 55
19 (Sub Page 1)
19 (Sub Page 2)
Saved Training Configuration Values Sub-
page
Negotiated Setting Subpage
Report Transfer Capabilities Subpage
Read Error Counter
Read-Write Error Recovery
Rigid Disk Geometry
Standard Inquiry Data
Supported Diagnostic Pages
Supported Log Pages
Supported Vital Product Pages
Translate Address
Unit Attention Control
Unit Serial Number
Verify Error Counter
Verify Error Recovery
Write Error Counter
19 (Sub Page 3)
19 (Sub Page 4)
15, 55
15, 55
4D
15
15, 55
03
01
04
**
00
00
00
40
00
80
05
07
02
1C
4D
12
1C
15, 55
12
4D
15, 55
4D
Note: * Not supported in SCSI-1/CSS mode
A-4 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A.4
Sense Keys
Table A-5 SCSI-3 Quick Reference – Sense Keys
Sense Keys
NO SENSE
RECOVERED ERROR
NOT READY
MEDIUM ERROR
HARDWARE ERROR
ILLEGAL REQUEST
UNIT ATTENTION
DATA PROTECT
VENDOR SPECIFIC
ABORTED COMMAND
MISCOMPARE
Sense Code - Hex
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
B
E
A.5
Status Codes
Table A-6 lists the status codes.
Table A-6 SCSI-3 Quick Reference – Status Codes
Status Codes
Status Code - Hex
GOOD
CHECK CONDITION
BUSY
RESERVATION CONFLICT
TASK SET FULL
00
02
08
18
28
Maxtor Atlas 10K V A-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix B
NEGOTIATED RATE INFORMATION PAGE
REFERENCE
This appendix provides information about the INQUIRY command’s Negotiated
Rate Information Page that is not provided in Section 5.11.2.7. Specifically, it
provides the codes and meanings for the Transfer Period Factor field (byte 4) and a
table that explains the allowable settings for the QAS, DT, and IU fields (bits 2, 1, and
0, respectively, of byte 7).
B.1
TRANSFER PERIOD FACTOR FIELD
Table B-1 provides the codes and meanings allowed for the Transfer Period Factor
field if the value of PARL (Parallel Protocol, bit 2 of byte 6 of the Negotiated Rate
Information Page) is 1.
Table B-2 provides the allowable codes when the value of PARL = 0.
Table B-1 Transfer Period Factor Field Values When PARL = 1
Code
00h – 07h
Description
Reserved.
08h
Transfer period=6.25ns (Fast160 or U320 is latched every 6.25 ns)
This code is valid only if the protocol options bits (QAS,DT and IU) of
the page have values selected that support double transition (DT) Trans-
fers.
00h – 08h
09h
Transfer Period=6.25ns (Fast160 or U320 is latched every 6.25 ns)
This code is valid only if the protocol options bits (QAS,DT and IU) of
the page have values selected that support double transition (DT) Trans-
fers.
Transfer period = 12.5 ns (Fast-80 or U160 is latched every 12.5 ns).
This code is valid only if the protocol options bits (QAS, DT, and IU) of
the page have values selected that support double transition (DT) data
transfers.
0Ah
0Bh
Transfer period = 25 ns (Fast-40 or Ultra2 data is latched every 25 ns).
Transfer period = 30 ns (Fast-40 data is latched every 30 ns).
Maxtor Atlas 10K V B-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
OCh
Transfer period = 50 ns (Fast-20 data is latched using a transfer period
of less than or equal to 96 ns and greater than or equal to 50 ns).
0Dh – 18h
Transfer period = the period factor x 4 (Fast-20 data is latched using a
transfer period of less than or equal to 96 ns and greater than or equal
to 50 ns).
19h – 31h
32h - FFh
Transfer period = the period factor x 4 (Fast-10 data is latched using a
transfer period of less than or equal to 196 ns and greater than or equal
to 100 ns).
Transfer period = the period factor x 4 (Fast-5 data is latched using a
transfer period of less than or equal to 1020 ns and greater than or
equal to 200 ns).
Table B-2 Transfer Period Factor Field Values When PARL = 0
Code
Description
00h – 09h
0Ah
Reserved.
Transfer period = 25 ns (Fast-40 data is latched every 25 ns).
Transfer period = 30 ns (Fast-40 data is latched every 30 ns).
0Bh
OCh
Transfer period = 50 ns (Fast-20 data is latched using a transfer period
of less than or equal to 96 ns and greater than or equal to 50 ns).
0Dh – 18h
19h – 31h
32h - FFh
Transfer period = the period factor x 4 (Fast-20 data is latched using a
transfer period of less than or equal to 96 ns and greater than or equal
to 50 ns).
Transfer period = the period factor x 4 (Fast-10 data is latched using a
transfer period of less than or equal to 196 ns and greater than or equal
to 100 ns).
Transfer period = the period factor x 4 (Fast-5 data is latched using a
transfer period of less than or equal to 1020 ns and greater than or
equal to 200 ns).
B-2 Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
B.2
Settings for the QAS, DT, and IU fields
Table C-3 provides valid bit combinations for the QAS, DT, and IU fields of the
INQUIRY command’s Negotiated Rate Information Page (Section 5.11.2.7 of this
manual). Only the combinations shown in the table are valid; all other combinations
are reserved.
Table B-3 Settings for the QAS, DT, and IU Fields of the Negotiated Rate Information Page (INQUIRY
Command)
QAS
DT
IU
Description
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
Selects Single Transition phases. Use ST DATA IN and ST DATA
OUT phases to transfer data
0
0
1
Use DT DATA IN and DT DATA OUT phases with data group
transfers.
Use DT DATA IN and DT DATA OUT phases with information unit
transfers.
Use DT DATA IN and DT DATA OUT phases with information unit
transfers and use QAS for arbitration.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V B-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GLOSSARY
ANSI – Abbreviation for American National
Standards Institute
A
ACCESS – (v) Read, write, or update
information stored on a disk or other medium.
(n) The operation of reading, writing, or
updating stored information.
ASCII – Abbreviation for American Standard
Code for Information Interchange
ASIC – Acronym for Application Specific
ACCESS TIME – The interval between the
time a request is made by the system and the
time the data is available from the drive.
Includes the seek time, rotational latency, and
command processing overhead time. (See also
seek, rotational latency, and overhead.)
Integrated Circuit.
AVERAGE SEEK TIME – The average time it
takes for the read/write head to move to a
specific location. Calculated by dividing the
time it takes to complete a large number of
random seeks by the number of seeks
performed.
ACTIVE I/O PROCESS– An I/O process that
is currently in execution (not queued).
B
ACTUATOR – Also known as the positioner.
The internal mechanism that moves the read/
write head to the proper track. The Maxtor
actuator consists of a rotor connected to head
mounting arms that position the heads over the
desired cylinder. Also known as rotary actuator.
BACKUP – A copy of a file, directory, or
volume on a separate storage device from the
original, for the purpose of retrieval in case the
original is accidentally erased, damaged, or
destroyed.
AIRLOCK – A patented Maxtor feature that
ensures durable and reliable data storage. Upon
removal of power from the drive for any reason,
the read/write heads automatically park and
lock in a non data area called the landing zone.
Airlock allows the drive to withstand high levels
of non-operating shock. When power is applied
to the drive, airflow created from the spinning
disks causes the Airlock arm to swing back and
unlock the actuator, allowing the heads to
move from the landing zone. Upon power
down, the Airlock swings back to the locked
position, locking the heads in the landing zone.
A park utility is not required to park the heads
on drives equipped with Airlock (all Maxtor
drives).
BAD BLOCK – A block (usually the size of a
sector) that cannot reliably hold data due to a
physical flaw or damaged format markings.
BAD TRACK TABLE – A label affixed to the
casing of a hard disk drive stating which tracks
are flawed and cannot hold data. This list is
typed into the low-level formatting program
when the drive is installed. Maxtor users can
ignore bad track tables since Maxtor’s built-in
defect-management protections compensate for
these flaws automatically.
BANDING – A method of variable frequency
recording on the media that attempts to keep
the bit density constant, regardless of the track
radius. Banding greatly increases capacity and
data transfer rates.
ALLOCATION – The process of assigning
particular areas of the disk to specific data or
instructions. An allocation unit is a group of
sectors on the disk reserved for specified
information. On hard disks for small computer
systems, the allocation unit is usually in the form
of a sector, block, or cluster. (See also allocation
unit.)
BEZEL – A plastic panel that extends the face
of a drive so that it covers a computer’s drive
bay opening. The bezel usually contains a drive-
activity LED. Also known as the faceplate.
BIT – Abbreviation for binary digit. A binary
digit may have one of two values—1 or 0. This
contrasts with a decimal digit, which may have
a value from 0 to 9. A bit is one of the logic 1or
logic 0 binary settings that make up a byte of
data. (See also byte.)
ALLOCATION UNIT – An allocation unit,
also known as a cluster, is a group of sectors on
the disk that can be reserved for the use of a
particular file.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
G-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
BLOCK – In UNIX workstation
CONNECT – The initiator function that
selects a target to establish a nexus and to start
an I/O process. The connection that results is
an initial connection.
environments, the smallest contiguous area that
can be allocated for the storage of data. UNIX
blocks are generally 8 Kbytes (16 sectors) in size.
In DOS environments, the block is referred to
as a cluster. (Note: This usage of the term block
at the operating system level is different from its
meaning in relation to the physical
CONNECTION – An initial connection or
reconnection that can occur only between one
initiator and one target.
configuration of the hard drive. See sector for
comparison.)
CONTINGENT ALLEGIANCE – A
condition generated by a CHECK
CONDITION or
BPI – Bits Per Inch. A measure of how densely
information is packed on a storage medium.
(See also FCI.)
COMMAND TERMINATED status during
which execution of all tagged I/O processes (for
the associated I_T_X nexus) are suspended until
the condition is cleared. A target preserves an
I_T_X nexus until it is cleared by a hard or soft
reset, an abort message or another command for
that I_T_X nexus. While the contingent
allegiance condition exists, the target maintains
sense data for the initiator.
BUFFER – An area of RAM reserved for
temporary storage of data that is waiting to be
sent to a device that is not yet ready to receive
it. The data is usually on its way to or from the
hard disk drive or some other peripheral device.
BUS – The part of a chip, circuit board, or
interface designed to send and receive data.
CLUSTER – In DOS environments, the
smallest contiguous area that can be allocated
for the storage of data. DOS clusters are usually
2 Kbytes (4 sectors) in size.
BYTE – The basic unit of computer memory,
large enough to hold one character of
alphanumeric data. Comprised of eight bits.
(See also bit.)
CONTROLLER – The chip or circuit that
translates computer data and commands into a
form suitable for use by the hard drive. Also
known as disk controller.
C
CACHE – Specialized High-speed RAM used
to optimize data transfers between system
elements with different performance
characteristics, e.g., disk to main memory or
main memory to CPU.
CONTROLLER CARD – An adapter
containing the control electronics for one or
more hard disks. Usually installed in a slot in the
computer.
CPU – Central Processing Unit. The
microprocessor chip that performs the bulk of
data processing in a computer.
CAPACITY – The amount of information that
can be stored on a hard drive. Also known as
storage capacity. (See also formatted capacity.)
CRC – Cyclic Redundancy Check. An error
detection procedure that identifies incomplete
or faulty data in each sector.
CLEAN ROOM – An environmentally
controlled dust-free assembly or repair facility
in which hard disk drives are assembled or can
be opened for internal servicing.
CYLINDER – When disks are placed directly
above one another along the shaft, the circular,
vertical “slice” consisting of all the tracks
located in a particular position.
CMOS – Acronym for complementary metal
oxide semiconductor. A low-power, low-heat,
high-density semiconductor.
COMMAND QUEUE – The queue used to
store I/O processes.
D
G-2
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GLOSSARY
DATA SEPARATOR – The circuit that
extracts data from timing information on drives
that store a combined data and clock signal.
DRIVE GEOMETRY – The functional
dimensions of a drive, including the number of
heads, cylinders, and sectors per track. (See also
logical format.)
DEDICATED SERVO – A positioning
mechanism using a dedicated surface of the disk
that contains timing and positioning
information only, as compared to surfaces that
are also used for data. (See also embedded servo.)
E
ECC – Error Correction Code. The
incorporation of extra parity bits in transmitted
data in order to detect errors that can be
corrected by the controller.
DEFECT MANAGEMENT – A technique
ensuring long-term data integrity. Consists of
scanning disk drives both at the factory and
during regular use, de-allocating defective
sectors before purchase and compensating for
new defective sectors afterward.
EDC – Abbreviation for error detection code.
An end-to-end cyclic redundancy code that is
used to protect data from errors that may be
introduced by the connecting busses, the disk
controller chip, the data cache, or the SCSI
interface in a disk drive. See also, CRC.
DIFFERENTIAL TERMINATION – One of
two methods for terminating the SCSI bus,
characterized by a two-line signal: a (+) signal
and a (-) signal. Used to improve noise
resistance when long bus cables are required.
See also single-ended termination.
ELECTRONICS MODULE – The printed
circuit board containing the drive electronics.
EMBEDDED SERVO – A timing or location
signal placed on tracks that store data. These
signals allow the actuator to fine-tune the
position of the read/write heads.
DISK – In general, any circular-shaped data-
storage medium that stores data on the flat
surface of the platter. The most common type
of disk is the magnetic disk, which stores data as
magnetic patterns in a metal or metal-oxide
coating. Magnetic disks come in two forms:
floppy and hard. Optical recording is a newer
disk technology that gives higher capacity
storage but at slower access times.
ENCODING – The conversion of data into a
pattern of On/Off or 1/0 signals prior to being
written on the disk surface. (See also RLL and
MFM.)
EPROM – Erasable Programmable Read-Only
Memory. An integrated circuit memory chip
that can store programs and data in a non-
volatile state. These devices can be erased by
ultraviolet light and reprogrammed with new
data.
DISK CONTROLLER – A plug-in board, or
embedded circuitry on the drive, that passes
information to and from the disk. The Maxtor
hard disk drives all have controllers embedded
on the drive printed-circuit board. (See also
controller.)
EXTENDED CONTINGENT
DMA – Direct Memory Access. A process for
transferring data directly to and from main
memory, without passing through the CPU.
DMA improves the speed and efficiency by
allowing the system to continue processing
even while new data is being retrieved.
ALLEGIANCE – A condition generated by a
target and announced with a INITIATE
RECOVERY message. The mode is used
when multi-step extended error recovery
procedures are required to prevent interference
as from other initiators in a multi-initiator
system. See also contingent allegiance.
DOS – Disk Operating System. The most
common operating system used in IBM PCs.
Manages all access to data on the disk.
EXTERNAL DRIVE – A drive mounted in an
enclosure separate from the computer system
enclosure, with its own power supply and fan,
and connected to the system by a cable.
DRIVE – Short form of disk drive.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
G-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
FORMATTED CAPACITY – The amount of
room left to store data on a disk after writing
sector headers, boundary definitions, and
timing information during a format operation.
The size of a Maxtor drive is always expressed
in formatted capacity, accurately reflecting the
usable space required.
F
FALSE – Refers to the logical-zero (or
“negated”) state of a binary number. See also,
signal negation.
FAST SCSI – The SCSI protocol that governs
fast synchronous transfer. See also Synchronous
Transfer.
FORM FACTOR – The industry standard that
defines the physical, external dimensions of a
particular device. For example, most Maxtor
hard disk drives use a 3 1/2-inch form factor.
FCI – Flux Changes per Inch. The number of
magnetic field patterns that can be stored on a
given area of disk surface, used as a measure of
data density. (See also BPI.)
FULL HEIGHT – Term used to describe a disk
that occupies the vertical space (3.250 inches) of
a full sized 5.25-inch drive. See also half height,
low profile.
FIELD – A logically related group of one or
more physically contiguous bits.
FILE SERVER – A computer that provides
network stations with controlled access to
shareable resources. The network operating
system is loaded on the file server, and most
shareable devices (disk subsystems, printers) are
attached to it. The file server controls system
security and monitors station-to-station
communications. A dedicated file server can be
used only as a file server while it is on the
network. A non dedicated file server can be
used simultaneously as a file server and a
workstation.
G
GIGABYTE (GB) –1 billion bytes. The total
accessible capacity varies depending on the
operating environment.
Glist – Abbreviation. When the drive
encounters a defective sector during regular use,
it adds the address of the sector to the Grown
Defect List (Glist). See also Plist.
GUIDE RAILS – Plastic strips attached to the
sides of a hard disk drive in an IBM PC/AT or
compatible computer so that the drive easily
slides into place.
FIRMWARE – Permanent instructions and
data programmed directly into the circuitry of
read-only memory for controlling the operation
of the computer. Distinct from software, which
can be altered by programmers.
H
FLUX DENSITY – The number of magnetic
field patterns that can be stored in a given length
of disk surface. The number is usually stated as
flux changes per inch (FCI), with typical values
in the thousands. (See also FCI.)
HALF-HEIGHT – Standard drive size
equivalent to half the vertical space of a 5 1/4-
inch drive.
HARD DISK – A type of storage medium that
retains data as magnetic patterns on a rigid disk,
usually made of an iron oxide or alloy over a
magnesium or aluminum platter. Because hard
disks spin more rapidly than floppy disks, and
the head flies closer to the disk, hard disks can
transfer data faster and store more in the same
volume.
FLYING HEIGHT – The distance between
the read/write head and the disk surface, made
up of a cushion of air that keeps the two objects
from touching. Smaller flying heights permit
denser data storage but require more precise
mechanical designs. Also known as fly height.
FORMAT – To write a magnetic track pattern
onto a disk surface, specifying the locations of
the tracks and sectors. This information must
exist on a disk before it can store data.
HARD ERROR – A data error that persists
when the disk is re-read, usually caused by
defects in the physical surface.
G-4
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GLOSSARY
HARD-SECTORED – The most common
method of indicating the start of each sector on
a disk, based on information located in the
embedded servo. This method is more precise
than soft-sectored techniques and results in
lower overhead. (See also soft-sectored.)
I
INITIALIZATION – See low-level formatting.
INTERFACE – A hardware or software
protocol, (contained in the electronics of the
disk controller and disk drive) that manages the
exchange of data between the drive and
computer. The most common interfaces for
small computer systems are AT (also known as
IDE) and SCSI.
HEAD – The tiny electromagnetic coil and
metal pole used to create and read back
magnetic patterns on the disk. Also known as
read/write head.
HEAD CRASH – Damage to the read/write
head, usually caused by sudden contact with the
disk surface. Head crash can also be caused by
dust and other particles.
INTERLEAVE – The arrangement of sectors
on a track. The Interleave Factor is the number
of sectors that pass beneath the read/write heads
before the next sector arrives. For example, a
3:1 interleave factor means that the heads read a
sector, then let two pass by before reading
another, requiring three full revolutions of the
disk to access the complete data track. Maxtor
drives have an interleave factor of 1:1, allowing
the system to access a full track of data in a single
revolution.
HEAD ASSEMBLY – The tiny
electromagnetic or magneto-resistive element
used to write and read back the magnetic
patterns of data on the recording media. See also
Diamond Head.
HEAD DISK ASSEMBLY (HDA) – The
assembly made up of the spindle motor, spindle,
head positioner (actuator), head preamp
electronics, and magnetic disk assembly.
INTERLEAVE FACTOR – The number of
sectors that pass beneath the read/write heads
before the next numbered sector arrives. When
the interleave factor is 3:1, a sector is read, two
pass by, and then the next is read. It would take
three revolutions of the disk to access a full track
of data. Maxtor drives have an interleave of 1:1,
so a full track of data can be accessed within one
revolution of the disk, thus offering the highest
data throughput possible.
HIGH-CAPACITY DRIVE – By industry
conventions typically a drive of 100 megabytes
or more.
HIGH-LEVEL FORMATTING – Formatting
performed by the operating system to create the
root directory, file allocation tables and other
basic configurations. (See also low-level formatting.)
INTERNAL DRIVE – A drive mounted
inside one of a computer’s drive bays, or a hard
disk on a card installed in one of the computer’s
expansion slots.
HOME – Reference track used for
recalibration of the actuator. Usually the
outermost track (track 0).
HOST ADAPTER – A plug-in board that acts
as the interface between a computer system bus
and the disk drive.
I/O PROCESS – An I/O process consists of an
initial connection (nexus) followed by zero or
more reconnections, all pertaining to a single
command or a group of linked commands. An
I/O process normally ends with a BUS FREE
phase following a COMMAND COMPLETE
or a RELEASE RECOVERY message.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
G-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
3 1/2-inch form factor, which are only 1 inch
high. The standard form factor drives are 1.625
inches high.
J
JUMPER – A tiny box that slips over two pins
on a circuit board, connecting the pins
electrically. Some board manufacturers use
Dual In-Line Package (DIP) switches instead of
jumpers.
LPS – Low Profile Series.
LOW-VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (LVD)
— Is a differential bus technology that
K
combines much of the bus length, noise,
immunity, and performance benefits to
conventional differential SCSI with the power
consumption and cost of single-ended SCSI
Interfaces. Ultra2 SCSI (LVD) increase bus data
rates to 80 Mbytes/sec, provides differential
data integrity, extends the SCSI bus cable
length to 12 meters, and provides easy system
configuration for up to 15 peripherals.
KILOBYTE (K) – A unit of measure consisting
of 1,024 (210) bytes.
L
LANDING ZONE – A non-data area on the
disk’s inner cylinder where the heads can rest
when the power is off.
LATENCY – The time during which the read/
write heads wait for the data to rotate into
position after the controller starts looking for a
particular data track. If a disk rotates at 3,600
rpm, the maximum latency time is 16.4
milliseconds, and the average latency time is 8.2
milliseconds.
M
MB – See megabyte.
MAGNETO-RESISTIVE – A unique
characteristic of some metals, which, when
combined, yields a variable electrical resistance
to varying magnetic fluxes. The resistance varies
directly with the strength of the flux, field, not
simply to a change in flux as with magneto-
inductance.
LBA – Abbreviation for Logical Block Address.
A sequentially-numbered identity of a multi-
byte block of user data. It does not refer directly
to the physical location of the data in a disk
drive.
MEDIA – The magnetic film that is deposited
or coated on an aluminum substrate which is
very flat and in the shape of a disk. The media
is overcoated with a lubricant to prevent
damage to the heads or media during head take
off and landing. The media is where the data is
stored inside the disk in the form of magnetic
flux or polarity changes.
LOGICAL FORMAT – The logical drive
geometry that appears to the computer system
BIOS as defined by the drive tables and stored
in CMOS.
LOGICAL UNIT – A physical or virtual
peripheral device addressable through a target.
MEGABYTE (MB) – A unit of measurement
equal to 1,000 kilobytes, or 1,024,000 bytes.
(See also kilobyte.)
LOOK AHEAD – The process of anticipating
events in order to speed up computer
operations. For example, the system can buffer
data into cache RAM by reading blocks in
advance, preparing the system for the next data
request.
MEGAHERTZ – A measurement of frequency
in millions of cycles per second.
MHz – See megahertz.
LOW-LEVEL FORMATTING – The process
of creating sectors on the disk surface so that the
operating system can access the required areas
for generating the file structure. Maxtor drives
are shipped with the low-level formatting
already completed. Also known as initialization.
MICROPROCESSOR – The integrated
circuit chip that performs the bulk of data
processing and controls the operation of all of
the parts of the system. A disk drive also
contains a microprocessor to handle all of the
internal functions of the drive and to support
the embedded controller.
LOW PROFILE – Describes drives built to the
G-6
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GLOSSARY
MICROSECOND (µs) – One millionth of a
second (.000001 sec.).
OXIDE – A metal-oxygen compound. Most
magnetic coatings are combinations of iron or
other metal oxides, and the term has become a
general one for the magnetic coating on tape or
disk.
MILLISECOND (ms) – One thousandth of a
second (.001 sec.).
MTBF – Mean Time Between Failure.
Reliability rating indicating the failure rate
expected of a product expressed in power on
hours (POH). Since manufacturers differ in the
ways they determine the MTBF, comparisons
of products should always take into account the
MTBF calculation method.
P
PARITY – An error checking technique
wherein the sum of the bits in a data byte is used
to set or reset an extra parity bit, depending on
whether the sum is an odd or an even number.
A second parity check after the data is
transferred to a new location checks that the
new parity bit matches the transferred bit. Parity
checking can only detect an odd number of bit
errors (1,3,5, etc.). Parity is defined as odd or
even, depending on which condition (odd or
even) is used to set the parity bit.
MTTR – Mean Time To Repair. The average
time it takes to repair a drive that has failed for
some reason. This only takes into consideration
the changing of the major sub-assemblies such
as circuit board or sealed housing. Component
level repair is not included in this number as this
type of repair is not performed in the field.
PARKING ZONE – A position in a non-data
area on a disk platter reserved for resting the
heads when power is off. Using this area
prevents the heads from touching the surface in
data areas upon power down, adding to the data
integrity and reliability of the disk drive. The
parking zone is most often inside the disk's
inner-most cylinder.
N
.NANOSECOND (ns) – One billionth of a
second (0.000 000 001 second or 10-9 second).
NEXUS – A relationship between two devices
that begins with the establishment of an initial
connection and ends with the completion of an
I/O process. A nexus relationship is further
defined by the letters I (initiator), T (target), L
(logical unit), R (target routine), x (either L or
R), Q (queue tag), and x_y (either an x or a Q)
PARTITION – A portion of a hard disk
dedicated to a particular operating system and
application and accessed as a single logical
volume.
PERFORMANCE – A measure of the speed
of the drive during normal operation. Factors
affecting performance are seek times, transfer
rate and command overhead.
O
OVERHEAD – Command overhead refers to the
processing time required by the controller, host
adapter, or drive prior to the execution of a
command. Lower command overhead yields
higher drive performance. Disk overhead refers
to the space required for non-data information
such as location and timing. Disk overhead
often accounts for about ten percent of drive
capacity. Lower disk overhead yields greater
disk capacity.
OVERWRITE – To write data on top of
existing data, erasing it.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
G-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
PERIPHERAL – A device added to a system as
an enhancement to the basic CPU, such as a
disk drive, tape drive or printer.
R
RAM – Random Access Memory. An
integrated circuit memory chip that allows
information to be stored and retrieved by a
microprocessor or controller. The information
may be stored and retrieved in any order, and all
storage locations are equally accessible.
PHYSICAL FORMAT – The actual physical
layout of cylinders, tracks, and sectors on a disk
drive.
PHYSICAL SECTOR –See sector, data.
RAM DISK – A “phantom” disk drive created
by setting aside a section of RAM as if it were a
group of regular sectors. Access to RAM disk
data is extremely fast, but is lost when the
system is reset or turned off.
PLATTER – Common term referring to the
hard disk.
POH – Power On Hours. The unit of
measurement for Mean Time Between Failure
as expressed in the number of hours that power
is applied to the device regardless of the amount
of actual data transfer usage. (See also MTBF.)
READ – The function of detecting, processing
and transmitting data that has been recorded
(written) on a magnetic disk or some other
media.
POSITIONER – See actuator.
READ AFTER WRITE – A mode of
operation requiring that the system read each
sector after data is written, checking that the
data read back is the same as the data recorded.
This operation lowers system speed but raises
data reliability.
PREFETCH –The technique of buffering data
into cache RAM by reading subsequent blocks
in advance to anticipate the next request for
data. Prefetch speeds up disk accesses to
sequential blocks of data.
READ VERIFY – A data accuracy check
performed by having the disk read data to the
controller, which then checks for errors but
does not pass the data on to the system.
PRML – Partial-Response Maximum-
Likelihood. A sophisticated data-detection
method that improves data throughput and
increases areal density. PRML read channels are
used in place of peak-detection read channels.
READ/WRITE HEAD – The tiny
electromagnetic coil and metal pole piece used
to create and read back the magnetic patterns
(write or read information) on the disk. Each
side of each platter has its own read/write head.
Q
QUEUE – A prioritized list or set of processes.
A queue may be a FIFO (first-in, first-out),
LIFO (last-in, first -out) or a random-access
entity.
RECONNECT – The act of reviving a nexus
to continue an I/O process. An initiator
reconnects to a target using the SELECTION
and MESSAGE OUT phases after winning
arbitration. The target reconnects to the
initiator using RESELECTION and
QUEUE TAG – The value associated with an
I/O process that uniquely identifies it from
other queued I/O processes in the logical unit
from the same initiator.
MESSAGE IN phases after winning arbitration.
RECONNECTION – The state which results
from a reconnect. It exists from the assertion of
BSY in the SELECTION or RESELECTION
phase and lasts until the next BUS FREE phase.
QUEUED I/O PROCESS – An I/O process
that is in the command queue.
G-8
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GLOSSARY
REMOVABLE DISK – Generally said of disk
drives where the disk itself is meant to be
removed, and in particular of hard disks using
disks mounted in cartridges. Their advantage is
that multiple disks can be used to increase the
amount of stored material, and that once
removed, the disk can be stored away to
prevent unauthorized use.
SCA-2 – An improved Single Connector
Attachment that incorporates two electrostatic
discharge (ESD) pins on either end of the
connector to improve safety when making a
connection.
SCSI – Small Computer System Interface. An
interface designed for Apple Macintosh systems
and UNIX workstations.
RLL – Abbreviation for Run Length Limited.
An advanced method used to encode (or
compress) data for storage on a disk. RLL
encoding stores almost 50 percent more data
than MFM (Modified Frequency Modulation).
RLL code improves MFM code by encoding
data bits in groups rather than singly. Many
encoding schemes are possible. The best
achieve optimum values of code rates, clocking,
power spectrum, error propagation and
encoding complexity. A number pair (e.g., 1,7)
is usually stated with RLL references. It refers to
the minimum number of 0;s(1) and the
maximum number of 0's (7) that can separate
data 1's stored on the disk.
SCSI-1 – The first small computer system
interface standard.
SCSI-2 – An enhanced small computer system
interface as defined and published by ANSI in
standard X3.131-1994. One of the major
features of SCSI-2 is integrating the controller
into the peripheral device, making the device
independent of the initiator.
SCSI-3 – A new set of related ANSI standards
are currently under development by the X3T10
committee. The old SCSI-2 standard has been
divided into a new set of standards for SCSI-3.
Some of these [working draft] standards are:
ROM – Read-Only Memory. Integrated
circuit memory chip containing programs that
can be accessed and read but can not be
modified.
SAM (SCSI Architecture Model) for the
architecture;
SBC (SCSI Block Commands) for the disk
drive specific command set.
ROTARY ACTUATOR – The rotary
actuator replaces the stepper motor used in the
past by many hard disk manufacturers. The
rotary actuator is perfectly balanced and rotates
around a single pivot point. It allows closed-
loop feedback positioning of the heads, which is
more accurate than stepper motors.
SPC (SCSI Primary Commands) for the
primary command set; and
SIP (SCSI Interlocked Protocol) for the
protocol layer;
ROTATIONAL LATENCY – The delay
between when the controller starts looking for
a specific block of data on a track and when that
block rotates around to where it can be read by
the read/write head. On average, it is half of the
time needed for a full rotation (about 8 ms.).
SPI (SCSI Parallel Interface) for the physical
layer;
Layering the standards documents in this
manner allows substitution of parts of the
structure as new technology arrives.
SCSI ADDRESS – The unique address
assigned to a SCSI bus device. Normally, the
address is assigned and set during system
installation with priority being a consideration.
A SCSI address is a value of 0 to 7 (or 0 to 15
for “wide” SCSI).
S
SCA – Single Connector Attachment. A drive
connector that combines the signal and power
connectors into one. Typically, SCA-type
connectors are used in RAID (Redundant
Array of Inexpensive Devices) systems.
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
G-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
SCSI BUS – A multi-signal parallel bus that
interconnects SCSI devices in a daisy-chain
fashion.
center.
SERVO DATA – Magnetic markings written
on the media that guide the read/write heads to
the proper position.
SCSI DEVICE – A host adapter or a target
controller that can be attached to the SCSI bus.
SERVO SURFACE – A separate surface
containing only positioning and disk timing
information but no data.
SCSI ID – The bit-significant representation of
the SCSI address referring to one of eight (or
one of sixteen) data lines.
SETTLE TIME – The interval between the
arrival of the read/write head at a specific track,
and the lessening of the residual movement to a
level sufficient for reliable reading or writing.
SECTOR – On a PC hard drive, the minimum
segment of track length that can be assigned to
store information. On Macintosh and UNIX
drives, sectors are usually grouped into blocks
or logical blocks that function as the smallest
data unit permitted. Since these blocks are often
defined as a single sector the terms block and
sector are sometimes used interchangeably in
this context. (Note: The usage of the term
block in connection with the physical
SHOCK RATING – A rating, expressed in
“G’s”, of how much shock a disk drive can
sustain without damage.
SIGNAL ASSERTIOn – The act of driving a
signal to the true (logical-one) state. An asserted
signal on the SCSI bus is a low voltage resulting
from driving a transistor ON.
configuration of the disk is different from its
meaning at the system level. See also block and
cluster for comparison.)
SIGNAL NEGATION – The act of driving a
signal to the false (0) state, or allowing the cable
terminators to bias the signal to the false state by
placing the data driver in the high impedance
(off) condition. A negated signal on the SCSI
bus is a high voltage resulting from all OR-tied
transistors being OFF.
SEEK – A movement of the disk read/write
head to a specific data track.
SEGMENTED CACHE BUFFER – A cache
buffer that is organized into multiple track lines.
Segmenting the cache allows track data to be
saved in separate segments when the head is
switched rather than having to erase the entire
cache. Segmenting the cache enables command
reordering on a more efficient track-basis rather
than on a command-basis.
SIGNAL RELEASE – The act of allowing the
cable terminators to bias the signal to the false
state by placing the bus driver in the high
impedance (off) condition.
SENSE DATA – Information returned to an
initiator regarding error conditions in the drive.
SINGLE-ENDED TERMINATION – One
of two methods for terminating the SCSI bus,
characterized by signal values that conform to
the ANSI-defined levels for SCSI
implementation. Typically used for short cable
runs. See also differential termination.
SERVO SECTOR TIME – The time (in µsec)
between reading one servo header (or “spoke”)
and reading the next header.
SERVO SPOKE DATA – In embedded servo
technology, digital and quadrature analog servo
data is written (embedded) in multiple headers
(or “spokes”) on each track on the data-
recording area of each disk surface. The digital
portion of the spoke data are read and used to
locate the correct track, spoke, and head
number. The quadrature analog signal portion
is detected and used by a servo feedback control
loop to precisely position the head on the track
SKEW – To shift sector addresses when
switching tracks or cylinders to create a slight
overlap under the read/write heads. The
overlap works to delay the arrival of the next (in
sequence) sector from arriving under the
selected head until the track or cylinder switch
has been done. Skewing minimizes latency time
(increasing data throughput) when data on the
drive is accessed sequentially.
G-10
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GLOSSARY
S.M.A.R.T. – Self-Monitoring and Analysis
Reporting Technology. The continual
monitoring of the drive's operating condition
with reports sent to the host computer. Similar
to Maxtor's EWS (Early Warning System) used
in some drives.
before and after each block. This method is
faster than asynchronous data transfer.
T
TARGET – An SCSI device that performs an
operation requested by an initiator.
SOFT ERROR – A faulty data reading that
does not recur if the same data is reread from the
disk, or corrected by ECC. Usually caused by
power fluctuations or noise spikes.
TARGET ROUTINE – An I/O process
directed to a target and not to a logical unit.
SOFT-SECTORED – Old time-based method
of indicating the start of each sector on a disk.
Soft-sectored drives require that location
instructions be located in the data fields. (See
also hard-sectored.)
THIN FILM – A type of coating allowing very
thin layers of magnetic material, used on hard
disks and read/write heads. Hard disks with thin
film surfaces can store greater amounts of data.
THIRD-STROKE SEEK – A method of
evaluating the power requirements of a hard
drive. It involves monitoring drive current
while seeking to a selected track, waiting for 1/
2 a revolution, then seeking to a track that is 1/
3 of the total actuator stroke from the first. The
seek/wait cycle is usually repeated three times.
SPINDLE – The drive’s center shaft, on which
the hard disks are mounted. A synchronized
spindle is a shaft that allows two disks to spin
simultaneously as a mirror image of each other,
permitting redundant storage of data.
SPUTTER – A special method of coating the
disk that results in a hard, smooth surface
capable of storing data at a high density. Maxtor
disk drives use sputtered thin film disks.
TPI – Tracks Per Inch. The number of tracks
written within each inch of disk’s surface, used
as a measure of how closely the tracks are
packed on a disk surface. Also known as track
density.
STEPPER – A type of motor that moves in
discrete steps with each electrical pulse. Stepper
were originally the most common type of
actuator engine, since they can be geared to
advance a read/write head one track per step.
However, they are not as fast, reliable, or
durable as the voice coil actuators found in
Maxtor disk drives. (See also voice coil.)
TRACK – One of the many concentric
magnetic circle patterns written on a disk
surface as a guide for storing and reading data.
Also known as channel.
TRACK DENSITY – How closely the tracks
are packed on a disk surface. The number is
specified as tracks per inch (TPI).
SUBSTRATE – The material underneath the
magnetic coating of a disk. Common substrates
include aluminum or magnesium alloys for hard
drives, glass, for optical disks, and mylar for
floppy disks.
TRACK-TO-TRACK SEEK TIME – The
time required for the read/write heads to move
to an adjacent track.
SURFACE – The top or bottom side of a disk,
which is coated with the magnetic material for
recording data. On some drives one surface may
be reserved for positioning information.
TRANSFER RATE – The rate at which the
disk sends and receives data from the controller.
The sustained transfer rate includes the time
required for system processing, head switches
and seeks, and accurately reflects the drive’s true
performance. The burst mode transfer rate is a
much higher figure that refers only to the
movement of data directly into RAM.
SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER –
Data transfer that allows transfer of multiple
blocks of data between request or
acknowledgment signals, since request and
acknowledgment signals need not be sent
TRUE – Refers to the logical-one (or
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
G-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
“asserted”) state of a binary number. See also,
signal assertion.
WINCHESTER DISKS – Former code name
for an early IBM hard disk model, sometimes
still used to refer to hard drives in general.
U
WRITE – The operation of recording or
storing data on a magnetic or other media. See
also, read.
UNFORMATTED CAPACITY – The total
number of bytes of data that can be put on a disk
drive. Formatting the disk requires
approximately 20% of this space to record servo
data, addresses, boundary definitions, and
timing information. After formatting, user data
can be stored on the remaining disk space,
known as the formatted capacity.
WRITE ONCE – An optical disk technology
that allows the drive to store and read back data,
but prevents the drive from erasing information
once it has been written.
WRITE SAME - A command requests that
the drive write the single sector of data
transferred by the initiator to the meduim
multiple times.
ULTRA SCSI– Doubles the bandwidth of
SCSI Fast. it provides 8-bit (SCSI NARROW)
data rates of 20 Mbytes per second and 16-bit
(SCSI Wide) data rates of 40 Mbytes per
second. Shorter cables may be required. Also
known as Fast-20.
UNFORMATTED CAPACITY – The total
number of usable bytes on a disk, including the
space that will be required to later to record
location, boundary definitions, and timing
information. (See formatted capacity for
comparison.)
V
VOICE COIL – A fast and reliable actuator
motor that works like a loud speaker, with the
force of a magnetic coil causing a proportionate
movement of the head. Voice coil actuators are
more durable than their stepper counterparts,
since fewer parts are subject to daily stress and
wear. Voice coil technology is used in all
Maxtor drives.
W
Wide SCSI – SCSI protocol permits wide data
transfers of 16 or 32 bits.
Wide data transfer – Data transfer that allows
information transfer across 16 (or future 32)
bits. Faster than standard 8-bit data transfer.
WEDGE SERVO – The position on every
track that contains data used by the closed loop
positioning control. This information is used to
fine tune the position of the read/write heads
exactly over the track center.
G-12
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INDEX
Caching Page 5-46, 5-138
CHANGE DEFINITION Command 5-
14
Numerics
4-pin DC power connector 3-21
512-byte sectors available 4-3
Changeable Pages 5-41
clearance 3-24
Clearing Sense Data 5-108
Command Queuing 5-23
component life 4-10
A
abbreviations 1-2
Connect Time Limit 5-44
connector 3-15, 3-16, 3-17, 3-20
contact start/stop cycles 4-2
Contingent Allegiance Condition 5-8
Control Mode 5-8, 5-48, 5-49
Control Mode Page 5-48, 5-49
Correction Span 5-43, 5-46
Cylinder Number of Defect 5-19
Cylinder Skew Factor 5-66
acoustics 4-7
Active Notch 5-51
actuator 4-6
Adapter, 50-pin to 68-pin 2-4
Additional Sense Codes 5-109, 5-113
Additional Sense Length 5-110
Allocation Length 5-11, 5-34, 5-101, 5-
107, 5-108, 5-109
altitude2 4-8
ASCII Implemented Operating Definition
5-26
D
ASCII Implemented Operating Definition
Page 5-26
data transfer rate 2-2, 4-4
Data transfer Rates 4-2
audience definition 1-1
auto head-park method 4-2
average write 4-2
Defect Descriptors 5-11, 5-12, 5-100
Defect List Format 5-95, 5-96, 5-97, 5-98
Defect List Header 5-11, 5-12, 5-17, 5-
18, 5-95, 5-96, 5-97, 5-98, 5-100
Defect List Length 5-17, 5-18, 5-96, 5-
98, 5-100
AWRE 5-15, 5-43, 5-47
B
Defect Lists 5-15
Bit Pointer 5-122
Defective Sector Number 5-19
Disconnect Time Limit 5-44
Disconnect-Reconnect Page 5-44
disk errors 4-3, 4-11
disks 4-1
DOS 4-3
Block Descriptor 5-11, 5-15, 5-40, 5-41,
5-63, 5-64, 5-65, 5-70
Block Length 5-41, 5-110
Buffer Empty Ratio 5-44
Buffer Full Ratio 5-44
Buffer ID 5-92, 5-140, 5-141
Buffer Offset 5-92, 5-140, 5-141
buffer size 4-2
Drive Step Rate 5-68
drop 4-10
Bus Inactivity Limit 5-44
bus interface connector 3-16, 3-17, 3-20
Byte Transfer Length 5-11, 5-99, 5-142
bytes per sector 4-1
E
ECC 5-12, 5-15, 5-43, 5-46, 5-99, 5-
142
encoding method 4-2
Ending Boundary 5-51
environmental conditions 4-8
C
Caching 5-46, 5-47, 5-138
I-1
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
error correction method 4-2
Error Reporting 5-7
error type 4-11
5-25, 5-26
Initialization Pattern Descriptor 5-19
input power connections 3-21
inside zone 4-1
ESD 3-4
Extent List Length 5-124
interface connector 3-15
Interleave 5-66
F
J
faceplate 3-3
Field Pointer Bytes 5-122
Firmware Revision 5-27
Firmware Revision Page 5-27
Flag Bit 5-6, 5-13
J1 12-pin Auxiliary Connector 3-22
Jumper Configurations and Connections
(16-bit Drives) 3-6
jumpers 3-7
Format Device 5-65, 5-66
Format Device Page 5-65
FORMAT UNIT Command 5-15, 5-16,
5-17, 5-21
formatted capacity 4-1, 4-3
full stroke 4-4
K
key features 2-1
L
G
Landing Zone Cylinder 5-68
Link Bit 5-6, 5-13
Log Pages 5-33
LOG SELECT Command 5-32
LOG SENSE Command 5-33, 5-34
Logical Block Address 5-40, 5-51, 5-89,
5-90, 5-93, 5-99, 5-100, 5-110, 5-
112, 5-127, 5-128, 5-129, 5-134,
5-136, 5-137, 5-138, 5-139, 5-142
low 4-3
general 2-1
GList 5-95, 5-96, 5-97, 5-98
Grown Defect List 5-15, 5-17, 5-18, 5-
43, 5-95, 5-96, 5-97, 5-98, 5-100
H
hard reset time 4-4
HARDWARE ERROR 5-112
hardware options 3-6
hardware requirements 2-4
Head Offset Count 5-43
host system 3-7
hot plugging 6-11
humidity 4-8
low-level format 4-3
M
manual organization 1-1
mating connectors 3-21
Maximum Burst Size 5-44
maximum effective areal density 4-2
maximum linear density 4-1
maximum number of errors 4-11
maximum screw torque 3-24
maximum specifications 4-4
MEDIUM ERROR 5-18, 5-100, 5-111,
5-112, 5-122
I
idle 4-6
Immed 5-15, 5-18, 5-133, 5-134
Implemented Operating Definition 5-25,
5-26
Implemented Operating Definition Page
Medium Rotation Rate 5-68
MaxtorAtlas10KV
I-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INDEX
Medium Type 5-63, 5-65, 5-70
Mode Data Length 5-65
Mode Page Types 5-39
Mode Parameter Block Descriptor 5-40,
5-41
Mode Parameter Header 5-11, 5-39, 5-
40, 5-62, 5-64, 5-69, 5-70
Mode Parameter List 5-39
mode select 1-3
MODE SELECT (10) 5-1, 5-62
MODE SELECT (6) Command 5-37, 5-
60
Parameter Pointer 5-34
Parameter Pointer Control 5-34
PCBA 3-24
performance 2-2
Peripheral Device 5-23
Peripheral Qualifier 5-23
physical shock 3-4
pin assignments 3-22
PList 5-95, 5-96, 5-97, 5-98
PM 4-10
POWER 4-5
power down 4-5
MODE SENSE (10) 5-1, 5-69
Module Serial Number 5-24
mounting 3-23, 3-24
power on 4-4
power requirements 4-6
power sequencing 4-5
Primary Defect List 5-15, 5-17, 5-18, 5-
95, 5-96, 5-97, 5-98
printed circuit board 3-7
product overview 2-1
Progress Indication 5-108, 5-121, 5-122
Progress Indication Bytes 5-108
multiple drive shipments 3-5
N
naming conventions 1-3
New Operating Definition 5-14
NO SENSE 5-8, 5-111
NOT READY 5-110, 5-111, 5-121, 5-
122
Notch and Partition 5-38, 5-50, 5-51
Notch and Partition Page 5-50
Number of Blocks 5-41, 5-134
Number of Cylinders 5-68
Number of Heads 5-68
Q
Queue Algorithm Modifier 5-49
R
R/W heads 4-1
READ (10) Command 5-90
READ (6) Command 5-71, 5-89
READ BUFFER Command 5-91, 5-92
READ CAPACITY Command 5-93, 5-
94, 5-95, 5-97
O
orientation 3-23
outside zone 4-1
READ DEFECT DATA Command 5-95
READ LONG Command 5-99
Read Retry Count 5-43
P
Read-Write Error Recovery 5-38, 5-42,
5-47
Read-Write Error Recovery Page 5-42
REASSIGN BLOCKS Command 5-100
recording technology 4-1
RECOVERED ERROR 5-43, 5-46, 5-
111, 5-112
Recovery Time Limit 5-43, 5-46
packing assembly 3-5
packing materials 3-4
Page Length 5-35
Pages Notched 5-51
Parameter Code Reset 5-32
Parameter List 5-11, 5-12, 5-17, 5-18, 5-
37, 5-39, 5-130, 5-141
Parameter List Length 5-37, 5-130, 5-141
I-3
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Reed-Solomon ECC 2-3
references 1-3
Relative Addressing 5-23, 5-90, 5-93
RELEASE Command 5-104, 5-105
reliability 2-3, 4-10
spindle startup 4-6
Standard Inquiry Data 5-22, 5-23
Standard Inquiry Data Page 5-22
start/stop 4-10
Starting Boundary 5-51
Status Reporting 5-109
Status/Error Reporting 5-7
Supplied Format 5-103
supply voltage 4-5
Remote Busy and Fault Displays (16-bit
Drives, except SCA) 3-9
REQUEST SENSE Command 5-106, 5-
107, 5-108, 5-132
Reservation Identification 5-104, 5-105,
5-124
RESERVE Command 5-124, 5-125
reset 4-5
Supported Additional Sense Codes 5-109,
5-113
Supported Diagnostic Page List 5-130, 5-
131
Response Data Format 5-23
Retry Count 5-122
Returned Logical Block Address 5-93
REZERO UNIT Command 5-127
Rigid Disk Geometry 5-67, 5-68
Rigid Disk Geometry Page 5-67
Rotational Offset 5-68
Supported Diagnostics Page 5-102
Supported Diagnostics Pages 5-102
Supported Sense Keys 5-111
SURF 5-66
SYNCHRONIZE CACHE Command 5-
134
Synchronous Data Transfer 5-23
rotational speed 4-1
RPL Status Change 5-110
T
TARGET TRANSFER DISABLE 5-23
temperature 4-8
terminology 1-2
TEST UNIT READY Command 5-135
Third Party Device ID 5-104, 5-105, 5-
124, 5-125
timing specifications 4-4
total tracks 4-1
total user sectors 4-1
Track Skew Factor 5-66
tracks density 4-1
Transfer Length 5-11, 5-47, 5-89, 5-90,
5-99, 5-137, 5-138, 5-139, 5-142
transferred data 4-4
S
SCSI configurations 2-1
SCSI ID bits 3-8
SCSI interface configurations 3-3
SCSI-2 specification 1-3
SEEK (10) Command 5-129
SEEK (6) Command 5-128
Segment Number 5-110
SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command 5-130
Sense Data Availability 5-108
Sense Key 5-20, 5-110, 5-111, 5-112, 5-
121, 5-122
Sense Key Information Field Contents 5-
112
transient voltages 4-5
Sense Keys 5-111
Translate Address 5-101, 5-102, 5-103,
5-130, 5-131
Translate Address Page 5-101, 5-102, 5-
131
Translate Format 5-103
typical specifications 4-4
typographical conventions 1-3
sequential switch times 4-4
sequential throughput 4-2
shipping container 3-4
shock 4-10
Shock Feet 3-4
space requirements 3-3
specifications 4-1, 4-10
MaxtorAtlas10KV
I-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INDEX
U
Unit Attention Condition Page 5-59, 5-
60
Unit Serial Number 5-24
Unit Serial Number Page 5-24
UNIX 4-3
unrecoverable error rate 4-2
V
ventilation 3-23, 3-25
ventilation requirements 3-23
Verification Length 5-136
VERIFY Command 5-136, 5-139
Verify Correction Span 5-46
Verify Error Recovery 5-45, 5-46
Verify Error Recovery Page 5-45
Verify Recovery Time Limit 5-46
Verify Retry Count 5-46
versatility 2-3
vibration 4-10
Vital Product Data 5-11, 5-21, 5-24, 5-28
Vital Product Data Pages 5-24
volt returns 3-21
Volume Serial Number 5-24, 5-25
W
WRITE (10) Command 5-138
WRITE (6) Command 5-137
WRITE AND VERIFY Command 5-139
WRITE BUFFER Command 5-140, 5-
141
WRITE LONG Command 5-142
Write Retry Count 5-43
WRITE SAME 5-12,5-13
Z
zones per surface 4-1
I-5
Maxtor Atlas 10K V
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|